LG MULTI F MAX User Manual

User Manual for LG models including: LG, MULTI F MAX

INDOOR UNIT ENGINEERING MANUAL - LG HVAC

ENGINEERING MANUAL. Indoor Units for Multi-Zone Heat Pump Systems. 7,000 to 36,000 Btu/h. MULTI FMAX. MULTI F. Art CoolTM Mirror. Wall-Mounted.

MULTI

Creating a Balanced System / Manual Layout Procedure. ... Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual.

File Info : application/pdf, 223 Pages, 36.62MB

EM MultiF IDU

MULTI F
MULTI F MAX
INDOOR UNIT ENGINEERING MANUAL

Low Wall Console

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Units

Art CoolTM Mirror Wall-Mounted

Art CoolTM Gallery Wall-Mounted

Four-Way Ceiling Cassette

Ceiling-Concealed Duct

Indoor Units for Multi-Zone Heat Pump Systems 7,000 to 36,000 Btu/h

PROPRIETARY DATA NOTICE
This document, as well as all reports, illustrations, data, information, and other materials are the property of LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., and are disclosed by LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., only in confidence. This document is for design purposes only.
For continual product development, LG reserves the right to change specifications without notice. ©LG Electronics Inc.

TABLE OF SYMBOLS

DANGER WARNING CAUTION

This symbol indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.
This symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury.
This symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate injury.

Note:

This symbol indicates situations that may result in equipment or property damage accidents only.

This symbol indicates an action that should not be performed.

This document, as well as all reports, illustrations, data, information, and other materials are the property of LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc.

Introduction

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Convergence of Technology,
Innovation, Flexibility, & Style....................................................4
Unit Nomenclature.......................................................................5
Functions, Controls and
Options Overview ........................................................................6
Art Cool Mirror Indoor Units.....................................................10 Mechanical Specifications and Features ........................................... 10 General Data / Specifications .............................................................11 Dimensions........................................................................................ 12 Cooling Capacity Table ...................................................................... 14 Heating Capacity Table...................................................................... 16 Acoustic Data .................................................................................... 17 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution.......................................... 18 Refrigerant Flow Diagram.................................................................. 19 Wiring Diagram.................................................................................. 20 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials................................................ 21 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................... 22
Art Cool Gallery Indoor Units ...................................................29 Mechanical Specifications and Features ........................................... 29 General Data / Specifications ............................................................ 30 Dimensions........................................................................................ 31 Cooling Capacity Table ...................................................................... 32 Heating Capacity Table...................................................................... 33 Acoustic Data .................................................................................... 34 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution.......................................... 35 Refrigerant Flow Diagram.................................................................. 36 Wiring Diagram.................................................................................. 37 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials................................................ 38 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................... 39
Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Units ......................................49 Mechanical Specifications and Features ........................................... 49 General Data / Specifications ............................................................ 50 Dimensions........................................................................................ 51 Cooling Capacity Table ...................................................................... 53 Heating Capacity Table...................................................................... 56 Acoustic Data .................................................................................... 58 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution.......................................... 60 Refrigerant Flow Diagram.................................................................. 62 Wiring Diagram.................................................................................. 63 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials................................................ 65 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................... 66
Low Wall Console Indoor Units................................................73 Mechanical Specifications and Features ........................................... 73 General Data / Specifications ............................................................ 74 Dimensions........................................................................................ 75 Cooling Capacity Table ...................................................................... 76 Heating Capacity Table...................................................................... 78 Acoustic Data .................................................................................... 79 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution.......................................... 81 Refrigerant Flow Diagram.................................................................. 82 Wiring Diagram.................................................................................. 83 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials................................................ 84 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................... 85
Duct (Low Static) Indoor Units .................................................94 Mechanical Specifications and Features ........................................... 94 General Data / Specifications ............................................................ 95 Dimensions........................................................................................ 96 Cooling Capacity Table ...................................................................... 97 Heating Capacity Table...................................................................... 99

External Static Pressure .................................................................. 100 Acoustic Data .................................................................................. 101 Refrigerant Flow Diagram................................................................ 102 Wiring Diagram................................................................................ 104 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials.............................................. 106 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................. 107

Duct (High Static) Indoor Units .............................................. 117 Mechanical Specifications and Features ..........................................117 General Data / Specifications ...........................................................118 Dimensions .......................................................................................119 Cooling Capacity Table .................................................................... 121 Heating Capacity Table.................................................................... 122 External Static Pressure / Acoustic Data ......................................... 123 Refrigerant Flow Diagrams.............................................................. 124 Wiring Diagrams .............................................................................. 125 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials / Installation ......................... 126 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................. 127

Four-Way Ceiling Cassette Indoor Units...............................136 Mechanical Specifications and Features ......................................... 136 General Data / Specifications .......................................................... 137 Dimensions...................................................................................... 138 Cooling Capacity Table .................................................................... 140 Heating Capacity Table.................................................................... 142 Acoustic Data .................................................................................. 144 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution........................................ 146 Refrigerant Flow Diagram................................................................ 148 Wiring Diagram................................................................................ 149 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials.............................................. 150 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................. 151

Four-Way VAHU Indoor Units .................................................160 Mechanical Specifications and Features ......................................... 160 General Data / Specifications .......................................................... 161 Dimensions...................................................................................... 162 Cooling Capacity Table .................................................................... 163 Heating Capacity Table.................................................................... 165 External Static Pressure .................................................................. 167 Heater Capacities ............................................................................ 169 Acoustic Data .................................................................................. 170 Refrigerant Flow Diagram................................................................ 172 Wiring Diagram................................................................................ 173 Factory Supplied Parts and Materials.............................................. 175 Installation and Best Layout Practices............................................. 176

Equipment Selection Procedure ............................................186

Placement Considerations .....................................................193

Refrigerant Piping Design ......................................................200

Design Guideline Summary............................................................. 200

Creating a Balanced System / Manual Layout Procedure

204

Condensate Drain Piping................................................................. 205

Electrical Connections............................................................207
General Information......................................................................... 207 Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details.............................................................................................. 210 Remote Controller Connections ...................................................... 220 Indoor Unit Group Control ............................................................... 221

Acronyms .................................................................................222

INTRODUCTION | 3

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

CONVERGENCE OF TECHNOLOGY, INNOVATION, FLEXIBILITY, & STYLE

About LG Electronics, Inc.
LG Electronics is a global leader and technology innovator in consumer electronics, mobile communications, and home appliances. LG Electronics comprises five business units--Home Entertainment, Mobile Communications, Air Conditioning, Business Solutions, and Home Appliance. LG is one of the world's leading producers of flat panel televisions, audio and video products, mobile handsets, air conditioners, and washing machines. LG's commercial air conditioning business unit was established in 1968 and has built its lineup of residential and commercial products to include VRF, Multi F, ductfree split systems, packaged terminal air conditioners (PTACs), and room air conditioners. In 2011, the air conditioning and energy solutions business unit grew to include LED lighting and solar products. For more information, visit www.lg.com.
Multi-Zone Systems
LG HVAC systems offer a range of solutions that are cost efficient, quiet and attractive. Multi-zone systems are "split" into indoor and outdoor units, and provide a smart alternative to both central HVAC and window-mounted air conditioners. These inverter heat pump systems are available in a variety of configurations to suit different cooling and heating situations. Installation by a trained HVAC contractor is safe and easy little to no duct work or sheet metal is required.
Multi F Systems LG's inverter heat pumps can support two, three, or four indoor units that are typically installed in separate rooms. Indoor units can
Benefits of Multi F Systems · Individual zone control · Long refrigerant piping lengths · High refrigerant piping elevation differences · Maximum flexibility · Operating ranges of 14°F to 118°F (DB) in cooling and -4°F to
75°F (DB) in heating if connected to standard Multi F Outdoor Units or -13°F to 75°F (DB) in heating if connected to Multi F with LG REDº Outdoor Units. · Quiet and comfortable environment · Reduced ductwork

be used with different controllers, allowing the customer to set the temperature individually. Indoor units are available in several different configurations: Art CoolTM Mirror-mounted, Art Cool Gallery wallmounted, standard wall-mounted, low wall console, four-way ceiling cassettes, ceiling-concealed duct (high and low static), and verticalhorizontal air handling models. Multi F MAX systems can operate up to eight indoor units through two-, three-, or four-port branch distribution units.
Adaptable and Flexible Multi F outdoor units can be adapted to a wide range of building applications and sizes such as schools, hotels, hospitals, offices, and residences. The system components are lightweight and compact so they can be placed in buildings without expensive cranes, they easily fit into most service elevators, and they can be set in place with minimal structural reinforcements requirements.
Multi F technology allows you to pipe farther by reaching areas of the building that would require the installation of a second system when using traditional direct-expansion cooling and heating equipment. Multi F provides the designer with uncompromised pipe system engineering flexibility--long pipe runs and large elevation differences. Whether your building is a condominium, a hotel, a school, or an office complex, Multi F is best suited to reach the farthest corners and elevations.
Smaller Chases and Plenums LG Multi F systems use refrigerant piping to move heat, resulting in smaller space requirements for piping as compared to chilled water or roof top systems. This helps reduce the overall construction and material cost of the building, and gives back leasable space. Flexible and logical placement of system components, reduced back-andforth pipe lengths, and fewer joints lowers installation costs and minimizes potential leaking.
Quality Commitment LG is committed to the success of duct-free projects. We provide technical support during installation and commissioning. LG offers a variety of classes designed for installers and servicers on Multi F installation. Classes are conducted at LG's training centers and in field locations at various times throughout the year and on special request.

MULTI F

4 | INTRODUCTION

Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. ©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. "LG" is a registered trademark of LG Corp.

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

UNIT NOMENCLATURE

Introduction

Multi-Zone Systems -- Indoor Units and Outdoor Units

L = LG Type: M = Multi-Zone

Component: AN: Art CoolTM Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit N: Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit QN: Low Wall Console Indoor Unit CN: Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit DN: Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) Indoor Unit HN: Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) Indoor Unit VN: Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Unit U: Outdoor Unit

Nominal Capacity

(Nominal cooling capacity in Btu/h):

07 = 7,000

15 = 15,000

09 = 9,000

18 = 18,000

12 = 12,000

24 = 24,000

30 = 30,000 36 = 36,000 42 = 42,000

Generation
Features: H = Heat Pump V = Inverter T = High Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit P = Art Cool Gallery Indoor Unit

48 = 48,000 54 = 54,000 60 = 60,000

Branch Distribution Units

P = Part (Accessory) Type: M = Multi-Zone BD: Branch Distribution Unit Family
Number of Port Connections (Maximum Number of Connectable Indoor Units): 2, 3, 4
Generation: 0, 1

· Voltage for all equipment is 208-230V, 60 Hz, 1-phase. · All indoor units are compatible with wired controllers. · All outdoor units are LGAP control network compatible with PI-485 V-net Control Integration Board (PMNFP14A1, sold separately). · Compatible single zone IDU nomenclature is listed in the Single Zone Wall-Mounted IDU Engineering Manual.

INTRODUCTION | 5

FUNCTIONS, CONTROLS AND OPTIONS OVERVIEW

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Table 1: Indoor Units--Functions, Controls and Options.

Airflow

Filter

Indoor Unit Type

ART COOLTM Mirror Wall Mounted

ART COOLTM Gallery

Air supply outlets Airflow direction (left/right) Airflow direction (up/down) Auto swing (left/right) Auto swing (up/down) Airflow steps (fan/cool/heat) Comfort Air (random fan speed) Jet-cool/Jet Heat (power wind) Swirl wind Washable anti-fungal1 3M Micro Dust Filter2
Ventilation Drain pump E.S.P. control Electric heater High ceiling5 Hot Start Self diagnostics Soft Dry (dehumidification) Auto operation Auto clean (coil dry) Auto restart Child lock Forced operation
Group control
Sleep mode Timer (on/off) Weekly schedule Two thermistor control 7-Day programmable controller Simple wired remote controller Wireless LCD remote control Dry contact Dry contact (temperature setting) Central control (LGAP) Connector for Water Sensor

1 Auto Auto
6 / 6 / 6

o o o o o o o o

3 Auto Auto
5 / 5 / 4

o o o o o o o o

Operation

Controllers

Standard Wall
Mounted
1 Auto Auto
6 / 6 / 6

o o o o o o o o

Ceiling Low Wall Concealed Console (Low Static)
Ducted

Ceiling Concealed (High Static)
Ducted

Four-Way Ceiling Cassette

VerticalHorizontal Air Handling Unit

Manual

Auto

5 / 5 / 5

3 / 3 / 3

4 / 5 / 4

3 / 3 / 3

Wi-Fi8

Special Function

1Primary washable filters. 2Secondary filter 3Branch location and static pressure requirements. Requires PTPKQ0 Plasma kit. 4Requires ventilation kit PTVK430 (Temperature, humidity, and volume limitations apply). 5Group control will affect available features

6Requires wired zone controller

= Standard feature

7For use with 3rd party thermostat

o = Unit option

8Embedded. Optional for HSD, LVNxxxHV4 4-way VAHU; LDN 9/12 MBH LSD are compatible as of June 2018 production. Not available for 2-way LMVNxxxHV VAHU. LMANxxxHVP Art Cool Gallery compatible as of January 2019 production.

6 | INTRODUCTION

Introduction

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FUNCTIONS, CONTROLS AND OPTIONS OVERVIEW

Table 2: Indoor Unit Accessories Overview.

Model No.

Description

For Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Units

PT-QCHW0

Ceiling Grille

PTDCQ

Decorative Cover

PRARH1

Aux Heat Relay Kit

PWFMDD200

Wi-Fi Module

For Wall-Mounted Indoor Units

PWFMDD200

Wi-Fi Module

AG-9300-LG

Condensate Sensor

PRARS1

Aux Heat Relay Kit

For Low Wall Console Units

PWFMDD200

Wi-Fi Module

AG-9300-LG

Condensate Sensor

PRARH1

Aux Heat Relay Kit

For Vertical-Horizontal Air Handing Units

PNDFJ0

Downflow Conversion Kit (18/24/36MBH)

ANEH033B1

3 kW Electric Heater (18-36MBH)

ANEH053B1

5 kW Electric Heater (18-36MBH)

ANEH083B2

8 kW Electric Heater (18-36MBH)

ANEH103B2

10 kW Electric Heater (18-36MBH)

PRARH1

Aux Heat Relay Kit

PWFMDD200

Wi-Fi Module

For Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) Indoor Units

PWFMDD200

Wi-Fi Module

For Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) Indoor Units

ZFBXM101A

High Efficiency Filter Box for LHN248HV

ZFBXM201A

High Efficiency Filter Box for LHN368HV

ZFBXD201A

Dynamic V8 2VL Low Profile Air Cleaner

ZPLMV201A

Dynamic 2VL Air Cleaner Low Profile Return Air Plenum

ZFBXD402A

Dynamic V8 4VL Low Profile Air Cleaner

ZPLMV402A

Dynamic 4VL Air Cleaner Low Profile Return Air Plenum

ZFLT1301A

4-Pack Dynamic V8 VL Air Cleaner Replacement Filter Pads

ZFLT1302A

24-Pack Dynamic V8 VL Air Cleaner Replacement Filter Pads

ZGRLRA01A

Dynamic V8 Air Cleaner Louvered Return Air Grille (one per plenum )

ZGRLRA02A

Dynamic V8 Air Cleaner Egg Crate Return Air Grille (one per plenum)

PRARH1

Aux Heat Relay Kit

PWFMDD200

Wi-Fi Module

Controls Accessories

PQWRHQ0FDB

Wireless Handheld Remote (Duct/VAHU)

PREMTA000A

Premium Controller

PREMTC00U

Simple Controller

PREMTBVC0

MultiSITE CRC1 Base Controller

PREMTBVC1

MultiSITE CRC1 Plus Controller

ZVRCZ****

MultiSITE CRC1 Wireless Accessories

PDRYCB100

Dry Contact (Simple)

PDRYCB320

Dry Contact (3rd party controller)

PDRYCB400

Dry Contact (Setback)

ZRTBS01

Remote Temp Sensor (Cassette/Console/Duct/VAHU)

PZCWRCG3

Group Control Cable Kit

PZCWRC1

Controller Extension Cable

INTRODUCTION | 7

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

8 | INTRODUCTION

ART COOLTM MIRROR INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 10 "General Data / Specifications" on page 11 "Dimensions" on page 12 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 14 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 16 "Acoustic Data" on page 17 "Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution" on page 18 "Refrigerant Flow Diagram" on page 19 "Wiring Diagram" on page 20 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 21 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 22

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Mechanical Specifications and Features

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ART COOL Mirror Wall-Mounted Indoor Units
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, fan, and motor. ART COOL Mirror Wall-Mounted indoor units have a sound rating no higher than 44 dB(A) as tested per KSA0701 ISO Standard 3745.

Figure 1: Multi F Art Cool Mirror Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit.

Coil Indoor unit coils are comprised of a minimum of two rows of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. The coils are pressure tested at the factory. Each unit is provided with a factory installed condensate drain pan below the coil.
Refrigerant System System is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare. All refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.

Air Filter Return air inlet has a factory-supplied primary removable, washable filter. The unit is also equipped with a secondary 3M Micro Dust filter. Filters are accessed from the front of the unit without the use of tools.
Airflow Guide Vanes A motorized guide vane is factory installed, and allows the ability to control the direction of airflow from side to side. A motorized louver provides an automatic change in airflow by directing the air up and down to provide uniform air distribution.

Electrical Each indoor unit is designed to operate using 208230/60/1 power with voltage variances of ±10%.

Casing
Units are designed to mount on a vertical surface, and are shipped with a separate back plate that secures the unit to the wall, protruding no more than nine (9) inches. Unit is designed so that refrigerant piping can be installed in one (1) of four (4) different directions.

Finish
The Art Cool Mirror unit has a flat, architectural panel with a smoked charcoal mirror finish. Unit casing has a dark grey finish and is manufactured of heavy-duty acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) and high impact polystyrene (HIPS) plastic.

Fan Assembly and Control

The unit has a single, direct-drive, crossflow fan made of high strength

ABS plastic. The fan motor is brushless digitally controlled (BLDC)

with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. The fan and

motor assembly is mounted on vibration attenuating rubber grommets.

Fan speed is controlled using a microprocessor-based direct digitally

controlled algorithm that provides pre-programmed, field-selectable

fixed or auto fan speeds in the Heating and Cooling modes. For Art

Cool Mirror Wall-Mounted units, the indoor fan has Low, Med, High,

Jet Cool and Auto settings for Cooling mode; and has Low, Med, High,

Jet Heat and Auto settings for Heating mode. The Auto setting adjusts

the fan speed based on the difference between the controller setpoint

and space temperature. Also, the separate Chaos setting provides a

simultaneous and random change in fan speed and flow direction at

the discharge, simulating a natural outdoor breeze.

Features

· Inverter (Variable speed fan)

· Group Control

Microprocessor Control The indoor unit is provided with an integrated control panel to communicate with the outdoor unit. All unit operation parameters are stored in non-volatile memory resident on the unit microprocessor. The microprocessor controls space temperature through using the value provided by the temperature sensor within the indoor unit. The microprocessor control will activate indoor unit operation when the indoor room temperature falls below or rises above a setpoint temperature, at which point, a signal is sent to the outdoor unit to begin the appropriate mode. The microprocessor will also provide self-diagnostics and auto restart functions. A field-supplied four-wire power/communications cable must be installed to connect the indoor unit(s) to the outdoor unit.
Controls The indoor unit casing has a factory-standard, integral infrared sensor designed to communicate with the supplied LG wireless handheld remote controller. An optional LG supplied wired controller is available as an additional accessory. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded and shielded power/communication cable. The indoor unit has built-in wi-fi and can be controlled with LG's SmartThinQ app on a smart device. A field-supplied wi-fi network and smart device are required. The SmartThinQ app is free and is available for Android and iOS smart devices.
Condensate The unit is designed for gravity draining of condensate and includes a flexible drain hose capable of installation in one of two directions. Unit includes a connection that is compatible with the AquaGuard® AG-9300-LG condensate sensor.
· Built-in wi-fi

· Comfort Air

· Self-cleaning indoor coil

· Dehumidifying function

· 3M filter

· Auto operation

· Self diagnosis function

· Jet cool/Jet heat

· Auto restart operation

· Wireless LCD remote control included

10 | ART COOL MIRROR

Art Cool MirrorTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
General Data / Specifications

Table 3: Multi F Art Cool Mirror Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1 Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1 Operating Range Cooling (°F WB) Heating (°F DB) Fan Type Motor Output (W) x Qty.

LAN090HSV5 9,000 10,900

30 x 1

LAN120HSV5 12,000 13,600
57-77 59-81
Cross Flow

Motor/Drive

Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct

Airflow Rate CFM (H/M/L) Unit Data Refrigerant Type2 Refrigerant Control Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3 Rated Amps (A) Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H/M/L)4 Dimensions (W x H x D, in.) Net Unit Weight (lbs.) Shipping Weight (lbs.) Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5 Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x Fin / inch) x Number Pipe Size Liquid (in.) Vapor (in.) Connection Size Liquid (in.) Vapor (in.) Drain O.D. / I.D. (in.)

268 / 218 / 169

282 / 233 / 177

R410A

EEV

208-230, 1, 60

0.4

36 / 32 / 27

38 / 34 / 29

32-15/16 x 12-1/8 x 7-9/16

20.5

25.6

4 x 14

(2 x 23 x 22) x 1

1/4 3/8
1/4 3/8
27/32, 5/8

LAN180HSV5 18,000 21,600
60.0 x 1 558 / 438 / 353
44 / 38 / 34 39-9/32 x 13-19/32 x 8-11/32
29.8 36.4
(2 x 16 x 20) x 1
1/2 3/8 5/8

1Nominal capacity is rated 0 ft. above sea level with corresponding refrigerant piping length in accordance with standard length of each outdoor unit and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. All capacities are net with a combination ratio between 95 105%.
Nominal cooling capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 80ºF dry bulb (DB) and 67ºF wet bulb (WB) and outdoor ambient conditions of 95ºF dry bulb (DB) and 75ºF wet bulb (WB). Nominal heating capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 70ºF dry bulb (DB) and 60ºF wet bulb (WB) and outdoor ambient conditions of 47ºF dry bulb (DB) and 43ºF wet bulb (WB).
2This unit comes with a dry helium charge.

3Acceptable operating voltage: 187V-253V.
4Sound pressure levels are tested in an anechoic chamber under ISO Standard 3745 and are the same in both cooling and heating mode. These values can increase due to ambient conditions during operation.
5All power wiring / communications cable to the IDUs be minimum 14 AWG, 4-conductor, stranded, shielded or unshielded (if shielded, must be grounded to chassis at ODU only) and must comply with applicable local and national codes.

ART COOL MIRROR | 11

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Unit : inch (mm)
Rear Left

[30-3/16 (767)] Air Intake Hole

Rear Right

[5-29/32 (150)] Air Intake Hole

Right Rear piping

12-1/8 (308)

Figure 2: LAN090HSV5 and LAN120HSV5 Dimensions. 5-31/32 (152)

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Dimensions

32-15/16 (837)

2-7/32 (56)

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe, and Cable Knock Out Hole
2 (51)
1-7/16 (33.5) 1-3/32 (50.2) 1-1/16 (26.2)

Air O2u-tl7/et32H(ol5e6)

Display & Remote Controller Signal Receiver Signal

[28-5/32 (715)] Air Outlet Hole

Bottom

2-5/16 (59)

2-7/16 ( 61.5) 1-1/4 (31)
1/4 (6) x 1/8 (3)
1/8 (3) x 1/4 (6)

5/8 (15.3) 1-9/32 (32.7) 2-13/32 (61)

Decoration Cover

* If airflow direction control is available,

Up & Down

Cooling

Heating

15° 45°

15° 85°

2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92)
Left & Right
55° 55°

7-9/16 (192)
Air Intake
Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Knock Out Hole

12-1/8 (308)

Air Outlet

5/16 (8) 2 (51)

Terminal Block for Power Supply and Communication Approx. 11-11/32 (288) to gas pipe

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable

Approx. 8-19/32 (218) to liquid pipe

Knock Out Hole

Drain Hose Connection

11/32 (9) 2-7/32(56) Left Rear piping

Attaching the Installation Plate, Drilling Hole

Unit Outline

Place a Level on Raised Tab

C Type : 16.5

Ø2-9/16"
6

Installation Plate

ØØ2-29-/91/61"6"

C Type
C Type : 3.9 C Type : 5.3
7.6 32-15/16 (837)
In Case of Left Side Piping

1-27/32(47)

1-1/2 (38)

Unit Outline Connecting Gas/Liquid Pipe

5-3/16 (132)

12 | ART COOL MIRROR

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Art Cool MirrorTM

ART COOL MIRROR | 13

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Dimensions

Right Rear piping

Unit : inch (mm)

[36-5/32 (918)]

Rear

Air Intake Hole

Rear

Left

Right

[6-11/16 (170)] Air Intake Hole

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe, and Cable Knock Out Hole
2-3/8 (60)

2-3/8 (60) Air [O2-ut2l9e/t3H2o(l7e4)]

39-9/32 (998)
Display & Remote Controller Signal Receiver Signal
[34-11/32 (872)] Air Outlet Hole

8-11/32 (212)
Air Intake
Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Knock Out Hole

13-19/32 (345)

Bottom

Air Outlet

7/16 (11)

2-3/8 (60)

7/16(11) 2-3/8 (60)
Left Rear piping

Attaching the Installation Plate, Drilling Hole

Unit Outline

Place a Level on Raised Tab

C Type: 19.4

C Type: 19.8

Ø2-9/16"
3.3

Measuring Tape

Ø2-9/16" 3.3

1-7/16 (33.5) 1-3/32 (50.2) 1-1/16 (26.2)

2-7/16 ( 61.5) 1-1/4 (31)
1/4 (6) x 1/8 (3)
1/8 (3) x 1/4 (6)

Decoration Cover

* If airflow direction control is available,

Up & Down

Cooling

Heating

15° 45°

20° 85°

2-1/4 (57) 3-17/32 (90)
Left & Right
50° 50°

2-7/32 (56)

C Type: 5.3

Terminal Block for Power Supply and Communication
Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Knock Out Hole

Approx. 9-7/16 (240) to gas pipe Approx. 6-5/16 (160) to liquid pipe

Drain Hose Connection

2-15/32 (63)

1-15/32 (37)

Measuring Tape Hanger
39-9/32 (998)

C Type: 5.9

In case of Left Side Piping

Unit Outline Connecting Gas/Liquid Pipe

6-15/32 (164)

13-19/32 (345)

Figure 3: LAN180HSV5 Dimensions. 5-31/32 (152) 5/8 (15.3) 1-9/32 (32.7) 2-13/32 (61)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 4: Multi F Art Cool Mirror Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57

SHC

73 / 61

SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72

SHC

90 / 75

SHC

8.82

6.04

9.37

6.38

9.92

6.18

10.31

6.31

11.01

6.36

11.56

6.48

8.82

6.09

9.36

6.43

9.91

6.23

10.31

6.36

11.01

6.41

11.55

6.53

8.81

6.13

9.36

6.48

9.90

6.27

10.30

6.41

11.00

6.46

11.54

6.58

8.80

6.18

9.35

6.53

9.90

6.32

10.29

6.46

10.99

6.51

11.54

6.63

8.80

6.23

9.34

6.58

9.89

6.37

10.28

6.50

10.98

6.56

11.53

6.68

8.79

6.28

9.33

6.63

9.88

6.42

10.27

6.55

10.97

6.61

11.52

6.73

8.78

6.32

9.33

6.68

9.87

6.47

10.27

6.60

10.96

6.66

11.51

6.78

8.78

6.37

9.32

6.73

9.87

6.51

10.26

6.65

10.96

6.71

11.50

6.83

8.77

6.42

9.31

6.78

9.86

6.56

10.25

6.70

10.95

6.76

11.49

6.88

8.76

6.46

9.31

6.83

9.85

6.61

10.24

6.75

10.94

6.81

11.48

6.93

LAN090HSV5 9,000

65 70 75

8.76

6.51

9.30

6.88

9.84

6.66

10.24

6.80

10.93

6.85

11.47

6.98

8.75

6.56

9.29

6.92

9.84

6.70

10.23

6.85

10.92

6.90

11.47

7.03

8.54

6.45

9.08

6.82

9.62

6.61

10.01

6.75

10.71

6.82

11.25

6.96

8.33

6.34

8.87

6.71

9.41

6.51

9.80

6.66

10.49

6.73

11.03

6.87

8.12

6.22

8.66

6.60

9.20

6.41

9.59

6.56

10.28

6.64

10.82

6.79

7.91

6.10

8.45

6.48

8.99

6.31

9.37

6.46

10.06

6.55

10.60

6.70

7.68

6.04

8.22

6.43

8.75

6.26

9.00

6.32

9.83

6.52

10.36

6.67

100

7.50

5.88

8.03

6.26

8.57

6.11

8.88

6.22

9.64

6.37

10.17

6.53

105

7.31

5.72

7.84

6.10

8.38

5.96

8.77

6.12

9.45

6.23

9.99

6.39

110

7.12

5.52

7.66

5.90

8.19

5.78

8.58

5.94

9.26

6.06

9.80

6.22

115

6.94

5.36

7.47

5.74

8.01

5.63

8.39

5.79

9.08

5.91

9.61

6.08

118

6.82

5.32

7.36

5.70

7.89

5.60

8.28

5.76

8.96

5.89

9.50

6.06

122

6.79

5.30

7.32

5.69

7.86

5.59

8.24

5.76

8.93

5.89

9.46

6.06

11.76

8.51

12.49

8.99

13.22

8.70

13.75

8.88

14.69

8.96

15.42

9.13

11.75

8.57

12.48

9.06

13.21

8.77

13.74

8.95

14.67

9.03

15.40

9.20

11.75

8.64

12.48

9.13

13.20

8.84

13.73

9.02

14.66

9.10

15.39

9.27

11.74

8.71

12.47

9.20

13.19

8.90

13.72

9.09

14.65

9.17

15.38

9.34

11.73

8.77

12.46

9.27

13.18

8.97

13.71

9.16

14.64

9.24

15.37

9.41

11.72

8.84

12.45

9.34

13.17

9.04

13.70

9.23

14.63

9.31

15.36

9.48

11.71

8.90

12.44

9.41

13.16

9.11

13.69

9.30

14.62

9.38

15.35

9.55

11.70

8.97

12.43

9.47

13.15

9.17

13.68

9.37

14.61

9.45

15.33

9.62

11.69

9.03

12.42

9.54

13.14

9.24

13.67

9.44

14.60

9.52

15.32

9.70

11.68

9.10

12.41

9.61

13.13

9.31

13.66

9.50

14.59

9.58

15.31

9.77

LAN120HSV5 12,000

65 70 75

11.67

9.17

12.40

9.68

13.12

9.38

13.65

9.57

14.57

9.65

15.30

9.84

11.66

9.23

12.39

9.75

13.11

9.44

13.64

9.64

14.56

9.72

15.29

9.91

11.38

9.08

12.11

9.60

12.83

9.31

13.35

9.51

14.27

9.60

15.00

9.79

11.10

8.92

11.82

9.45

12.55

9.17

13.07

9.38

13.99

9.48

14.71

9.68

10.83

8.76

11.54

9.29

12.26

9.03

12.78

9.24

13.70

9.36

14.42

9.56

10.55

8.60

11.26

9.13

11.98

8.88

12.50

9.10

13.42

9.22

14.13

9.43

10.25

8.51

10.96

9.05

11.67

8.82

12.00

8.90

13.10

9.18

13.81

9.39

100

10.00

8.28

10.71

8.82

11.42

8.61

11.84

8.76

12.85

8.98

13.56

9.20

105

9.75

8.05

10.46

8.59

11.17

8.40

11.69

8.62

12.60

8.78

13.31

9.01

110

9.50

7.77

10.21

8.31

10.92

8.14

11.44

8.37

12.35

8.53

13.07

8.76

115

9.25

7.54

9.96

8.08

10.67

7.92

11.19

8.15

12.10

8.33

12.82

8.56

118

9.10

7.49

9.81

8.03

10.52

7.88

11.04

8.12

11.95

8.30

12.67

8.54

122

9.05

7.47

9.76

8.01

10.48

7.87

10.99

8.11

11.90

8.29

12.62

8.53

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

14 | ART COOL MIRROR

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

Table 5: Multi F Art Cool Mirror Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table (continued).

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57

SHC

73 / 61

SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72

SHC

90 / 75

SHC

17.65

12.33

18.74

13.02

19.84

12.61

20.63

12.88

22.03

12.98

23.12

13.23

17.63

12.43

18.73

13.13

19.82

12.71

20.61

12.98

22.01

13.09

23.11

13.33

17.62

12.52

18.71

13.23

19.81

12.81

20.60

13.08

22.00

13.19

23.09

13.44

17.60

12.62

18.70

13.33

19.79

12.91

20.58

13.18

21.98

13.29

23.07

13.54

17.59

12.71

18.68

13.43

19.78

13.00

20.57

13.28

21.96

13.39

23.05

13.64

17.58

12.81

18.67

13.53

19.76

13.10

20.55

13.38

21.94

13.49

23.04

13.75

17.56

12.90

18.66

13.63

19.75

13.20

20.53

13.48

21.93

13.59

23.02

13.85

17.55

13.00

18.64

13.73

19.73

13.30

20.52

13.58

21.91

13.69

23.00

13.95

17.54

13.10

18.63

13.83

19.72

13.39

20.50

13.68

21.89

13.79

22.98

14.05

17.52

13.19

18.61

13.93

19.70

13.49

20.49

13.78

21.88

13.89

22.97

14.16

LAN180HSV5 18,000

65 70 75

17.51 17.50 17.08

13.29 13.38 13.16

18.60 18.58 18.16

14.03 14.13 13.92

19.69 19.67 19.24

13.59 13.69 13.49

20.47 20.46 20.03

13.87 13.97 13.79

21.86 21.84 21.41

13.99 14.09 13.92

22.95 22.93 22.50

14.26 14.36 14.20

16.66

12.93

17.74

13.70

18.82

13.30

19.60

13.60

20.98

13.75

22.06

14.03

16.24

12.70

17.32

13.47

18.40

13.09

19.17

13.40

20.55

13.56

21.63

13.85

15.82

12.46

16.90

13.23

17.97

12.88

18.75

13.19

20.12

13.37

21.20

13.67

15.37

12.33

16.44

13.12

17.51

12.78

18.00

12.90

19.65

13.30

20.72

13.61

100

14.99

12.00

16.06

12.78

17.13

12.47

17.77

12.70

19.28

13.01

20.35

13.33

105

14.62

11.67

15.69

12.45

16.76

12.17

17.53

12.50

18.90

12.73

19.97

13.05

110

14.24

11.27

15.32

12.05

16.39

11.79

17.16

12.13

18.53

12.36

19.60

12.70

115

13.87

10.93

14.94

11.71

16.01

11.48

16.79

11.82

18.15

12.07

19.22

12.41

118

13.65

10.85

14.72

11.64

15.79

11.42

16.56

11.77

17.93

12.03

19.00

12.37

122

13.57

10.83

14.64

11.62

15.71

11.40

16.49

11.75

17.85

12.01

18.92

12.36

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

Art Cool MirrorTM

ART COOL MIRROR | 15

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Heating Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 6: Multi F Art Cool Mirror Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Nominal Capacity of

Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

-0.4

5.61

4.5

6.32

7.03

7.98

8.33

8.93

LAN090HSV5

9.44

9.96

10,900

10.42

10.87

11.06

11.24

11.53

-0.4

7.00

4.5

7.89

8.78

9.95

10.40

11.14

11.78

LAN120HSV5

12.42

13,600

13.00

13.56

13.80

14.02

14.39

-0.4

11.11

4.5

12.52

13.93

15.81

16.51

17.69

LAN180HSV5

18.70

19.72

21,600

20.63

21.55

21.91

22.26

22.86

64
TC
5.53 6.24 6.95 7.90 8.26 8.85 9.36 9.87 10.33 10.80 10.98 11.15 11.46 11.46 11.46 11.46 6.90 7.78 8.67 9.86 10.30 11.03 11.67 12.31 12.89 13.46 13.70 13.91 14.29 14.29 14.29 14.29 10.96 12.37 13.77 15.65 16.36 17.53 18.55 19.56 20.48 21.39 21.76 22.11 22.70 22.70 22.70 22.70

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

5.48 6.18 6.90 7.85 8.21 8.79 9.31 9.82 10.28 10.74 10.93 11.10 11.40 11.40 11.40 11.40 6.83 7.71 8.60 9.79 10.23 10.96 11.60 12.24 12.82 13.39 13.63 13.84 14.22 14.22 14.22 14.22 10.85 12.26 13.67 15.55 16.25 17.43 18.44 19.46 20.37 21.29 21.65 22.01 22.59 22.59 22.59 22.59

5.45 6.16 6.88 7.82 8.18 8.77 9.29 9.79 10.25 10.71 10.90 11.08 11.37 11.37 11.37 11.37 6.80 7.69 8.58 9.76 10.20 10.95 11.59 12.21 12.79 13.36 13.60 13.82 14.19 14.19 14.19 14.19 10.80 12.21 13.61 15.49 16.20 17.37 18.39 19.41 20.32 21.24 21.60 21.95 22.53 22.53 22.53 22.53

72
TC
5.37 6.08 6.79 7.75 8.09 8.69 9.20 9.72 10.18 10.64 10.82 10.99 11.30 11.30 11.30 11.30 6.70 7.59 8.48 9.67 10.10 10.85 11.49 12.13 12.70 13.28 13.50 13.72 14.10 14.10 14.10 14.10 10.64 12.06 13.46 15.34 16.04 17.22 18.24 19.25 20.17 21.08 21.44 21.80 22.38 22.38 22.38 22.38

75
TC
5.14 5.85 6.56 7.48 7.82 8.37 8.93 9.47 9.94 10.40 10.59 10.73 10.98 11.03 11.06 11.11 6.50 7.40 8.31 9.47 9.90 10.60 11.30 11.99 12.58 13.16 13.40 13.59 13.90 13.96 14.00 14.06 10.18 11.58 12.99 14.84 15.49 16.59 17.69 18.79 19.70 20.61 20.98 21.27 21.76 21.85 21.91 22.02

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

Nominal capacity as rated 0 ft. above sea level and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. Corresponding refrigerant piping length is accordance with standard length of each outdoor unit. Nominal heating capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 70ºF dry bulb (DB) and 60ºF wet bulb (WB), and outdoor ambient conditions of 47ºF dry bulb (DB) and 43ºF wet bulb (WB).

16 | ART COOL MIRROR

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Acoustic Data

Figure 4: Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.
3.3 ft. 2.6 ft.
Microphone

· Measurement taken 2.6 below the bottom of the unit and at a distance of 3.3 from face of unit.
· Measurements taken with no attenuation and units operating at full load normal operating condition.
· Sound level will vary depending on a range of factors such as construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of particular area in which the equipment is installed.
· Sound power levels are measured in dB(A).
· Tested in anechoic chamber per ISO Standard 3745.

Table 7:Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating)

High Fan Speed

Medium Fan Speed

Low Fan Speed

LAN090HSV5

LAN120HSV5

LAN180HSV5

Figure 5: Sound Pressure Level Diagrams. LAN090HSV5

LAN120HSV5

LAN180HSV5

Art Cool MirrorTM

ART COOL MIRROR | 17

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution
Figure 6: LAN090HSV5 and LAN120HSV5 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts. Cooling

MULTI F MULTI F MAX
Heating

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Figure 7: LAN180HSV5 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts. Cooling

Heating

18 | ART COOL MIRROR

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Refrigerant Flow Diagram

Figure 8: Art Cool Mirror Indoor Unit Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

Th1

Heat Exchanger

Th4

Th2

Th5

Th3

M Cross Flow Fan

Heating Cooling

Vapor pipe connection port (flare connection)
Liquid pipe connection port (flare connection)

Art Cool MirrorTM
Thermistor for Indoor Air Temperature

Table 8: Art Cool Mirror Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Sizes.

Indoor Unit Capacity

Vapor Line Size (in., OD)

Liquid Line Size (in., OD)

9,000 Btu/h

Ø3/8

12,000 Btu/h

Ø1/4

18,000 Btu/h

Ø1/2

Table 9: Art Cool Mirror Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Connections

Indoor Unit Capacity

Vapor Line Connection (in., OD)

Liquid Line Connection (in., OD)

9,000 Btu/h

Ø3/8

Ø1/4

12,000 Btu/h

18,000 Btu/h

Ø5/8

Ø3/8

Table 10: Art Cool Mirror Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Location

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

Th1

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

Th2

Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

Th3

Evaporator Middle Temperature Thermistor

Th4

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

Th5

Water Level Sensor (Optional)

IDU PCB Connector CN-TH1
CN-TH2 CN-TH3

ART COOL MIRROR | 19

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagram
Figure 9: Multi F Art Cool Mirror LAN090HSV5, LAN120HSV5, and LAN180HSV5 Indoor Units Wiring Diagram.

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

20 | ART COOL MIRROR

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Factory Supplied Parts and Materials

Factory Supplied Parts

Table 11: Parts Table.

Part

Quantity

Image

Installation Plate One (1)

LAN090HSV5 and LAN120HSV5

Type "A" Screws Five (5)

LAN180HSV5

Type "B" Screws (M4 x 12L)

Two (2)

Wireless Handheld Controller with Holder
AKB74955602

One (1)

Factory Supplied Materials
· Owner's Manual · Installation Manual

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill

· Flaring tool set · Spanner (Half union) · Thermometer

WARNING
Installation work must be performed by trained personnel and in accordance with national wiring standards and all local or other applicable codes. Improper installation can result in fire, electric shock, physical injury, or death.
Note:
Read all instructions before installing this product. Become familiar with the unit's components and connections, and the order of installation. Incorrect installation can degrade or prevent proper operation.

Art Cool MirrorTM

ART COOL MIRROR | 21

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DANGER
To avoid the possibility of fire, do not install the unit in an area where combustible gas will generate, flow, stagnate, or leak. Failure to do so will cause serious bodily injury or death. Before beginning installation, read the safety summary at the beginning of this manual.
Select a location for installing the wall-mounted indoor unit (IDU) that meets the following conditions: · Where there is enough structural strength to bear the weight of the unit · Where air circulation will not be blocked · Where noise prevention is taken into consideration · Ensure there is sufficient space from the ceiling and floor · Locate the indoor unit in a location where it can be easily connected to the outdoor unit/branch distribution unit · Include space for drainage to ensure condensate flows properly out of the unit when it is in cooling mode · Use a level indicator to ensure the unit is installed on a level plane
Note:
The unit will be damaged, will malfunction, and/or will not operate as designed if installed in any of the following conditions:
Do not install the unit where it will be subjected to direct thermal radiation from other heat sources. Do not install the unit in an area where combustible gas will generate, flow, stagnate, or leak. Do not install the unit in a location where acidic solution and spray (sulfur) are often used. Do not use the unit in environments where oil, steam, or sulfuric gas are present. Do not install additional ventilation products on the chassis of the unit. Do not install the unit near high-frequency generator sources. Do not install the unit near a doorway.

Installing in an Area Exposed to Unconditioned Air In some installation applications, areas (floors, walls) in some rooms will be exposed to unconditioned air (room will be above or next to an unheated garage or storeroom). To countermeasure:
· Verify that carpet is or will be installed (carpet will increase the temperature by three degrees).
· Add insulation between the floor joists.
· Install radiant heat or another type of heating system to the floor.

Figure 10:Minimum Clearance Requirements.

>4 inches

5 inches

Required Clearances
Figure 10 shows required clearance distances around a typical installed wall-mounted unit.

Recommended height >6-1/2 feet from floor

>4 inches

Mounting the Installation Plate
The mounting wall must be strong and solid enough to protect the unit from vibration.
· Mount the installation plate on the wall using the Type "A" screws. If mounting the unit on concrete, consider using anchor bolts. · Always mount the installation plate horizontally. Measure the wall and mark the centerline using thread and a level.

22 | ART COOL MIRROR

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Figure 11:Installation Plate for LAN090HSV5 and LAN120HSV5 Units.

Unit Outline

Place a level on raised tab

Figure 12:Installation Plate for LAN180HSV5 Units.

Unit Outline

Place a level on raised tab

18-1/8 inches

22-7/16 inches

Left rear piping Right rear piping (3/16"~5/16")

Ø2-3/4 inches

Ø2-3/4

inches

Installation Plate

5-1/4 inches 6-7/8 inches

3-3/4 inches 8-17/32 inches

Drilling Piping Hole in the Wall

Ø2-3/4 inches Left rear piping
2-23/32 inches 4-1/8 inches

Installation Plate
Measuring Tape
Measuring Tape Hanger

Ø2-3/4 inches
Right rear pipi ng
2-7/32 inches
8-5/32 inches

Use caution when drilling holes through walls. Drilling into power wiring in the wall can cause serious Figure 19:Drilling Piping Hole

bodily injury or death.

WALL

Follow the left or right piping clearance recommendations.

Indoor

1. Using a 2-5/8 (ø 65mm) inch hole core drill bit, drill a hole at either the right or left side of the Core Drill

wall mounting. The hole must slant 3/16" to 5/16" from level (upward on the indoor unit side and

downward on the outdoor unit side).

Bushing

2. Finish off the newly drilled hole as shown with bushing and sleeve covering. Sleeve and bush-

Sleeve

ing prevents damage to the tubing/bundling of the piping.

Outdoor

Hanging the Indoor Unit Chassis

Figure 13:Locking the Indoor Unit onto the Installation Plate.

1. Attach the three (3) hooks on the top of the indoor unit to the top edge of the installation plate. Verify the hooks are properly attached to the installation plate by gently shaking the indoor unit from side to side.

2. Unlock the tubing clamp from the indoor unit frame. For easier access between the bottom of the indoor unit and the wall, prop the clamp between the indoor unit frame and installation plate.

3. Remove the screw covers at the bottom of the indoor unit, unscrew the

two (2) screws, remove the frame cover, remove the piping connection

Installation plate

cover, and position the piping for installation (down, back, left, or right).

Figure 14:Accessing the Back of the Indoor Unit.

Figure 15:Removing the Frame Cover.

Art Cool MirrorTM

Tubing Clamp

Figure 16:Exterior Back View of Indoor Unit.
Tubing Clamp

Figure 17:Piping Installed to the Left.

Frame Cover
Figure 18:Piping Installed to the Right.

Right Down

Left Back

Tape Connecting pipe
Drain hose

Tape Connecting pipe
Drain hose
ART COOL MIRROR | 23

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
GRN / YLW BR
BL RD

Power Wiring / Communications Cable Guidelines
· Follow manufacturer's circuit diagrams in the technical manuals. · Confirm power source specifications. · Confirm that the electrical capacity is sufficient. · Starting current must be maintained ±10 percent of the rated current marked on the outdoor unit name plate. · Confirm cable thickness specifications. · It is required that a circuit breaker is installed, especially if conditions could become wet or moist. · Include a disconnect in the power wiring system, add an air gap contact separation of at least 1/8 inch in each active (phase) conductor.

· Loose wiring will cause unit to malfunction, overheat, and catch fire, resulting in severe injury or death.

Note:

· Terminal screws will become loose during transport. Properly tighten the terminal connections during installation. A voltage drop will cause the following problems: · Magnetic switch vibration, fuse breaks, or disturbance to the normal function of an overload protection device. · Compressor will not receive the proper starting current.

Connecting the Power Wiring and Communications Cable

1. Insert the power wiring/communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) through the bottom of the indoor unit.

Figure 20:Connecting the Power Wiring / Communications Cable.

2. Connect each wire to its appropriate terminal on the indoor unit control board. Verify that the color and terminal numbers from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) wiring match the color and terminal numbers on the indoor unit.

3. Secure the power wiring/communications cable with the cable restraint.

Figure 21:Simplified View of Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch

Distribution Unit Terminal Connections--LAN090HSV5 and

LAN120HSV5 models.
GND Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block
(Multi F MAX Systems Only)

1(L1) 2(L2) 3

3 or S

GND

Terminal block
Wired Remote Controller Terminal (Optional) Power wiring / communications cable Cable restraint

Figure 22:Simplified View of Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Connections--LAN180HSV5 models.

GND Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1 ) 2(L2)

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block
(Multi F MAX Systems Only)
3 or S

GND

GRN / YLW BR
BL RD

24 | ART COOL MIRROR

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Wireless Handheld Controller
Figure 23:AKB74955602 Wireless Controller.
Screen Display

Table 12: AKB74955602 Wireless Controller Functions.

Art Cool MirrorTM

RESET Buttons

ART COOL MIRROR | 25

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
GRN / YLW BR BL RD
GRN / YLW BR BL RD

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Wired Controller Connections

Figure 24:Wired Controller Connection on the Indoor Unit Terminal Block--LAN090HSV5 and LAN120HSV5 models.

Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND

1(L1 ) 2(L2) 3

CN-REMO

Figure 25:Wired Controller Connection on the Indoor Unit Terminal Block--LAN180HSV5 models.

Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND

1(L1 ) 2(L2)

CN-REMO

To Outdoor Unit or Branch Distribution Unit To Wired Controller (Multi F MAX Systems Only)

Wired Controller Placement Wired controllers include a sensor to detect room temperature. To maintain comfort levels in the conditioned space, the wired controller must be installed in a location away from direct sunlight, high humidity, and where it could be directly exposed to cold air. Controller must be installed four (4) to five (5) feet above the floor where its LED display can be read easily, in an area with good air circulation, and where it can detect an average room temperature.
Do not install the wired controller near or in: · Drafts or dead spots behind doors and in corners · Hot or cold air from ducts · Radiant heat from the sun or appliances · Concealed pipes and chimneys · An area where temperatures are uncontrolled, such as an outside wall

Figure 26:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

TEMP Rem ot e Cont roller
NO

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

Operation Mode Sequence Cooling Mode Auto Operation Dehumidification Mode Heating Mode

26 | ART COOL MIRROR

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL MIRROR INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Hanging the Wired Controller 1. The controller wiring/cable can be installed in one of three direc-
tions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and then position wiring/cable on applicable side.
2. Choose and mark the area of installation, and then screw the wall plate into place (using the provided parts). Install the controller wall plate to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no gaps exist between the wall plate and the wall itself.
3. Arrange wiring/cables so as not to interfere with the controller circuitry. Position the wired controller on the wall plate. Snap into place by pressing the bottom part of the wired controller onto the wall plate. Make sure that no gaps exist between the wired controller and the wall plate on all sides.

Figure 27:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

Back

Right

Side

Right

Side

Figure 28:Attaching the Wall Plate.

Figure 29:Installing/Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

4. To remove wired controller from the wall plate, insert a screwdriver into the two holes at the bottom. Twist screwdriver to release controller. Do not damage the controller components when removing.

Removing the Controller

Wall

Assigning the Thermistor for Temperature Detection
Each indoor unit includes a return air thermistor assigned to sense the temperature. If a wired controller is installed, there is a choice of sensing temperature with either the indoor unit return air thermistor or the thermistor in the wired controller. It is also an option to set both thermistors to sense temperature so that indoor unit bases its operation on the first thermistor to reach the designated temperature differential. For applicable indoor units, an optional Remote Temperature Sensor can be used in lieu of the return air thermistor--either alone or in conjunction with a wired controller thermistor as previously described.

Art Cool MirrorTM

ART COOL MIRROR | 27

ART COOLTM GALLERY INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 29 "General Data / Specifications" on page 30 "Dimensions" on page 31 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 32 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 33 "Acoustic Data" on page 34 "Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution" on page 35 "Refrigerant Flow Diagram" on page 36 "Wiring Diagram" on page 37 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 38 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 39

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Mechanical Specifications and Features

Art Cool GalleryTM

ART COOL Gallery Indoor Units
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, fan, and motor. Art Cool Gallery indoor units have a sound rating no higher than 42 dB(A) as tested per KSA0701 ISO Standard 3745.
Coil Indoor unit coils are comprised of a minimum of two rows of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. The coils are pressure tested at the factory. Each unit is provided with a factory installed condensate drain pan below the coil.
Refrigerant System System is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare. All refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.
Electrical Each indoor unit is designed to operate using 208230/60/1 power with voltage variances of ±10%.
Casing Units are designed to mount on a vertical surface, and are shipped with a separate back plate that secures the unit to the wall, protruding no more than six (6) inches. Unit is designed so that refrigerant piping can be installed in one of four different directions.
Cases / Finishes The Art Cool Gallery unit has a frame that can accommodate a 20" x 20" photograph, picture or artwork. Unit casing has a gray finish and is manufactured of heavy-duty acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) and high impact polystyrene (HIPS) plastic.
Fan Assembly and Control The unit has a single, direct-drive, crossflow fan made of high strength ABS plastic. The fan motor is brushless digitally controlled (BLDC) with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. The fan/motor assembly is mounted on vibration attenuating rubber grommets. Fan speed is controlled using a microprocessor-based direct digitally controlled algorithm that provides pre-programmed, field-selectable fixed or auto fan speeds in the Heating and Cooling modes. For Art Cool Gallery units, the indoor fan has Low, Med, High, Power Cool and Auto settings for Cooling mode; and has Low, Med, High, and Auto settings for Heating mode. The Auto setting adjusts the fan speed based on the difference between the controller setpoint and space temperature. Also, the separate Chaos setting provides a simultaneous and random change in fan speed and flow

direction at the discharge, Figure 30: Multi F Art Cool Gallery simulating a natural outdoor Indoor Unit. breeze.
Air Filter Return air is filtered with a factory-supplied, removable, washable pre-filter. Filter access is from the front of the unit without the use of tools.
Airflow Guide Vanes Motorized oscillating guide vanes are factory installed, and allows the ability to control the direction of airflow from side to side. A motorized air sweep louver provides an automatic change in airflow by directing the air up and down to provide uniform air distribution.
Microprocessor Control The indoor unit is provided with an integrated control panel to communicate with the outdoor unit. All unit operation parameters are stored in non-volatile memory resident on the unit microprocessor. The microprocessor controls space temperature through using the value provided by the temperature sensor within the indoor unit. The microprocessor control will activate indoor unit operation when the indoor room temperature falls below or rises above a setpoint temperature, at which point, a signal is sent to the outdoor unit to begin the appropriate mode. The microprocessor will also provide self-diagnostics and auto restart functions. A field-supplied fourwire power / communications cable must be installed to connect the indoor unit(s) to the outdoor unit.
Controls The indoor unit casing has a factory-standard, integral infrared sensor designed to communicate with the supplied LG wireless handheld remote controller. An optional LG supplied wired controller is available as an additional accessory. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded and shielded power / communication cable.
Condensate The unit is designed for gravity draining of condensate and includes a flexible drain hose capable of installation in one of two directions. Unit includes a connection that is compatible with the AquaGuard® AG-9300-LG condensate sensor.

Features
· Inverter (Variable speed fan)
· Chaos swing
· Jet cool

· Group control · Self-cleaning indoor coil · Auto operation / auto restart operation

· 24-Hour on/off timer
· Wireless LCD remote control included; wired thermostat available (sold separately)

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 29

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
General Data / Specifications

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 13: Multi F Art Cool Gallery Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name

LMAN097HVP

LMAN127HVP

Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1

9,000

11,200

Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1

10,400

13,300

Operating Range

Cooling (°F WB)

57-77

Heating (°F DB)

59-81

Fan

Type

Turbo

Motor Output (W) x Qty.

24 x 1

Motor/Drive

Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct

Airflow Rate CFM (H/M/L)

272 / 208 / 155

314 / 258 / 198

Unit Data

Refrigerant Type2

R410A

Refrigerant Control

EEV

Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3

208-230, 1, 60

Rated Amps (A)

0.2

Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H/M/L)4

39 / 35 / 31

42 / 38 / 34

Dimensions (W x H x D, in.)

23-5/8 x 23-5/8 x 5-25/32

Net Unit Weight (lbs.)

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5

4 x 14

Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x Fin / inch) x Number

(2 x 20 x 21) x 1

Piping

Liquid (in.)

1/4

Vapor (in.)

3/8

Drain O.D. / I.D. (in.)

27/32, 5/8

30 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Dimensions

Figure 31: LMAN097HVP and LMAN127HVP Dimensions.

Supply Air Vane

Supply Air

Supply Air Vane

Art Cool GalleryTM

Supply Air Vane

Return Air Inlet
Supply Air

Discharge Air Grille

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 31

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 14: Multi F Art Cool Gallery Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

LMAN097HVP 9,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

LMAN127HVP 12,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

68 / 57

SHC

8.82

5.68

8.82

5.72

8.81

5.77

8.80

5.81

8.80

5.85

8.79

5.90

8.78

5.94

8.78

5.99

8.77

6.03

8.76

6.07

8.76

6.12

8.75

6.16

8.54

6.06

8.33

5.96

8.12

5.85

7.91

5.74

7.68

5.68

7.50

5.52

7.31

5.37

7.12

5.19

6.94

5.03

6.82

5.00

6.79

4.98

10.98

7.06

10.97

7.12

10.96

7.17

10.95

7.23

10.95

7.28

10.94

7.34

10.93

7.39

10.92

7.45

10.91

7.50

10.90

7.56

10.90

7.61

10.89

7.67

10.63

7.54

10.36

7.41

10.10

7.27

9.84

7.14

9.56

7.06

9.33

6.87

9.10

6.68

8.86

6.46

8.63

6.26

8.49

6.22

8.44

6.20

73 / 61

SHC

9.37

6.00

9.36

6.04

9.36

6.09

9.35

6.14

9.34

6.18

9.33

6.23

9.33

6.28

9.32

6.32

9.31

6.37

9.31

6.42

9.30

6.46

9.29

6.51

9.08

6.41

8.87

6.31

8.66

6.20

8.45

6.09

8.22

6.04

8.03

5.89

7.84

5.73

7.66

5.55

7.47

5.39

7.36

5.36

7.32

5.35

11.66

7.46

11.65

7.52

11.64

7.58

11.63

7.64

11.63

7.69

11.62

7.75

11.61

7.81

11.60

7.87

11.59

7.92

11.58

7.98

11.57

8.04

11.56

8.10

11.30

7.97

11.04

7.85

10.77

7.72

10.51

7.58

10.23

7.51

10.00

7.32

9.76

7.13

9.53

6.90

9.30

6.71

9.16

6.67

9.11

6.65

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

9.92

5.81

10.31

5.93

9.91

5.85

10.31

5.98

9.90

5.90

10.30

6.02

9.90

5.94

10.29

6.07

9.89

5.99

10.28

6.11

9.88

6.03

10.27

6.16

9.87

6.08

10.27

6.21

9.87

6.12

10.26

6.25

9.86

6.17

10.25

6.30

9.85

6.21

10.24

6.34

9.84

6.26

10.24

6.39

9.84

6.30

10.23

6.43

9.62

6.21

10.01

6.35

9.41

6.12

9.80

6.26

9.20

6.03

9.59

6.17

8.99

5.93

9.37

6.07

8.75

5.88

9.00

5.94

8.57

5.74

8.88

5.85

8.38

5.60

8.77

5.76

8.19

5.43

8.58

5.58

8.01

5.29

8.39

5.44

7.89

5.26

8.28

5.42

7.86

5.25

8.24

5.41

12.34

7.22

12.84

7.38

12.33

7.28

12.83

7.43

12.32

7.34

12.82

7.49

12.31

7.39

12.81

7.55

12.31

7.45

12.80

7.61

12.30

7.51

12.79

7.66

12.29

7.56

12.78

7.72

12.28

7.62

12.77

7.78

12.27

7.67

12.76

7.83

12.26

7.73

12.75

7.89

12.25

7.78

12.74

7.95

12.24

7.84

12.73

8.01

11.97

7.73

12.46

7.90

11.71

7.62

12.19

7.79

11.45

7.50

11.93

7.67

11.18

7.38

11.67

7.56

10.89

7.32

11.20

7.39

10.66

7.15

11.05

7.28

10.43

6.97

10.91

7.16

10.20

6.76

10.68

6.95

9.96

6.58

10.44

6.77

9.82

6.54

10.30

6.74

9.78

6.53

10.26

6.73

86 / 72

SHC

11.01

5.98

11.01

6.03

11.00

6.07

10.99

6.12

10.98

6.17

10.97

6.21

10.96

6.26

10.96

6.30

10.95

6.35

10.94

6.40

10.93

6.44

10.92

6.49

10.71

6.41

10.49

6.33

10.28

6.24

10.06

6.16

9.83

6.12

9.64

5.99

9.45

5.86

9.26

5.69

9.08

5.56

8.96

5.54

8.93

5.53

13.71

7.44

13.70

7.50

13.69

7.55

13.68

7.61

13.66

7.67

13.65

7.73

13.64

7.79

13.63

7.84

13.62

7.90

13.61

7.96

13.60

8.02

13.59

8.07

13.32

7.97

13.05

7.87

12.79

7.77

12.52

7.66

12.23

7.62

11.99

7.45

11.76

7.29

11.53

7.08

11.30

6.91

11.16

6.89

11.11

6.88

90 / 75

SHC

11.56

6.09

11.55

6.14

11.54

6.19

11.54

6.23

11.53

6.28

11.52

6.33

11.51

6.38

11.50

6.42

11.49

6.47

11.48

6.52

11.47

6.56

11.47

6.61

11.25

6.54

11.03

6.46

10.82

6.38

10.60

6.30

10.36

6.27

10.17

6.14

9.99

6.01

9.80

5.85

9.61

5.71

9.50

5.70

9.46

5.69

14.39

7.58

14.38

7.64

14.37

7.70

14.36

7.76

14.34

7.82

14.33

7.87

14.32

7.93

14.31

7.99

14.30

8.05

14.29

8.11

14.28

8.17

14.27

8.23

14.00

8.13

13.73

8.04

13.46

7.94

13.19

7.83

12.89

7.80

12.66

7.64

12.43

7.48

12.19

7.27

11.96

7.11

11.82

7.09

11.78

7.08

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h). Nominal capacity as rated 0 ft. above sea level and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. Corresponding refrigerant piping length is accordance with standard length of each outdoor unit.

Nominal cooling capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 80ºF dry bulb (DB) and 67ºF wet bulb (WB), and outdoor ambient conditions of 95ºF dry bulb (DB) and 75ºF wet bulb (WB). The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

32 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Heating Capacity Table

Table 15: Multi F Art Cool Gallery Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

61 TC

64 TC

68 TC

70 TC

72 TC

75 TC

-0.4

5.35

5.28

5.23

5.20

5.12

4.90

4.5

6.03

5.95

5.90

5.88

5.80

5.58

6.71

6.63

6.58

6.56

6.48

6.26

7.61

7.54

7.49

7.46

7.39

7.14

7.95

7.88

7.83

7.80

7.72

7.46

8.52

8.44

8.39

8.37

8.29

7.99

9.01

8.93

8.88

8.86

8.78

8.52

LMAN097HVP

9,000

9.50

9.42

9.37

9.34

9.27

9.04

9.94

9.86

9.81

9.78

9.71

9.48

10.37

10.30

10.25

10.22

10.15

9.92

10.55

10.48

10.43

10.40

10.32

10.10

10.72

10.64

10.59

10.57

10.49

10.24

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.48

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.52

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.55

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.60

-0.4

6.84

6.75

6.68

6.65

6.55

6.26

4.5

7.71

7.61

7.55

7.52

7.42

7.13

8.58

8.48

8.42

8.38

8.29

8.00

9.73

9.64

9.57

9.54

9.44

9.14

10.17

10.07

10.01

9.98

9.88

9.54

10.89

10.79

10.73

10.70

10.60

10.22

11.52

11.42

11.36

11.32

11.23

10.89

LMAN127HVP

12,000

12.14

12.05

11.98

11.95

11.85

11.57

12.71

12.61

12.55

12.51

12.42

12.13

13.27

13.17

13.11

13.08

12.98

12.69

13.49

13.40

13.33

13.30

13.20

12.91

13.71

13.61

13.55

13.52

13.42

13.10

14.07

13.97

13.91

13.88

13.78

13.40

14.07

13.97

13.91

13.88

13.78

13.46

14.07

13.97

13.91

13.88

13.78

13.49

14.07

13.97

13.91

13.88

13.78

13.55

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

Art Cool GalleryTM

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 33

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa) Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa)

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Acoustic Data

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 32: Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.
3.3ft 2.6ft
Microphone

Table 16: Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating)

High Fan Speed

Medium Fan Speed

Low Fan Speed

LMAN097HVP

LMAN127HVP

Figure 33: Sound Pressure Level Diagrams.
LMAN097HVP
80

NC-65 60
NC-60
NC-55 50
NC-50
NC-45 40
NC-40
NC-35 30
NC-30

Approximate Hearing Threshold

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

NC-25
NC-20 NC-15 8000

LMAN127HVP
80

NC-65 60
NC-60
NC-55 50
NC-50
NC-45 40
NC-40
NC-35 30
NC-30

Approximate Hearing Threshold

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

NC-25
NC-20 NC-15 8000

34 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution

Art Cool GalleryTM

Figure 34: LMAN097HVP Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.

Discharge angle: 40°

Cooling

Discharge angle: 50°

Air velocity [ft/s]

Air velocity [ft/s]
9f t

7f t 6.6

4.6

3f t

1.6 3.3

16ft

13ft

10f t

7 ft

3f t

0f t 0f t

16ft

13ft

Temperature [°F]

Temperature [°F]
9f t

7f t
52 55
3f t

16ft

13ft

10f t

7 ft

3f t

0f t 0f t

16ft

13ft

Heating

9f t

7f t 6.6

3f t 4.9

1.6

3.3

10f t

7 ft

3f t

0f t 0f t

9f t

7f t

109

106

95 99 102

10f t

7 ft

3f t

3f t
0f t 0f t

Figure 35: LMAN127HVP Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.

Discharge angle : 40°

Cooling

Discharge angle : 50°

Heating

Air velocity [ft/s]

9f t

7f t

6.6
3f t 4.9

1.6

3.3

16ft

13ft

10f t

7 ft

3f t

0f t 0f t

7f t
8.2
6.6 3f t

4.9

1.6

3.3

16ft

13ft

10f t

7 ft

3f t

0f t 0f t

Temperature [°F]

9f t

16ft

13ft

10f t

7 ft

7f t

52 55

3f t

0f t

3f t

0f t

7f t

11 3 109
3f t

106

99 102

0f t

16ft

13ft

10f t

7 ft

3f t

0f t

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 35

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Refrigerant Flow Diagram

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 36: Art Cool Gallery Indoor Unit Refrigerant Flow Diagram.
Heat Exchanger

Gas pipe connection port (flare connection)

Turbo Fan M

Thermistor for Evaporator Outlet Temperature

Thermistor for Indoor Air Temperature
Thermistor for Evaporator Inlet Temperature

Liquid pipe connection port (flare connection)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
Heating Cooling

Table 17: Art Cool Gallery Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Connection Port Diameters.

Model No.

Vapor (inch)

LMAN097HVP Ø3/8
LMAN127HVP

Liquid (inch) Ø1/4

Table 18: Art Cool Gallery Indoor Unit Thermistor Details. Description (Based on Cooling Mode) Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor Water Level Sensor (Optional)

PCB Connector CN-TH1 CN-TH2 CN-TH3

36 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagram

Figure 37: Multi F Art Cool Gallery Indoor Units Wiring Diagram.

Art Cool GalleryTM

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 37

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Factory Supplied Parts and Materials

Factory Supplied Parts

Table 19: Parts Table.

Part

Quantity

Installation Guide

One (1)

Image

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Type "A" Screws and Plastic Anchors
Type "B" Screws (M4 x 12L)

Four (4) Each
Two (2)

Wireless Handheld Controller with Holder
(AKB73635607)

One (1)

Factory Supplied Materials
· Owner's Manual · Installation Manual

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill

· Flaring tool set · Spanner (Half union) · Thermometer

38 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Art Cool GalleryTM

Selecting the Best Location

Figure 38:Minimum Clearance Requirements.

Do's · Place the unit where air circulation will not be blocked.

>8 inches

· Place the unit where drainage can be obtained easily. · Place the unit where noise prevention is taken into consideration.

>20 inches

· Ensure there is sufficient space from the ceiling and floor.

· Ensure there is sufficient maintenance space.

· Locate the indoor unit in a location where it can be easily connected to the outdoor unit/branch distribution unit.
Don'ts

Recommended height >5 feet from the floor

>20 inches

· Do not install the unit near a heat or steam source, or where considerable amounts of oil, iron powder, or flour are used.

· Do not install the unit where sulfuric acid and flammable or corrosive gases are generated, vented into, or stored.

· Do not install the unit near high-frequency generators.

· Do not install the unit near a doorway.

The unit will be damaged, will malfunction, and/or will not operate as designed if installed in any of the conditions listed.

Figure 39:Using the Installation Guide.
Horizontal
1

Installing in an Area Exposed to Unconditioned Air

In some installation applications, areas (floors, walls) in some rooms will be exposed to unconditioned air (room will be above or next to an unheated garage or storeroom). To countermeasure:

· Verify that carpet is or will be installed (carpet will increase the temperature by three degrees).

· Add insulation between the floor joists.

· Install radiant heat or another type of heating system to the floor.

Using the Installation Guide
1. Choose an appropriate location for the indoor unit. To hang the installation guide, verify that it is level and plumb, and then tape it to the wall.
2. Drill four (4) 1/4-inch diameter holes with a depth of 1-3/16 to 1-3/8 inches for the mounting screws. Drill one (1) two (2) inch-diameter hole for the field-installed refrigerant and drain piping.
3. Insert a plastic anchor into each of the mounting holes.
4. Screw the top two (2) screws into the wall. Do not flush them to the wall; leave a 7/16 inch space for hanging the indoor unit.
Note:
If the unit is installed near a body of water, certain components are at risk of being corroded. Appropriate anti-corrosion methods must be taken for the unit and all components.
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. ©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. "LG" is a registered trademark of LG Corp.

3
Plastic Anchor
4
7/16 inch
ART COOL GALLERYTM | 39

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Preparing the Indoor Unit for Installation
Removing the Front Panel 1. First pull the top of the front panel up (1A) and then out (1B).

Figure 40:Preparing for Installation.

2. Remove the two (2) screws at the bottom (2A), then lift off the front panel (2B).

3. To completely detach the front panel, disconnect the panel connector

found at the top of the indoor unit (3).

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

3
Panel Connector

Removing the Piping and Side Covers 1. Unscrew the center cover.

Figure 41:Removing the Piping and Side Covers.

2. Remove the cover from the side of the indoor unit chosen for the piping connections, and then knock out the piping access hole. If the refrigerant piping will be connected through the back of the unit, the access hole does not need to be knocked out.

3. Remove any burrs that will have been made.

Access Hole for Piping
Side cover

Preparing the Drain Hose 1. Remove the rubber stopper from the chosen side of the indoor unit.
2. Insert the drain hose into the handle of the drain pan.
3. Connect the drain hose to the field-installed drain piping.

Figure 42:Preparing the Drain Hose.

40 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

Adhesive
Field-Installed Drain Piping Drain Hose
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. ©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. "LG" is a registered trademark of LG Corp.

Choose a Side for the Drain Connections
Rubber Stopper

Art Cool GalleryTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Preparing the Refrigerant and Drain Piping Connections 1. Depending on the installation requirements, route the indoor unit refrigerant piping and the
drain hose to the left, right (see guidelines below), or rear of the frame.
2. Bundle the piping and drain hose with tape where they meet near the indoor unit frame. Position the drain hose at the bottom of the bundle (positioning the drain hose at the top of the bundle will cause the drain pan to overflow inside the indoor unit).

Figure 43:Preparing the Refrigerant / Drain Connections.
1

Installing Piping on the Right Side of the Indoor Unit Frame

1. Press on the top of the clamp, and then Figure 44:Right Side Piping Access.

slowly guide the piping downward.

2. Bend the piping to the right side of the indoor unit frame.

Drain hose
2

Do not bend the piping/drain hose from side to side; it will damage the components.

Loop

Tape Power wiring /
Communication
cable

Connecting

pipe

Drain hose

Hanging the Indoor Unit Frame
1. Remove the installation guide and hang the indoor unit on the top two (2) screws. Verify the indoor unit is hanging securely on the screws.

Figure 45:Hanging the Indoor Unit Frame.
Installation Guide
1

2. Align the holes at the bottom of the indoor unit to the mounting holes. Tighten first the top screws, then tighten the bottom screws.

Holes for Hanging (On back of indoor unit)

3. Verify that the indoor unit is completely secured to the wall by gently shaking it up and

down.

Plastic Anchors

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 41

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
Indoor Unit s

Connecting the Indoor Unit Piping to the Field-Installed Piping

1. Center align the indoor unit piping (refrigerant and drain) and the field-installed piping, then hand tighten the flare nut.

Figure 46:Indoor Unit to Field-Installed Piping Connection.

2. Tighten the flare nut with a torque wrench.

3. Attach the drain tube piping to the indoor unit drain hose as shown below.

Figure 47:Extending the Drain Hose.

Indoor unit piping

Flare nut Field-installed piping

If the drain hose is routed inside a room, add insulation to prevent condensation from forming.

Drain extension

Narrow tape Adhesive

Indoor unit drain hose

Torque wrench

Spanner
Flare nut Field-installed piping

Insulating the Refrigerant and Drain Piping
Ensure all piping is insulated. Exposed piping can cause burns if touched. Refrigerant Piping Insulation Field-installed vapor and liquid refrigerant piping lines must be properly and completely covered in insulation (up to the indoor unit piping connections). Any exposed piping will generate condensate or will cause burns if touched. Insulation for this field-installed refrigerant piping must have a minimum heat resistance of 248°F.
Drain Piping Insulation Drain piping must have insulation a minimum of 7/32 inches thick.

Figure 48:Insulating the Piping. Bands Insulation
1.

Field-supplied piping Wide tape

Wrap with tape

Indoor unit piping

Installing the Insulation
1. Overlap the insulation at the connection of the field-installed piping and the indoor unit piping. Tape together so there are no gaps.
2. Secure insulation to the rear piping housing section with vinyl tape.
3. Bundle the piping and drain hose with tape where they meet at the back of the indoor unit frame. Position the drain hose at the bottom of the bundle (positioning the drain hose at the top of the bundle will cause the drain pan to overflow inside the indoor unit).

Drain Slope
Drain hose must point down so water can flow away easily. Figure 49:Drain Piping Slope.
Slope Down

Checking the Drainage System
1. Pour water on the in- Figure 50:Checking the Drainage door unit evaporator. System.
2. Ensure the water flows through and out of the hose and away from the indoor unit without leaking.

2.
Piping Narrow tape

3. Piping

Wrap with tape

Drain hose

Wide tape

42 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

Drain extension
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. ©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. "LG" is a registered trademark of LG Corp.

Art Cool GalleryTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Connecting the Power Wiring and Communications Cable

1. Insert the power wiring/communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) through the access hole of the indoor unit (ground wire must be longer than the other wires/cables). Unscrew the control board cover.

Figure 51:Connecting the Power Wiring / Communications Cable.

Control Board Cover

1(L1) 2(L2) 3

3. Secure the power wiring/communications cable to the control board.

4. Reattach the control board cover.

Lock nut (field supplied)

Figure 52:Simplified View of Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Connections--LMAN097HVP and
LMAN127HVP models.

GND Indoor Unit Terminal Block
1(L1) 2(L2) 3

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block
(Multi F MAX Systems Only)
3 or S

GND

Conduit (field supplied)

GRN / YLW BR
BL RD

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 43

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Controller Options
Art Cool Gallery wall-mounted indoor units include a handheld controller (AKB73635607), but optional LG-supplied wired controllers are available.

Wireless Handheld Controller Figure 53:AKB73635607 Wireless Controller.
Display Screen
Control Panel

Table 20: AKB73635607 Wireless Controller Functions.

Control Panel Button

Display Screen

Description

Air circulation button1: Circulates the room air without operating in cooling or heating mode.

Sleep Mode Auto Button1: Sets the sleep mode auto operation.

Temperature Adjustment Buttons: Raises or lowers temperature setpoint in cooling and heating operation.
On / Off Button: Turns the power on/off.

Indoor Fan Speed Button: Changes the fan speed.

Operation mode selection button1: Selects the operation mode. Cooling operation / Auto operation or auto changeover / Dehumidifying operation / Heating operation

Jet Cool / Jet Heat Button1: Warms up or cools down the indoor temperature within a short period.

Operation Mode Sequence Cooling Mode Auto Operation Dehumidification Mode Heating Mode

Air Flow Direction Button: Adjusts the airflow direction. Temperature Display Button: Displays the room temperature. Press and hold button down for five (5) seconds to change from °C to °F.
Timer button: Sets the current time and the start/end times.
Navigation/Functions Button1: Adjusts the time and sets the special functions. Auto clean / Operates energy saving cooling / Adjusts the brightness of the indoor unit display
Set/Clear Button: Sets or cancels functions.
Reset Button: Resets the air conditioner settings.
1Depending on the indoor unit model, some functions will not be supported.

44 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

Art Cool GalleryTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Wired Controller Connections

Figure 54:Wired Controller Connection on the Indoor Unit Terminal Block.
Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND

1(L1 ) 2(L2) 3

CN-REMO

GRN / YLW BR BL RD

To Outdoor Unit or Branch Distribution Unit To Wired Controller (Multi F MAX Systems Only)

Figure 55:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

TEMP

Do not install the wired controller near or in:

Rem ot e Cont roller

· Drafts or dead spots behind doors and in corners

· Hot or cold air from ducts

· Radiant heat from the sun or appliances

· Concealed pipes and chimneys

· An area where temperatures are uncontrolled, such as an outside wall

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

Hanging the Wired Controller 1. The controller wiring/cable can be installed in one of three direc-

Figure 56:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

tions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation

is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and

then position wiring/cable on applicable side.

Back

Right

Side

Right

Side

2. Choose and mark the area of installation, and then screw the wall

plate into place (using the provided parts). Install the controller

wall plate to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no

gaps exist between the wall plate and the wall itself.

Figure 57:Attaching the Wall Plate.

Figure 58:Installing/Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

Removing the Controller

Wall

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 45

ART COOL GALLERY INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Finalizing Indoor Unit Installation
1. Verify that the side covers are closed or opened, depending on installation requirements. Place the power wiring / communications cable in the bottom groove along the left side of the frame.
2. Reconnect the panel connector found at the top of the indoor unit.
3. Attach the top part of the front panel, then position its tabs in the grooves on the bottom part of the indoor unit frame.
4. To ensure the front panel tabs are securely positioned in the grooves, adjust the panel by loosening or tightening the screws at the bottom.

Figure 59:Final Installation Step--Reattaching the Front Panel.

Front Panel Connector

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

46 | ART COOL GALLERYTM

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Art Cool GalleryTM

ART COOL GALLERYTM | 47

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 49 "General Data / Specifications" on page 50 "Dimensions" on page 51 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 53 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 56 "Acoustic Data" on page 58 "Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution" on page 60 "Refrigerant Flow Diagram" on page 62 "Wiring Diagram" on page 63 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 65 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 66

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Mechanical Specifications and Features

Standard Wall-Mounted

Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Units
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, fan, and motor. Standard WallMounted units have a sound rating no higher than 46 dB(A) as tested per KSA0701 ISO Standard 3745.

Figure 60: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit.

Coil

Indoor unit coils are comprised of a minimum of two rows of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. The coils are pressure tested at the factory. Each unit is provided with a factory installed condensate drain pan below the coil.
Refrigerant System The system is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a

Air Filter
The return air inlet has a factory-supplied primary removable, washable filter. The unit is also equipped with a secondary 3M Micro Dust filter. Filters are accessed from the front of the unit without the use of tools.

holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare. All refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.

Airflow Guide Vanes A factory-installed motorized guide vane controls the direction of airflow from side to side. A motorized louver provides an automatic

Electrical
The indoor units require 208230Vac/60Hz/1 power with voltage variance of no more than ±10%.

change in airflow by directing the air up and down for uniform air distribution.
Microprocessor Control

Casing The units mount on a vertical surface. They are shipped with a separate back plate that secures the unit to the wall, protruding no more than nine (9) inches. Refrigerant piping can be installed in one (1) of four (4) different directions.
Finish The Standard Wall-Mounted unit has a curved architectural panel with a pearl white finish. Unit casing has a pearl white or dark gray finish and is manufactured of heavy-duty acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) and high impact polystyrene (HIPS) plastic.

The indoor unit has an integrated control panel to communicate with the outdoor unit. All unit operation parameters are stored in non-volatile memory resident on the unit microprocessor. The microprocessor controls space temperature through using the value provided by the temperature sensor within the indoor unit. The microprocessor control will activate indoor unit operation when the indoor room temperature falls below or rises above a setpoint temperature, at which point, a signal is sent to the outdoor unit to begin the appropriate mode. The microprocessor also provides self-diagnostics and auto restart functions. A field-supplied four-wire power / communications cable must be installed to connect the indoor unit(s) to the outdoor unit.

Fan Assembly and Control
The unit has a single, direct-drive, crossflow fan made of high strength ABS plastic. The fan motor is brushless digitally controlled (BLDC)
with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. The fan / motor
assembly is mounted on vibration attenuating rubber grommets. Fan
speed is controlled using a microprocessor-based direct digitally controlled algorithm that provides pre-programmed, field-selectable fixed or auto fan speeds in the Heating and Cooling modes. For Standard Wall-Mounted units, the indoor fan has Low, Med, High, Jet Cool, and Auto settings for Cooling mode; and has Low, Med, High,
Jet Heat, and Auto settings for Heating mode. The Auto setting adjusts

Controls
The indoor unit casing has a factory-standard, integral infrared sensor to communicate with the supplied LG wireless handheld remote controller. An optional LG supplied wired controller is available as an additional accessory. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded and shielded power / communication cable. The indoor unit has built-in wi-fi and can be controlled with LG's SmartThinQ app on a smart device. A field-supplied wi-fi network and smart device are required. The SmartThinQ app is free and is available for Android and iOS smart devices.

the fan speed based on the difference between the controller setpoint
and space temperature. Also, the separate Chaos setting provides a simultaneous and random change in fan speed and flow direction at the discharge, simulating a natural outdoor breeze.

Features
· Inverter (Variable speed fan)

· Group control

Condensate The unit is designed for gravity draining of condensate and includes a flexible drain hose capable of installation in one of two directions. The unit also includes a connection that is compatible with the AquaGuard® AG-9300-LG condensate sensor.
· Built-in wi-fi

· Comfort Air

· Self-cleaning indoor coil

· Dehumidifying function

· 3M filter

· Auto operation

· Self-diagnostic function

· Jet cool/Jet Heat

· Auto restart operation

· Wireless LCD remote control included

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 49

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

General Data / Specifications

MULTI F MAX

Table 21: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name

LMN079HVT LSN090HSV5 LSN120HSV5 LMN159HVT LSN180HSV5 LMN249HVT

Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1

7,000

9,000

12,000

14,300

18,000

24,000

Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1

8,100

10,900

13,600

15,600

21,600

25,600

Operating Range

Cooling (°F WB)

57-77

Heating (°F DB)

59-81

Fan

Type

Cross Flow

Motor Output (W) x Qty.

30 x 1

60 x 1

Motor/Drive

Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct

Airflow Rate CFM (H/M/L)

254 / 204 / 148 268 / 218 / 169 282 / 233 / 177 314 / 268 / 184 558 / 438 / 353 597 / 452 / 367

Unit Data

Refrigerant Type2

R410A

Refrigerant Control

EEV

Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3

208-230, 1, 60

Rated Amps (A)

0.4

Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H/M/L)4

35 / 31 / 26

36 / 32 / 27

38 / 34 / 29

42 / 38 / 32

44 / 38 / 34

46 / 41 / 36

Dimensions (W x H x D, in.)

32-15/16 x 12-1/8 x 7-7/16

39-9/32 x 13-19/32 x 8-9/32

Net Unit Weight (lbs.)

18.3

25.6

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

23.4

32.2

Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5

4 x 14

Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x Fin / inch) x Number

(2 x 23 x 22) x 1

(2 x 16 x 20) x 1

Pipe Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

Vapor (in.)

3/8

1/2

Connection Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

3/8

1/4

Vapor (in.)

3/8

5/8

1/2

Drain O.D. / I.D. (in.)

27/32, 5/8

50 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

Standard Wall-Mounted

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 51

Dimensions

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

2-15/32 (63)

12-1/8 (308)

Figure 61: LMN079HVT, LSN090HSV5, LSN120HSV5, and LMN159HVT Dimensions.

Unit : Inch (mm)
Rear Left

30-3/16 (767) Air Intake Hole

Rear Right

[5-29/32 (150)] Air Intake Hole

32-15/16 (837)

2-7/32 (56)

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Routing Knock Out Hole
2 (51) 1-7/16 (33.5)
1-3/32 (50.2) 1-1/16 (26.2)

Air O2u-tl7/et32H(ol5e6)

Display & Remote Controller Signal Receiver

[28-5/32 (715)] Air Outlet Hole

Bottom

5-31/32 (152)

5/8 (15.3) 1-9/32 (32.7) 2-13/32 (61)

2-7/16 ( 61.5) 1-1/4 (31)
1/4 (6) x 1/8 (3)
1/8 (3) x 1/4 (6)

Decoration Cover

* If airflow direction control is available,

Up & Down

Cooling

Heating

15° 45°

15° 85°

2-3/8 (60) 3-5/8 (92)
Left & Right
55° 55°

2-5/16 (59)
12-1/8 (308)

2-15/32 (63)

7-7/16 (189) Air Intake

3-21/32 (93)

12-1/16 (306)

32-15/16 (837)

3-11/16 (94)

11/32 (9) 2-7/32(56)
10-11/32 (263) 2-17/32 (64)

Air Outlet

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Routing Knock Out Hole

5-19/32 (142) Ø2-9/16 (65)

5/16 (8) 2 (51)

3-27/32 (98) 5-31/32 (152)

Terminal Block for

Power Supply and

Communication Approx. 11-11/32 (288) to gas pipe

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable

Approx. 8-19/32 (218) to liquid pipe

Routing Knock Out Hole

Drain Hose

Connection

1-27/32(47)

1-1/2 (38)

29/32 (23)

Installation Plate

7-27/32 (199) Ø2-9/16 (65)

29/32 (23)

Unit Outline Fixing the Installation Plate, Drilling Hole

5-9/32 (134) 7-5/8 (194)

32-15/16 (837)

In Case of Left Side Piping

Unit Outline Connecting Gas/Liquid Pipe

5-3/16 (132)

MULTI F MAX

MULTI F

MULTI F MAX

[6-11/16 (170)] Air Intake Hole

2-3/32 (53)

13-19/32 (345)

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI F

Unit : Inch (mm)
Rear Left

[36-5/32 (918)] Air Intake Hole

Rear Right

13-19/32 (345)

Figure 62: LSN180HSV5 and LMN249HVT Dimensions. 5-31/32 (152)

2-23/32 (69)

2-3/32 (53)

39-9/32 (998)

8-9/32 (210) Air Intake

4-17/32 (115)

14-11/16 (373)

39-9/32 (998)

5-13/32 (137)

7/16(11) 2-3/8 (60) 11-13/16 (300)

2-3/8 (60)

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Routing Knock Out Hole
2-3/8 (60)
1-7/16 (33.5) 1-3/32 (50.2) 1-1/16 (26.2)

Air [O2-ut2l9e/t3H2o(l7e4)]

Display & Remote Controller Signal Receiver
[34-11/32 (872)] Air Outlet Hole

13-19/32 (345)

Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Routing Knock Out Hole

Bottom

Air

7/16 (11)

Outlet 2-3/8 (60)

5-29/32 (150) Ø2-9/16 (65)
3-9/32 (83) 5-9/32 (134)

2-7/16 ( 61.5) 1-1/4 (31)
1/4 (6) x 1/8 (3)
1/8 (3) x 1/4 (6)

5/8 (15.3) 1-9/32 (32.7) 2-13/32 (61)

Decoration Cover

* If airflow direction control is available,

Up & Down

Cooling

Heating

15° 45°

20° 85°

2-1/4 (57) 3-17/32 (90)
Left & Right
50° 50°

2-7/32 (56)

Terminal Block for Power Supply and Communication
Refrigerant, Drain Pipe and Cable Routing Knock Out Hole

Approx. 9-7/16 (240) to gas pipe Approx. 6-5/16 (160) to liquid pipe
Drain Hose Connection

2-15/32 (63)

1-15/32 (37)

1-1/16 (27)

Installation Plate Unit Outline
Fixing the Installation Plate, Drilling Hole
39-9/32 (998)

1-1/16 (27)

7-13/32 (188) Ø2-9/16 (65)
3-9/32 (83) 5-29/32 (150)

In case of Left Side Piping

Unit Outline Connecting Gas/Liquid Pipe

6-15/32 (164)

52 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

Dimensions

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Standard Wall-Mounted

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Cooling Capacity Table

Table 22: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57

SHC

73 / 61

SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72

SHC

90 / 75

SHC

6.86

4.68

7.29

4.95

7.71

4.79

8.02

4.89

8.57

4.93

8.99

5.03

6.86

4.72

7.28

4.99

7.71

4.83

8.02

4.93

8.56

4.97

8.99

5.06

6.85

4.76

7.28

5.02

7.70

4.86

8.01

4.97

8.55

5.01

8.98

5.10

6.85

4.79

7.27

5.06

7.70

4.90

8.00

5.01

8.55

5.05

8.97

5.14

6.84

4.83

7.27

5.10

7.69

4.94

8.00

5.04

8.54

5.09

8.97

5.18

6.84

4.87

7.26

5.14

7.68

4.98

7.99

5.08

8.53

5.12

8.96

5.22

6.83

4.90

7.25

5.18

7.68

5.01

7.99

5.12

8.53

5.16

8.95

5.26

6.83

4.94

7.25

5.22

7.67

5.05

7.98

5.16

8.52

5.20

8.94

5.30

6.82

4.97

7.24

5.25

7.67

5.09

7.97

5.19

8.51

5.24

8.94

5.34

6.81

5.01

7.24

5.29

7.66

5.12

7.97

5.23

8.51

5.28

8.93

5.38

LMN079HVT 7,000

65 70 75

6.81

5.05

7.23

5.33

7.66

5.16

7.96

5.27

8.50

5.31

8.92

5.42

6.80

5.08

7.23

5.37

7.65

5.20

7.95

5.31

8.49

5.35

8.92

5.45

6.64

5.00

7.06

5.29

7.48

5.13

7.79

5.24

8.33

5.29

8.75

5.39

6.48

4.91

6.90

5.20

7.32

5.05

7.62

5.16

8.16

5.22

8.58

5.33

6.31

4.82

6.73

5.12

7.15

4.97

7.46

5.09

7.99

5.15

8.41

5.26

6.15

4.73

6.57

5.03

6.99

4.89

7.29

5.01

7.83

5.08

8.24

5.19

5.98

4.68

6.39

4.98

6.81

4.85

7.00

4.90

7.64

5.05

8.06

5.17

100

5.83

4.56

6.25

4.86

6.66

4.74

6.91

4.82

7.50

4.94

7.91

5.06

105

5.69

4.43

6.10

4.73

6.52

4.62

6.82

4.75

7.35

4.83

7.77

4.96

110

5.54

4.28

5.96

4.58

6.37

4.48

6.67

4.61

7.21

4.70

7.62

4.82

115

5.39

4.15

5.81

4.45

6.23

4.36

6.53

4.49

7.06

4.58

7.48

4.71

118

5.31

4.12

5.72

4.42

6.14

4.34

6.44

4.47

6.97

4.57

7.39

4.70

122

5.28

4.11

5.69

4.41

6.11

4.33

6.41

4.46

6.94

4.56

7.36

4.70

8.82

6.04

9.37

6.38

9.92

6.18

10.31

6.31

11.01

6.36

11.56

6.48

8.82

6.09

9.36

6.43

9.91

6.23

10.31

6.36

11.01

6.41

11.55

6.53

8.81

6.13

9.36

6.48

9.90

6.27

10.30

6.41

11.00

6.46

11.54

6.58

8.80

6.18

9.35

6.53

9.90

6.32

10.29

6.46

10.99

6.51

11.54

6.63

8.80

6.23

9.34

6.58

9.89

6.37

10.28

6.50

10.98

6.56

11.53

6.68

8.79

6.28

9.33

6.63

9.88

6.42

10.27

6.55

10.97

6.61

11.52

6.73

8.78

6.32

9.33

6.68

9.87

6.47

10.27

6.60

10.96

6.66

11.51

6.78

8.78

6.37

9.32

6.73

9.87

6.51

10.26

6.65

10.96

6.71

11.50

6.83

8.77

6.42

9.31

6.78

9.86

6.56

10.25

6.70

10.95

6.76

11.49

6.88

8.76

6.46

9.31

6.83

9.85

6.61

10.24

6.75

10.94

6.81

11.48

6.93

LSN090HSV5 9,000

65 70 75

8.76

6.51

9.30

6.88

9.84

6.66

10.24

6.80

10.93

6.85

11.47

6.98

8.75

6.56

9.29

6.92

9.84

6.70

10.23

6.85

10.92

6.90

11.47

7.03

8.54

6.45

9.08

6.82

9.62

6.61

10.01

6.75

10.71

6.82

11.25

6.96

8.33

6.34

8.87

6.71

9.41

6.51

9.80

6.66

10.49

6.73

11.03

6.87

8.12

6.22

8.66

6.60

9.20

6.41

9.59

6.56

10.28

6.64

10.82

6.79

7.91

6.10

8.45

6.48

8.99

6.31

9.37

6.46

10.06

6.55

10.60

6.70

7.68

6.04

8.22

6.43

8.75

6.26

9.00

6.32

9.83

6.52

10.36

6.67

100

7.50

5.88

8.03

6.26

8.57

6.11

8.88

6.22

9.64

6.37

10.17

6.53

105

7.31

5.72

7.84

6.10

8.38

5.96

8.77

6.12

9.45

6.23

9.99

6.39

110

7.12

5.52

7.66

5.90

8.19

5.78

8.58

5.94

9.26

6.06

9.80

6.22

115

6.94

5.36

7.47

5.74

8.01

5.63

8.39

5.79

9.08

5.91

9.61

6.08

118

6.82

5.32

7.36

5.70

7.89

5.60

8.28

5.76

8.96

5.89

9.50

6.06

122

6.79

5.30

7.32

5.69

7.86

5.59

8.24

5.76

8.93

5.89

9.46

6.06

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 53

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Cooling Capacity Table

MULTI F MAX

Table 23: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table (continued).

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57

SHC

73 / 61

SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72

SHC

90 / 75

SHC

11.76

8.51

12.49

8.99

13.22

8.70

13.75

8.88

14.69

8.96

15.42

9.13

11.75

8.57

12.48

9.06

13.21

8.77

13.74

8.95

14.67

9.03

15.40

9.20

11.75

8.64

12.48

9.13

13.20

8.84

13.73

9.02

14.66

9.10

15.39

9.27

11.74

8.71

12.47

9.20

13.19

8.90

13.72

9.09

14.65

9.17

15.38

9.34

11.73

8.77

12.46

9.27

13.18

8.97

13.71

9.16

14.64

9.24

15.37

9.41

11.72

8.84

12.45

9.34

13.17

9.04

13.70

9.23

14.63

9.31

15.36

9.48

11.71

8.90

12.44

9.41

13.16

9.11

13.69

9.30

14.62

9.38

15.35

9.55

11.70

8.97

12.43

9.47

13.15

9.17

13.68

9.37

14.61

9.45

15.33

9.62

11.69

9.03

12.42

9.54

13.14

9.24

13.67

9.44

14.60

9.52

15.32

9.70

11.68

9.10

12.41

9.61

13.13

9.31

13.66

9.50

14.59

9.58

15.31

9.77

LSN120HSV5 12,000

65 70 75

11.67

9.17

12.40

9.68

13.12

9.38

13.65

9.57

14.57

9.65

15.30

9.84

11.66

9.23

12.39

9.75

13.11

9.44

13.64

9.64

14.56

9.72

15.29

9.91

11.38

9.08

12.11

9.60

12.83

9.31

13.35

9.51

14.27

9.60

15.00

9.79

11.10

8.92

11.82

9.45

12.55

9.17

13.07

9.38

13.99

9.48

14.71

9.68

10.83

8.76

11.54

9.29

12.26

9.03

12.78

9.24

13.70

9.36

14.42

9.56

10.55

8.60

11.26

9.13

11.98

8.88

12.50

9.10

13.42

9.22

14.13

9.43

10.25

8.51

10.96

9.05

11.67

8.82

12.00

8.90

13.10

9.18

13.81

9.39

100

10.00

8.28

10.71

8.82

11.42

8.61

11.84

8.76

12.85

8.98

13.56

9.20

105

9.75

8.05

10.46

8.59

11.17

8.40

11.69

8.62

12.60

8.78

13.31

9.01

110

9.50

7.77

10.21

8.31

10.92

8.14

11.44

8.37

12.35

8.53

13.07

8.76

115

9.25

7.54

9.96

8.08

10.67

7.92

11.19

8.15

12.10

8.33

12.82

8.56

118

9.10

7.49

9.81

8.03

10.52

7.88

11.04

8.12

11.95

8.30

12.67

8.54

122

9.05

7.47

9.76

8.01

10.48

7.87

10.99

8.11

11.90

8.29

12.62

8.53

14.02

10.23

14.89

10.80

15.76

10.46

16.39

10.68

17.50

10.77

18.37

10.97

14.01

10.31

14.88

10.89

15.75

10.54

16.38

10.76

17.49

10.85

18.36

11.06

14.00

10.39

14.87

10.97

15.74

10.62

16.36

10.85

17.47

10.94

18.34

11.15

13.99

10.47

14.85

11.06

15.72

10.70

16.35

10.93

17.46

11.02

18.33

11.23

13.98

10.55

14.84

11.14

15.71

10.79

16.34

11.01

17.45

11.11

18.32

11.32

13.96

10.62

14.83

11.22

15.70

10.87

16.33

11.10

17.43

11.19

18.30

11.40

13.95

10.70

14.82

11.31

15.69

10.95

16.31

11.18

17.42

11.27

18.29

11.49

13.94

10.78

14.81

11.39

15.68

11.03

16.30

11.26

17.41

11.36

18.27

11.57

13.93

10.86

14.80

11.47

15.66

11.11

16.29

11.34

17.39

11.44

18.26

11.66

13.92

10.94

14.79

11.56

15.65

11.19

16.28

11.43

17.38

11.52

18.25

11.74

LMN159HVT 14,300

65 70 75

13.91

11.02

14.78

11.64

15.64

11.27

16.26

11.51

17.37

11.61

18.23

11.83

13.90

11.10

14.76

11.72

15.63

11.35

16.25

11.59

17.35

11.69

18.22

11.91

13.57

10.92

14.43

11.55

15.29

11.19

15.91

11.44

17.01

11.55

17.87

11.78

13.23

10.73

14.09

11.36

14.95

11.03

15.57

11.28

16.67

11.40

17.53

11.64

12.90

10.53

13.76

11.17

14.61

10.86

15.23

11.11

16.33

11.25

17.18

11.49

12.57

10.33

13.42

10.98

14.28

10.68

14.90

10.94

15.99

11.09

16.84

11.34

12.21

10.23

13.06

10.88

13.91

10.60

14.30

10.70

15.61

11.03

16.46

11.29

100

11.91

9.95

12.76

10.60

13.61

10.35

14.11

10.53

15.31

10.79

16.16

11.06

105

11.61

9.68

12.46

10.33

13.32

10.09

13.93

10.37

15.02

10.56

15.87

10.83

110

11.32

9.35

12.17

10.00

13.02

9.78

13.63

10.06

14.72

10.26

15.57

10.53

115

11.02

9.07

11.87

9.71

12.72

9.52

13.33

9.80

14.42

10.01

15.27

10.29

118

10.84

9.00

11.69

9.66

12.54

9.48

13.16

9.76

14.24

9.98

15.09

10.26

122

10.78

8.98

11.63

9.64

12.48

9.46

13.10

9.74

14.18

9.97

15.03

10.25

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

54 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

Standard Wall-Mounted

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Cooling Capacity Table

Table 24: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table (continued).

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

LSN180HSV5 18,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

LMN249HVT 24,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

68 / 57

SHC

17.65 17.63 17.62 17.60 17.59 17.58 17.56 17.55 17.54 17.52 17.51 17.50 17.08 16.66 16.24 15.82 15.37 14.99 14.62 14.24 13.87 13.65 13.57 23.53 23.51 23.49 23.47 23.46 23.44 23.42 23.40 23.38 23.37 23.35 23.33 22.77 22.21 21.65 21.09 20.49 19.99 19.49 18.99 18.49 18.19 18.10

12.33 12.43 12.52 12.62 12.71 12.81 12.90 13.00 13.10 13.19 13.29 13.38 13.16 12.93 12.70 12.46 12.33 12.00 11.67 11.27 10.93 10.85 10.83 16.82 16.95 17.08 17.21 17.35 17.48 17.61 17.74 17.87 18.00 18.13 18.26 17.95 17.65 17.33 17.00 16.82 16.37 15.92 15.38 14.91 14.81 14.77

73 / 61

SHC

18.74 18.73 18.71 18.70 18.68 18.67 18.66 18.64 18.63 18.61 18.60 18.58 18.16 17.74 17.32 16.90 16.44 16.06 15.69 15.32 14.94 14.72 14.64 24.99 24.97 24.95 24.93 24.91 24.89 24.87 24.85 24.84 24.82 24.80 24.78 24.21 23.65 23.09 22.53 21.92 21.42 20.92 20.42 19.92 19.62 19.52

13.02 13.13 13.23 13.33 13.43 13.53 13.63 13.73 13.83 13.93 14.03 14.13 13.92 13.70 13.47 13.23 13.12 12.78 12.45 12.05 11.71 11.64 11.62 17.77 17.91 18.05 18.19 18.32 18.46 18.60 18.74 18.87 19.01 19.15 19.28 18.99 18.69 18.38 18.06 17.89 17.44 16.99 16.44 15.98 15.88 15.85

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

19.84 19.82 19.81 19.79 19.78 19.76 19.75 19.73 19.72 19.70 19.69 19.67 19.24 18.82 18.40 17.97 17.51 17.13 16.76 16.39 16.01 15.79 15.71 26.45 26.43 26.41 26.39 26.37 26.35 26.33 26.31 26.29 26.27 26.25 26.23 25.66 25.09 24.53 23.96 23.35 22.85 22.35 21.85 21.35 21.05 20.95

12.61 12.71 12.81 12.91 13.00 13.10 13.20 13.30 13.39 13.49 13.59 13.69 13.49 13.30 13.09 12.88 12.78 12.47 12.17 11.79 11.48 11.42 11.40 17.21 17.34 17.47 17.61 17.74 17.88 18.01 18.14 18.27 18.41 18.54 18.67 18.41 18.14 17.86 17.57 17.44 17.02 16.60 16.09 15.66 15.59 15.56

20.63 20.61 20.60 20.58 20.57 20.55 20.53 20.52 20.50 20.49 20.47 20.46 20.03 19.60 19.17 18.75 18.00 17.77 17.53 17.16 16.79 16.56 16.49 27.50 27.48 27.46 27.44 27.42 27.40 27.38 27.36 27.34 27.32 27.29 27.27 26.70 26.13 25.57 25.00 24.00 23.69 23.38 22.88 22.38 22.08 21.98

12.88 12.98 13.08 13.18 13.28 13.38 13.48 13.58 13.68 13.78 13.87 13.97 13.79 13.60 13.40 13.19 12.90 12.70 12.50 12.13 11.82 11.77 11.75 17.57 17.70 17.84 17.98 18.12 18.25 18.39 18.52 18.66 18.79 18.93 19.07 18.81 18.55 18.28 18.00 17.60 17.33 17.06 16.55 16.12 16.05 16.03

86 / 72

SHC

22.03 22.01 22.00 21.98 21.96 21.94 21.93 21.91 21.89 21.88 21.86 21.84 21.41 20.98 20.55 20.12 19.65 19.28 18.90 18.53 18.15 17.93 17.85 29.37 29.35 29.33 29.30 29.28 29.26 29.24 29.21 29.19 29.17 29.15 29.13 28.55 27.97 27.40 26.83 26.20 25.70 25.20 24.70 24.20 23.90 23.81

12.98 13.09 13.19 13.29 13.39 13.49 13.59 13.69 13.79 13.89 13.99 14.09 13.92 13.75 13.56 13.37 13.30 13.01 12.73 12.36 12.07 12.03 12.01 17.72 17.85 17.99 18.13 18.27 18.41 18.54 18.68 18.82 18.95 19.09 19.23 18.99 18.75 18.50 18.24 18.14 17.75 17.36 16.87 16.47 16.41 16.39

90 / 75

SHC

23.12 23.11 23.09 23.07 23.05 23.04 23.02 23.00 22.98 22.97 22.95 22.93 22.50 22.06 21.63 21.20 20.72 20.35 19.97 19.60 19.22 19.00 18.92 30.83 30.81 30.79 30.76 30.74 30.72 30.69 30.67 30.64 30.62 30.60 30.57 29.99 29.42 28.84 28.27 27.63 27.13 26.63 26.13 25.63 25.33 25.23

13.23 13.33 13.44 13.54 13.64 13.75 13.85 13.95 14.05 14.16 14.26 14.36 14.20 14.03 13.85 13.67 13.61 13.33 13.05 12.70 12.41 12.37 12.36 18.05 18.19 18.33 18.47 18.61 18.75 18.89 19.03 19.17 19.31 19.45 19.59 19.37 19.14 18.90 18.65 18.57 18.19 17.81 17.32 16.93 16.88 16.86

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h). SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h). Nominal capacity as rated 0 ft. above sea level and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. Corresponding refrigerant piping length is accordance with standard length of each outdoor unit. Nominal cooling capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 80ºF dry bulb (DB) and 67ºF wet bulb (WB), and outdoor ambient conditions of 95ºF dry bulb (DB) and 75ºF wet bulb (WB). The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 55

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Heating Capacity Table

MULTI F MAX

Table 25: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

61 TC

64 TC

68 TC

70 TC

72 TC

75 TC

-0.4

4.17

4.11

4.07

4.05

3.99

3.82

4.5

4.70

4.64

4.60

4.58

4.52

4.34

5.22

5.17

5.13

5.11

5.05

4.87

5.93

5.87

5.83

5.81

5.75

5.56

6.19

6.13

6.09

6.08

6.02

5.81

6.63

6.57

6.53

6.52

6.46

6.22

LMN079HVT

8,100

7.01

6.96

6.92

6.90

6.84

6.63

7.40

7.34

7.30

7.28

7.22

7.04

7.74

7.68

7.64

7.62

7.56

7.39

8.08

8.02

7.98

7.96

7.90

7.73

8.22

8.16

8.12

8.10

8.04

7.87

8.35

8.29

8.25

8.23

8.17

7.98

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.16

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.20

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.22

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.25

-0.4

5.61

5.53

5.48

5.45

5.37

5.14

4.5

6.32

6.24

6.18

6.16

6.08

5.85

7.03

6.95

6.90

6.88

6.79

6.56

7.98

7.90

7.85

7.82

7.75

7.48

8.33

8.26

8.21

8.18

8.09

7.82

8.93

8.85

8.79

8.77

8.69

8.37

LSN090HSV5

10,900

9.44

9.36

9.31

9.29

9.20

8.93

9.96

9.87

9.82

9.79

9.72

9.47

10.42

10.33

10.28

10.25

10.18

9.94

10.87

10.80

10.74

10.71

10.64

10.40

11.06

10.98

10.93

10.90

10.82

10.59

11.24

11.15

11.10

11.08

10.99

10.73

11.53

11.46

11.40

11.37

11.30

10.98

11.53

11.46

11.40

11.37

11.30

11.03

11.53

11.46

11.40

11.37

11.30

11.06

11.53

11.46

11.40

11.37

11.30

11.11

-0.4

7.00

6.90

6.83

6.80

6.70

6.50

4.5

7.89

7.78

7.71

7.69

7.59

7.40

8.78

8.67

8.60

8.58

8.48

8.31

9.95

9.86

9.79

9.76

9.67

9.47

10.40

10.30

10.23

10.20

10.10

9.90

11.14

11.03

10.96

10.95

10.85

10.60

LSN120HSV5

13,600

11.78

11.67

11.60

11.59

11.49

11.30

12.42

12.31

12.24

12.21

12.13

11.99

13.00

12.89

12.82

12.79

12.70

12.58

13.56

13.46

13.39

13.36

13.28

13.16

13.80

13.70

13.63

13.60

13.50

13.40

14.02

13.91

13.84

13.82

13.72

13.59

14.39

14.29

14.22

14.19

14.10

13.90

14.39

14.29

14.22

14.19

14.10

13.96

14.39

14.29

14.22

14.19

14.10

14.00

14.39

14.29

14.22

14.19

14.10

14.06

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

56 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

Standard Wall-Mounted

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Heating Capacity Table

Table 26: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

61 TC

64 TC

68 TC

70 TC

72 TC

75 TC

-0.4

8.03

7.91

7.84

7.80

7.69

7.35

4.5

9.05

8.93

8.86

8.82

8.71

8.37

10.06

9.95

9.87

9.83

9.72

9.38

LMN159HVT

15,600

11.42

11.31

11.23

11.19

11.08

10.71

10.03

11.81

11.73

11.70

11.59

11.19

12.77

12.66

12.58

12.55

12.43

11.98

13.51

13.40

13.32

13.28

13.17

12.77

14.25

14.13

14.06

14.02

13.91

13.57

14.90

14.79

14.71

14.67

14.56

14.23

15.56

15.45

15.37

15.34

15.22

14.88

15.83

15.71

15.64

15.60

15.49

15.15

16.08

15.97

15.89

15.86

15.74

15.36

16.51

16.39

16.32

16.28

16.17

15.71

16.51

16.39

16.32

16.28

16.17

15.78

16.51

16.39

16.32

16.28

16.17

15.83

16.51

16.39

16.32

16.28

16.17

15.89

-0.4

11.11

10.96

10.85

10.80

10.64

10.18

4.5

12.52

12.37

12.26

12.21

12.06

11.58

13.93

13.77

13.67

13.61

13.46

12.99

15.81

15.65

15.55

15.49

15.34

14.84

16.51

16.36

16.25

16.20

16.04

15.49

17.69

17.53

17.43

17.37

17.22

16.59

LSN180HSV5

21,600

18.70

18.55

18.44

18.39

18.24

17.69

19.72

19.56

19.46

19.41

19.25

18.79

20.63

20.48

20.37

20.32

20.17

19.70

21.55

21.39

21.29

21.24

21.08

20.61

21.91

21.76

21.65

21.60

21.44

20.98

22.26

22.11

22.01

21.95

21.80

21.27

22.86

22.70

22.59

22.53

22.38

21.76

22.86

22.70

22.59

22.53

22.38

21.85

22.86

22.70

22.59

22.53

22.38

21.91

22.86

22.70

22.59

22.53

22.38

22.02

-0.4

13.17

12.99

12.87

12.80

12.61

12.06

4.5

14.84

14.66

14.54

14.47

14.29

13.73

16.51

16.33

16.20

16.14

15.96

15.40

18.74

18.56

18.42

18.37

18.18

17.59

19.57

19.39

19.27

19.20

19.01

18.37

LMN249HVT

25,600

20.96

20.77

20.65

20.59

20.40

19.66

22.17

21.98

21.85

21.80

21.61

20.96

23.37

23.19

23.07

23.00

22.82

22.26

24.45

24.27

24.15

24.08

23.90

23.34

25.53

25.35

25.23

25.16

24.98

24.42

25.97

25.79

25.67

25.60

25.41

24.86

26.39

26.21

26.08

26.02

25.83

25.20

27.09

26.90

26.78

26.71

26.53

25.79

27.09

26.90

26.78

26.71

26.53

25.90

27.09

26.90

26.78

26.71

26.53

25.97

27.09

26.90

26.78

26.71

26.53

26.08

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 57

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Acoustic Data

MULTI F MAX

Figure 63: Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.
3.3 ft. 2.6 ft.
Microphone

Table 27: Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating)

High Fan Speed

Medium Fan Speed

Low Fan Speed

LMN079HVT

LSN090HSV5

LSN120HSV5

LMN159HVT

LSN180HSV5

LMN249HVT

Figure 64:LMN079HVT, LSN090HSV5, and LSN120HSV5 Sound Pressure Level Diagrams.

LMN079HVT

LSN090HSV5

LSN120HSV5

58 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Acoustic Data

Figure 65:LMN159HVT, LSN180HSV5, and LMN249HVT Sound Pressure Level Diagrams.

LMN159HVT

LSN180HSV5

LMN249HVT

Standard Wall-Mounted

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 59

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution

MULTI F MAX

Figure 66:LMN079HVT, LSN090HSV5, LSN120HSV5, LMN159HVT Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Figure 67:LSN180HSV5 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.

60 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution

Figure 68:LMN249HVT Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.

Standard Wall-Mounted

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 61

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Refrigerant Flow Diagram

MULTI F MAX

Figure 69:Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit Refrigerant Flow Diagram.
Heat Exchanger

Gas pipe connection port (flare connection)

Cross Flow Fan M

Thermistor for Evaporator Outlet Temperature

Thermistor for Indoor Air Temperature
Thermistor for Evaporator Inlet Temperature

Liquid pipe connection port (flare connection)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
Heating Cooling

Table 28: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Sizes.

Model No. LMN079HVT LSN090HSV5 LSN120HSV5 LMN159HVT LSN180HSV5 LMN249HVT

Vapor (inch) Ø3/8 Ø1/2

Liquid (inch) Ø1/4

Table 29: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Connections.

Model No. LMN079HVT LSN090HSV5 LSN120HSV5 LMN159HVT LSN180HSV5 LMN249HVT

Vapor (inch)
Ø3/8
Ø5/8 Ø1/2

Liquid (inch)
Ø1/4
Ø3/8 Ø1/4

Table 30: Multi F LSNxxxHSV5 Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

PCB Connector

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-TH1

Evaporator Middle Temperature Thermistor Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-TH2

Water Level Sensor (Optional)

CN-TH3

Table 31: Multi F LMNxxxHVT Standard Wall-Mounted Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

PCB Connector

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-TH1

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-TH2

Water Level Sensor (Optional)

CN-TH3

62 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Wiring Diagram

Figure 70:Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted LSN090HSV5, LSN120HSV5, LSN180HSV5 Indoor Units Wiring Diagram.

Standard Wall-Mounted

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 63

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Wiring Diagram

MULTI F MAX

Figure 71: Multi F Standard Wall-Mounted LMN079HVT, LMN159HVT, LMN249HVT Indoor Unit Wiring Diagram.

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

64 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

Standard Wall-Mounted

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Factory Supplied Parts and Materials

Factory Supplied Parts

Table 32: Parts Table.

Part

Quantity

Image

Installation Plate One (1)

7,000 ~ 15,000 Btu/h Indoor Units 18,000 and 24,000 Btu/h Indoor Units

Type "A" Screws Five (5)

Type "B" Screws (M4 x 12L)

Two (2)

Wireless Controller with Holder
AKB74955602

One (1)

Factory Supplied Materials
· Owner's Manual · Installation Manual

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill

· Flaring tool set · Spanner (Half union) · Thermometer

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 65

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Selecting the Best Location

Figure 72:Minimum Clearance Requirements.

Do's · Place the unit where air circulation will not be blocked.

>4 inches

· Place the unit where drainage can be obtained easily.

· Place the unit where noise prevention is taken into consideration.

· Ensure there is sufficient space from the ceiling and floor.

· Ensure there is sufficient maintenance space.

· Locate the indoor unit where it can be easily connected to the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit. Don'ts

Recommended height >6-1/2 feet from floor

· Do not install the unit near a heat or steam source, or where considerable amounts of oil, iron powder, or flour are used.

· Do not install the unit where sulfuric acid and flammable or corrosive gases are generated, vented into, or stored.

· Do not install the unit near high-frequency generators.

5 inches >4 inches

· Do not install the unit near a doorway.

The unit will be damaged, will malfunction, and / or will not operate as designed if installed in any of the conditions listed.

Installing in an Area Exposed to Unconditioned Air In some installation applications, areas (floors, walls) in some rooms will be exposed to unconditioned air (room will be above or next to an unheated garage or storeroom). To countermeasure: · Verify that carpet is or will be installed (carpet will increase the temperature by three degrees). · Add insulation between the floor joists. · Install radiant heat or another type of heating system to the floor.
Mounting the Installation Plate

Figure 73:Installation Plate-- Side View.
Installation Plate

Frame Hooks

Type "A" Screws

The mounting wall must be strong and solid enough to protect the unit from vibration. · Mount the installation plate on the wall using the Type "A" screws. If mounting the unit on con-
crete, consider using anchor bolts. · Always mount the installation plate horizontally. Measure the wall and mark the centerline using
thread and a level.

Figure 74:Installation Plate for LMN079HVT, LSN090HSV5, LSN120HSV5, and LMN159HVT Units.

Unit Outline

Place a level on raised tab

Figure 75:Installation Plate for LSN180HSV5 and LMN249HVT Units.

Unit Outline

Place a level on raised tab

17-3/8

18-1/8 inches

22-7/16 inches

Left rear piping

Ø2-9/16
5-3/16 6-7/8

Right rear piping

Ø2-9/16
5
3-11/16 8-1/2

Ø2-3/4 inches Left rear piping
2-23/32 inches 4-1/8 inches

Installation Plate
Measuring Tape
Measuring Tape Hanger

Ø2-3/4 inches
Right rear pipi ng
2-7/32 inches
8-5/32 inches

If the unit is installed near a body of water, certain components are at risk of being corroded. Appropriate anti-corrosion methods must be taken for the unit and all components.

66 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Installation and Best Layout Practices

Preparing for Installation
Prepare the refrigerant piping and drain hose (indoor unit piping) for installation through the wall: press on the top of the tubing clamp and slowly guide the piping / hose down (depending on installation requirements, then to the left or right). Relock the tubing clamp after the piping / hose are released.
Note:
Do not bend the piping / drain hose from side to side; it will damage the components.
Hanging the Indoor Unit Frame
1. Attach the three (3) hooks on the top of the indoor unit to the top edge of the installation plate. Verify the hooks are properly attached to the installation plate by gently shaking the indoor unit from side to side.
2. Unlock the tubing clamp from the indoor unit frame. For easier access between the bottom of the indoor unit and the wall, prop the clamp between the indoor unit frame and installation plate.
3. Remove the screw covers at the bottom of the indoor unit, unscrew the two (2) screws, remove the frame cover, remove the piping connection cover, and position the piping for installation (down, back, left, or right).

Figure 76:Preparing for Installation.

Figure 77:Locking the Indoor Unit onto the Installation Plate.

Figure 78:Accessing the Back of the Indoor Unit.

Standard Wall-Mounted

Installation plate Figure 79:Removing the Frame Cover.

Tubing Clamp
Figure 80:Exterior Back View of Indoor Unit.
Tubing Clamp

Figure 81:Piping Installed to the Left.

Frame Cover

Right Down

Left Back

Figure 82:Piping Installed to the Right.

Tape Connecting pipe
Drain hose
Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. ©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. "LG" is a registered trademark of LG Corp.

Tape Connecting pipe
Drain hose
STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 67

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MAX

· Loose wiring will cause unit to malfunction, overheat, and catch fire, resulting in severe injury or death.
Note:
· Terminal screws will become loose during transport. Properly tighten the terminal connections during installation. A voltage drop will cause the following problems: · Magnetic switch vibration, fuse breaks, or disturbance to the normal function of an overload protection device. · Compressor will not receive the proper starting current.
Connect Power Wiring and Communications Cable
1. Insert the power wiring / communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) through the bottom of the indoor unit.
2. Connect each wire to its appropriate terminal on the indoor unit control board. Verify that the color and terminal numbers from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) wiring match the color and terminal numbers on the indoor unit.
3. Secure power wiring/communications cable with cable restraint.

Figure 83: Connecting Power Wiring / Communications Cable.
Terminal block Wired Remote Controller Terminal (Optional) Power wiring / communications cable Cable restraint

Figure 84:Simplified View of Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Connections--LMN079HVT, LSN090HSV5,
LSN120HSV5 and LMN159HVT.

GND Indoor Unit Terminal Block
1(L1) 2(L2) 3

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block
(Multi F MAX Systems Only)
3 or S

GND

Figure 85:Simplified View of Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Connections-- LSN180HSV5 and
LMN249HVT.

GND Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1 ) 2(L2)

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block
(Multi F MAX Systems Only)
3 or S

GND

GRN / YLW BR
BL RD

68 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Installation and Best Layout Practices

Controller Options
Standard wall-mounted indoor units include a wireless controller (AKB74955602), but optional LG-supplied wired controllers are available.

Wireless Controller Figure 86:AKB74955602 Wireless Controller.
Screen Display

Table 33: AKB74955602 Wireless Controller Functions.

Standard Wall-Mounted

RESET Buttons

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 69

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
GRN / YLW BR BL RD
GRN / YLW BR BL RD

F STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MAX

Wired Controller Connections

Figure 87:Wired Controller Connection on Indoor Unit Terminal Block-- LMN079HVT, LSN090HSV5, LSN120HSV5, and LMN159HVT Models.

Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND

1(L1 ) 2(L2) 3

CN-REMO

Figure 88:Wired Controller Connection on Indoor Unit Terminal Block-- LSN180HSV5 and LMN249HVT Models.

Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND

1(L1 ) 2(L2)

CN-REMO

To Outdoor Unit or Branch Distribution Unit To Wired Controller (Multi F MAX Systems Only)

Wired Controller Placement
Wired controllers include a sensor to detect room temperature. To maintain comfort levels in the conditioned space, the wired controller must be installed in a location away from direct sunlight, high humidity, and where it could be directly exposed to cold air. Controller must be installed four (4) to five (5) feet above the floor where its LED display can be read easily, in an area with good air circulation, and where it can detect an average room temperature.
Do not install the wired controller near or in: · Drafts or dead spots behind doors and in corners · Hot or cold air from ducts · Radiant heat from the sun or appliances · Concealed pipes and chimneys · An area where temperatures are uncontrolled, such as an outside wall

Figure 89:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

TEMP Rem ot e Cont roller
NO

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

70 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F

STANDARD WALL-MOUNTED INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Installation and Best Layout Practices

Hanging the Wired Controller
1. The controller wiring / cable can be installed in one of three directions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation

Figure 91:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and

then position wiring / cable on applicable side.

Back

Right

Side

2. Choose and mark the area of installation. Use the provided parts

Right Side

and screw the wall plate into place. Install the controller wall plate

to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no gaps exist

between the wall plate and the wall itself.

Figure 92:Attaching the Wall Plate.

Figure 93:Installing / Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

Removing the Controller

Wall

Standard Wall-Mounted

Finalizing Indoor Unit Installation
1. Move the tubing clamp to its original position.
2. Ensure the three (3) hooks are properly attached to the installation plate by gently shaking the indoor unit from side to side.

Figure 90:Attach Bottom of Indoor Unit to Installation Plate.

3. Press the bottom left and right sides of the indoor unit against the installation plate until the hooks click firmly into their slots.

Type 'C' screws

4. Using two (2) Type "C" screws, secure the bottom of the indoor unit to the installation plate.

Figure 94:Removing the Filter Tabs.

5. Remove the two (2) tabs from the filter.

6. Replace the frame cover.

Filter
STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 71

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 73 "General Data / Specifications" on page 74 "Dimensions" on page 75 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 76 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 78 "Acoustic Data" on page 79 "Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution" on page 81 "Refrigerant Flow Diagram" on page 82 "Wiring Diagram" on page 83 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 84 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 85

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Mechanical Specifications and Features

Low Wall Console

Low Wall Console Indoor Units
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, fan, and motor. Low Wall Console units have a sound rating no higher than 44 dB(A) as tested per KSA0701 ISO Low 3745.
Coil Indoor unit coils are comprised of a minimum of two rows of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. The coils are pressure tested at the factory. Each unit is provided with a factory installed condensate drain pan below the coil.
Refrigerant System The system is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare. All refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.
Electrical The indoor units require 208230Vac/60Hz/1 power with voltage variance of no more than ±10%.
Casing The units mount on a vertical surface. They are shipped with a separate back plate that secures the unit to the wall, protruding no more than nine (9) inches. Refrigerant piping can be installed in one (1) of four (4) different directions.
Finish The Low Wall Console unit has a case with a beige-white panel. It is manufactured of heavy-duty acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) and high impact polystyrene (HIPS) plastic.
Fan Assembly and Control The unit has a single, direct-drive, turbo fan made of high strength ABS plastic. The fan motor is brushless digitally controlled (BLDC) with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. The fan / motor assembly is mounted on vibration attenuating rubber grommets. Fan speed is controlled using a microprocessor-based direct digitally controlled algorithm that provides pre-programmed, field-selectable fixed or auto fan speeds in the Heating and Cooling modes. For Low Wall Console units, the indoor fan has Low, Med, High, Jet Cool, and Auto settings for Cooling mode; and has Low, Med, High, Jet Heat, and Auto settings for Heating mode. The Auto setting adjusts the fan speed based on the difference between the controller setpoint and space temperature. Also, the separate Chaos setting provides a simultaneous and random change in fan speed and flow direction at the discharge, simulating a natural outdoor breeze.

Air Filter

Figure 95: Multi F Low Wall Console Indoor Unit.

The return air inlet

has a factory-

supplied primary

removable, washable

filter. The filter is ac-

cessed from the front

of the unit without the

use of tools.

Airflow Guide Vanes
A factory-installed motorized guide vane controls the direction of airflow up and down for uniform air distribution. Side to side control is manual.

Microprocessor Control
The indoor unit has an integrated control panel to communicate with the outdoor unit. All unit operation parameters are stored in non-volatile memory resident on the unit microprocessor. The microprocessor controls space temperature through using the value provided by the temperature sensors within the indoor unit. The microprocessor control will activate indoor unit operation when the indoor room temperature falls below or rises above a setpoint temperature, at which point, a signal is sent to the outdoor unit to begin the appropriate mode. The microprocessor also provides self-diagnostics and auto restart functions. A field-supplied four-wire power / communications cable must be installed to connect the indoor unit(s) to the outdoor unit.

Controls
The indoor unit casing has an integral infrared sensor to communicate with the supplied LG wireless handheld remote controller. An optional LG supplied wired controller is available as an additional accessory. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded and shielded power / communication cable. The indoor unit has an option for wi-fi and can be controlled with LG's SmartThinQ app on a smart device. A field-supplied wi-fi network and smart device are required. The SmartThinQ app is free and is available for Android and iOS smart devices.

Condensate
The unit is designed for gravity draining of condensate and includes a flexible drain hose capable of installation in one of two directions. The unit also includes a connection that is compatible with the AquaGuard® AG-9300-LG condensate sensor.

Features
· Inverter (Variable speed fan) · Comfort Air · Jet cool/Jet Heat

· Group control · Auto operation · Auto restart operation

· Optional wi-fi · Self-diagnostic function · Wireless LCD remote control included

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 73

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
General Data / Specifications

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 34: Multi F Low Wall Console Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name

LQN090HV4

LQN120HV4

LMQN150HV

Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1

9,000

12,000

15,710

Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1

10,500

13,650

17,070

Operating Range

Cooling (°F WB)

57-77

Heating (°F DB)

59-81

Fan

Type

Turbo

Motor Output (W) x Qty.

48 x 1

Motor/Drive

Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct

Airflow Rate CFM (Max/H/M/L)

304 / 300 / 237 / 177

346 / 318 / 244 / 184

388 / 357 / 304 / 254

Unit Data

Refrigerant Type2

R410A

Refrigerant Control

EEV

Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3

208-230, 1, 60

Rated Amps (A)

0.7

Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H/M/L)4

38/32/27

39/32/27

44/39/35

Dimensions (W x H x D, in.)

27-9/16 x 23-5/8 x 8-9/32

Net Unit Weight (lbs.)

35.7

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

41.7

Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5

4 x 14

Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x FPI ) x Qty.

(2 x 19 x 19 ) x 1

Pipe Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

Vapor (in.)

3/8

1/2

Connection Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

Vapor (in.)

3/8

1/2

Drain O.D. / I.D. (in.)

27/32, 5/8

1Nominal capacity is rated 0 ft. above sea level with corresponding refrigerant piping length in accordance with low length of each outdoor unit and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. All capacities are net with a combination ratio between 95 105%.
Nominal cooling capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 80ºF dry bulb (DB) and 67ºF wet bulb (WB) and outdoor ambient conditions of 95ºF dry bulb (DB) and 75ºF wet bulb (WB). Nominal heating capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 70ºF dry bulb (DB) and 60ºF wet bulb (WB) and outdoor ambient conditions of 47ºF dry bulb (DB) and 43ºF wet bulb (WB).
2This unit comes with a dry helium charge.

3Acceptable operating voltage: 187V-253V.
4Sound pressure levels are tested in an anechoic chamber under ISO Low 3745 and are the same in both cooling and heating mode. These values can increase due to ambient conditions during operation.
5All power wiring / communications cable to the IDUs be minimum 14 AWG, 4-conductor, stranded, shielded or unshielded (if shielded, must be grounded to chassis at ODU only) and must comply with applicable local and national codes.

74 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Dimensions

Figure 96: LQN090HV4, LQN120HV4, and LMQN150HV Dimensions.
26-7/32 (666)

3-3/4 (95) 1-25/32 (45)

8-9/32 (210)

27-9/16 (700)

23-5/8 (600)

23 (584)

4-29/32 (125) 3-17/32 (90) 3-5/32 (80)

4-23/32 (120) 5-1/2 (140) 5-29/32 (150)

23/32 (18) 3-1/4 (82.5)

25-5/32 (639)

6-5/16 (160) 3-5/32 (80)

1-1/32 (26.5)

25-15/32 (647)

1-15/32 (37) 3-15/16 (100)

2-11/16 (68.5) 1-15/32 (37)

Low Wall Console

6-11/16 (170) 5-1/2 (140) 6-11/16 (170) 5-1/2 (140) 7-3/32 (180)

4-1/16 (103) 8-21/32 (220) 10-1/4 (260.5)

2-1/32 (51) 3-7/16 (87)
STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 75

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 35: Multi F Low Wall Console Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57

SHC

73 / 61

SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72

SHC

90 / 75

SHC

8.82

6.19

9.37

6.54

9.92

6.33

10.31

6.47

11.01

6.52

11.56

6.65

8.82

6.24

9.36

6.59

9.91

6.38

10.31

6.52

11.01

6.57

11.55

6.70

8.81

6.29

9.36

6.64

9.90

6.43

10.30

6.57

11.00

6.62

11.54

6.75

8.80

6.34

9.35

6.70

9.90

6.48

10.29

6.62

10.99

6.68

11.54

6.80

8.80

6.39

9.34

6.75

9.89

6.53

10.28

6.67

10.98

6.73

11.53

6.85

8.79

6.43

9.33

6.80

9.88

6.58

10.27

6.72

10.97

6.78

11.52

6.90

8.78

6.48

9.33

6.85

9.87

6.63

10.27

6.77

10.96

6.83

11.51

6.96

8.78

6.53

9.32

6.90

9.87

6.68

10.26

6.82

10.96

6.88

11.50

7.01

8.77

6.58

9.31

6.95

9.86

6.73

10.25

6.87

10.95

6.93

11.49

7.06

8.76

6.63

9.31

7.00

9.85

6.78

10.24

6.92

10.94

6.98

11.48

7.11

LQN090HV4 9,000

65 70 75

8.76

6.67

9.30

7.05

9.84

6.83

10.24

6.97

10.93

7.03

11.47

7.16

8.75

6.72

9.29

7.10

9.84

6.87

10.23

7.02

10.92

7.08

11.47

7.21

8.54

6.61

9.08

6.99

9.62

6.78

10.01

6.93

10.71

6.99

11.25

7.13

8.33

6.50

8.87

6.88

9.41

6.68

9.80

6.83

10.49

6.90

11.03

7.05

8.12

6.38

8.66

6.77

9.20

6.58

9.59

6.73

10.28

6.81

10.82

6.96

7.91

6.26

8.45

6.65

8.99

6.47

9.37

6.63

10.06

6.72

10.60

6.87

7.68

6.19

8.22

6.59

8.75

6.42

9.00

6.48

9.83

6.68

10.36

6.84

100

7.50

6.03

8.03

6.42

8.57

6.27

8.88

6.38

9.64

6.54

10.17

6.70

105

7.31

5.86

7.84

6.26

8.38

6.11

8.77

6.28

9.45

6.39

9.99

6.56

110

7.12

5.66

7.66

6.05

8.19

5.92

8.58

6.09

9.26

6.21

9.80

6.38

115

6.94

5.49

7.47

5.88

8.01

5.77

8.39

5.94

9.08

6.06

9.61

6.23

118

6.82

5.45

7.36

5.85

7.89

5.74

8.28

5.91

8.96

6.04

9.50

6.22

122

6.79

5.44

7.32

5.84

7.86

5.73

8.24

5.90

8.93

6.04

9.46

6.21

11.76

8.37

12.49

8.84

13.22

8.56

13.75

8.74

14.69

8.82

15.42

8.98

11.75

8.44

12.48

8.91

13.21

8.63

13.74

8.81

14.67

8.89

15.40

9.05

11.75

8.50

12.48

8.98

13.20

8.70

13.73

8.88

14.66

8.96

15.39

9.12

11.74

8.57

12.47

9.05

13.19

8.76

13.72

8.95

14.65

9.02

15.38

9.19

11.73

8.63

12.46

9.12

13.18

8.83

13.71

9.02

14.64

9.09

15.37

9.26

11.72

8.70

12.45

9.19

13.17

8.90

13.70

9.08

14.63

9.16

15.36

9.33

11.71

8.76

12.44

9.26

13.16

8.96

13.69

9.15

14.62

9.23

15.35

9.40

11.70

8.83

12.43

9.33

13.15

9.03

13.68

9.22

14.61

9.30

15.33

9.47

11.69

8.89

12.42

9.39

13.14

9.10

13.67

9.29

14.60

9.37

15.32

9.54

11.68

8.96

12.41

9.46

13.13

9.16

13.66

9.35

14.59

9.43

15.31

9.61

LQN120HV4 12,000

65 70 75

11.67

9.02

12.40

9.53

13.12

9.23

13.65

9.42

14.57

9.50

15.30

9.68

11.66

9.09

12.39

9.60

13.11

9.29

13.64

9.49

14.56

9.57

15.29

9.75

11.38

8.94

12.11

9.45

12.83

9.16

13.35

9.36

14.27

9.45

15.00

9.64

11.10

8.78

11.82

9.30

12.55

9.03

13.07

9.23

13.99

9.33

14.71

9.53

10.83

8.62

11.54

9.15

12.26

8.89

12.78

9.10

13.70

9.21

14.42

9.41

10.55

8.46

11.26

8.99

11.98

8.74

12.50

8.96

13.42

9.08

14.13

9.28

10.25

8.37

10.96

8.91

11.67

8.68

12.00

8.76

13.10

9.03

13.81

9.24

100

10.00

8.15

10.71

8.68

11.42

8.47

11.84

8.62

12.85

8.84

13.56

9.05

105

9.75

7.92

10.46

8.46

11.17

8.26

11.69

8.49

12.60

8.64

13.31

8.86

110

9.50

7.65

10.21

8.18

10.92

8.01

11.44

8.24

12.35

8.40

13.07

8.62

115

9.25

7.42

9.96

7.95

10.67

7.80

11.19

8.03

12.10

8.20

12.82

8.42

118

9.10

7.37

9.81

7.91

10.52

7.76

11.04

7.99

11.95

8.17

12.67

8.40

122

9.05

7.35

9.76

7.89

10.48

7.74

10.99

7.98

11.90

8.16

12.62

8.39

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

76 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

Table 36: Multi F Low Wall Console Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table (continued).

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

LMQN150HV 15,710

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

68 / 57

SHC

15.40 15.39 15.38 15.37 15.35 15.34 15.33 15.32 15.31 15.29 15.28 15.27 14.90 14.54 14.17 13.81 13.41 13.09 12.76 12.43 12.11 11.91 11.84

11.41 11.50 11.59 11.68 11.77 11.86 11.94 12.03 12.12 12.21 12.30 12.38 12.18 11.97 11.75 11.53 11.41 11.10 10.80 10.43 10.12 10.04 10.02

73 / 61

SHC

16.36 16.34 16.33 16.32 16.31 16.29 16.28 16.27 16.26 16.24 16.23 16.22 15.85 15.48 15.11 14.75 14.35 14.02 13.69 13.37 13.04 12.84 12.78

12.05 12.15 12.24 12.34 12.43 12.52 12.62 12.71 12.80 12.90 12.99 13.08 12.88 12.68 12.47 12.25 12.14 11.83 11.53 11.15 10.84 10.77 10.75

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

17.31 17.30 17.29 17.27 17.26 17.25 17.23 17.22 17.21 17.19 17.18 17.17 16.80 16.42 16.05 15.69 15.28 14.95 14.63 14.30 13.97 13.78 13.71

11.67 11.76 11.85 11.94 12.04 12.13 12.22 12.31 12.40 12.49 12.58 12.67 12.49 12.31 12.11 11.92 11.83 11.55 11.26 10.92 10.63 10.57 10.55

18.00 17.99 17.98 17.96 17.95 17.94 17.92 17.91 17.89 17.88 17.87 17.85 17.48 17.11 16.73 16.36 15.71 15.51 15.30 14.98 14.65 14.45 14.39

11.92 12.01 12.10 12.20 12.29 12.38 12.47 12.57 12.66 12.75 12.84 12.93 12.76 12.59 12.40 12.21 11.94 11.75 11.57 11.22 10.94 10.89 10.87

86 / 72

SHC

19.23 19.21 19.20 19.18 19.17 19.15 19.14 19.12 19.11 19.09 19.08 19.06 18.69 18.31 17.94 17.56 17.15 16.82 16.50 16.17 15.84 15.65 15.58

12.02 12.11 12.21 12.30 12.39 12.49 12.58 12.67 12.77 12.86 12.95 13.04 12.88 12.72 12.55 12.37 12.31 12.04 11.78 11.44 11.17 11.13 11.12

90 / 75

SHC

20.18 20.17 20.15 20.14 20.12 20.11 20.09 20.07 20.06 20.04 20.03 20.01 19.63 19.25 18.88 18.50 18.08 17.76 17.43 17.10 16.78 16.58 16.52

12.25 12.34 12.44 12.53 12.63 12.72 12.82 12.91 13.01 13.10 13.20 13.29 13.14 12.99 12.82 12.65 12.60 12.34 12.08 11.75 11.48 11.45 11.44

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h). SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h). Nominal capacity as rated 0 ft. above sea level and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. Corresponding refrigerant piping length is accordance with low length of each outdoor unit. Nominal cooling capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 80ºF dry bulb (DB) and 67ºF wet bulb (WB), and outdoor ambient conditions of 95ºF dry bulb (DB) and 75ºF wet bulb (WB). The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

Low Wall Console

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 77

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Heating Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 37: Multi F Low Wall Console Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

61 TC

64 TC

68 TC

70 TC

72 TC

75 TC

-0.4

5.40

5.33

5.28

5.25

5.17

4.95

4.5

6.09

6.01

5.96

5.93

5.86

5.63

6.77

6.70

6.64

6.62

6.54

6.32

7.68

7.61

7.56

7.53

7.46

7.21

8.03

7.95

7.90

7.88

7.80

7.53

8.60

8.52

8.47

8.45

8.37

8.07

LQN090HV4

9,000

9.09

9.02

8.97

8.94

8.86

8.60

9.59

9.51

9.46

9.43

9.36

9.13

10.03

9.95

9.90

9.88

9.80

9.57

10.47

10.40

10.35

10.32

10.25

10.02

10.65

10.58

10.53

10.50

10.42

10.20

10.82

10.75

10.70

10.67

10.60

10.34

11.11

11.03

10.98

10.96

10.88

10.58

11.11

11.03

10.98

10.96

10.88

10.62

11.11

11.03

10.98

10.96

10.88

10.65

11.11

11.03

10.98

10.96

10.88

10.70

-0.4

7.02

6.92

6.86

6.83

6.73

6.43

4.5

7.91

7.81

7.75

7.72

7.62

7.32

8.80

8.70

8.64

8.61

8.51

8.21

9.99

9.89

9.83

9.79

9.69

9.38

10.44

10.34

10.27

10.24

10.14

9.79

11.18

11.08

11.01

10.98

10.88

10.48

LQN120HV4

12,000

11.82

11.72

11.66

11.62

11.52

11.18

12.46

12.36

12.30

12.27

12.17

11.87

13.04

12.94

12.88

12.84

12.74

12.45

13.62

13.52

13.45

13.42

13.32

13.02

13.85

13.75

13.68

13.65

13.55

13.25

14.07

13.97

13.91

13.87

13.77

13.44

14.44

14.34

14.28

14.24

14.14

13.75

14.44

14.34

14.28

14.24

14.14

13.81

14.44

14.34

14.28

14.24

14.14

13.85

14.44

14.34

14.28

14.24

14.14

13.91

-0.4

8.78

8.66

8.58

8.54

8.41

8.04

4.5

9.90

9.77

9.69

9.65

9.52

9.15

11.01

10.89

10.80

10.76

10.64

10.27

12.49

12.37

12.29

12.25

12.12

11.73

13.05

12.93

12.84

12.80

12.68

12.25

13.98

13.85

13.77

13.73

13.61

13.11

LMQN150HV

15,710

14.78

14.66

14.58

14.53

14.41

13.98

15.59

15.46

15.38

15.34

15.21

14.84

16.31

16.18

16.10

16.06

15.94

15.57

17.03

16.91

16.82

16.78

16.66

16.29

17.32

17.19

17.11

17.07

16.95

16.58

17.60

17.47

17.39

17.35

17.22

16.81

18.06

17.94

17.85

17.81

17.69

17.19

18.06

17.94

17.85

17.81

17.69

17.27

18.06

17.94

17.85

17.81

17.69

17.32

18.06

17.94

17.85

17.81

17.69

17.39

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

Nominal capacity as rated 0 ft. above sea level and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. Corresponding refrigerant piping length is accordance with low length of each outdoor unit. Nominal heating capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 70ºF dry bulb (DB) and 60ºF wet bulb (WB), and outdoor ambient conditions of 47ºF dry bulb (DB) and 43ºF wet bulb (WB).

78 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Acoustic Data

Low Wall Console

Figure 97: Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.
3.3 ft. 2.6 ft.
Microphone

Table 38: Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating)

High Fan Speed

Medium Fan Speed

Low Fan Speed

LQN090HV4

LQN120HV4

LMQN150HV

Figure 98:LQN090HV4 and LQN120HV4 Sound Pressure Level Diagrams.

Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa ) Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa )

LQN090HV4
80

20
Approximate Hearing Threshold
15

125

250

500

1000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

2000

4000

NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30
NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 8000

LQN120HV4
80

20
Approximate Hearing Threshold
15

125

250

500

1000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

2000

4000

NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30
NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 8000

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 79

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa )

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Acoustic Data

Figure 99:LMQN150HV Sound Pressure Level Diagram.

LMQN150HV

20
Approximate Hearing Threshold
15

125

250

500

1000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

2000

4000

NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35 NC-30
NC-25 NC-20 NC-15 8000

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

80 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution

Figure 100:LQN090HV4 and LQN120HV4 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts. Cooling

Discharge angle: 40°

Discharge angle: 50°

Air velocity [ft/s]

Heating

Temperature [° ]

0 0 ft

1.6 3.3

1.6

3.3

Temperature [° ]

6.6

9.8

6.6

0 ft

Low Wall Console

0 0

Figure 101:LMQN150HV Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts. Cooling

Discharge angle: 40°

Discharge angle: 50°

Air velocity [ft/s]

Heating

4.9

1.6

3.3

6.6 8.2

Temperature [°F]
73.4

16.4

13.1

9.8

1.6 1.6

6.6

8.9

6.6

66.2
62.6 64.4

66.2 73.4
3.3
60.8

64.4 62.6

6.6

3.3

0 ft 0 ft

Temperature [°F]

0ft 0
8.9

82.4

16.4

13.1

86.0 89.6
86.0

6.6
93.2
89.6 3.3

89.6

9.8

6.6

0 ft

3.3

0 ft

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 81

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Refrigerant Flow Diagram

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 102:Multi F Low Wall Console Indoor Unit Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

Heating

Heat exchanger

Gas pipe connection port (flare connection)

Cooling

Turbo fan M

Thermistor for Evaporator inlet temperature

Thermistor for Evaporator outlet temperature

Thermistor for suction air temperature

Liquid pipe connection port (flare connection)

Description Thermistor for suction air temperature Thermistor for evaporator inlet temperature Thermistor for evaporator outlet temperature

Refrigerant pipe connection port diameters

Model LQN090HV4 LQN120HV4 LMQN150HV

Vapor (inch) Ø3/8 Ø1/2

Refrigerant pipe connection pipe sizes
Model LQN090HV4 LQN120HV4 LMQN150HV

Vapor (inch) Ø3/8 Ø1/2

PCB Connector CN-ROOM
CN-PIPE / IN CN-PIPE / OUT
Liquid (inch) Ø1/4 Ø1/4
Liquid (inch) Ø1/4 Ø1/4

82 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagram

Figure 103:Multi F Low Wall Console LQN090HV4, LQN120HV4, and LMQN150HV Indoor Units Wiring Diagram.

Low Wall Console

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 83

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Factory Supplied Parts and Materials

Factory Supplied Parts

Table 39: Parts Table.

Part

Quantity

Installation Plate One (1)

Image

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Type "A" Screws Five (5)

Type "B" Screws (M4 x 12L)

Two (2)

Wireless Controller with Holder
AKB75735410

One (1)

Factory Supplied Materials
· Owner's Manual · Installation Manual

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill

· Flaring tool set · Spanner (Half union) · Thermometer

WARNING
Installation work must be performed by trained personnel and in accordance with national wiring lows and all local or other applicable codes. Improper installation can result in fire, electric shock, physical injury, or death.
Note:
Read all instructions before installing this product. Become familiar with the unit's components and connections, and the order of installation. Incorrect installation can degrade or prevent proper operation.

84 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Low Wall Console

Selecting the Best Location

Figure 104:Minimum Clearance Requirements.

Do's

· Place the unit where air circulation will not be blocked. · Place the unit where drainage can be obtained easily. · Place the unit where noise prevention is taken into consideration. · Ensure there is sufficient space from the ceiling and floor. · Ensure there is sufficient maintenance space.

More than 11-13/16 (300)

· Locate the indoor unit where it can be easily connected to the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit. Don'ts
· Do not install the unit near a heat or steam source, or where considerable amounts of oil, iron powder, or flour are used.

More than 11-13/16 (300)

· Do not install the unit where sulfuric acid and flammable or corrosive gases are generated, vented into, or stored.

· Do not install the unit near high-frequency generators. · Do not install the unit near a doorway. The unit will be damaged, will malfunction, and / or will not operate as designed if installed in any of the conditions listed.

9-27/32 (250) or below from the Floor
[Unit : inch (mm)]

Selecting Installation Method
The unit can be installed in one of three configurations: · On the floor. · Mounted on the wall above floor molding. · Half concealed (recessed) in an opening in the wall.
Figure 105:Floor Installation
2-17/32 (64)

27-9/16 (700) 6-1/4 (159)

1-1/32 (26)

6-11/16 5-1/2 7-3/32 (170) (140) (180)

25-15/32 (647)

6-11/16 (170) 5-1/2(140) 22-19/32 (574) 23-5/8 (600)

8-9/32 (210)

6 screw (M*25L)

1-3/16 (30.5)

6-5/16 (160) 1-3/16 (30.5)
[Unit : inch (mm)]
If the unit is installed near a body of water, certain components are at risk of being corroded. Appropriate anti-corrosion methods must be taken for the unit and all components.

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 85

Figure 106:Wall Installation.
Installation Plate

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual 23-1/32 (585)

4 screw (M*25L)

Molding

Figure 107:Recessed Installation.

1-25/32 (45)

3-3/4 (95)

Wall

Supplemental plate

26-3/8 (670)

(Field supply)

Hole

7/8 (200)

5-29/32 (150)

5-1/2 (140) 6-11/16 (170)

25-15/32 (647)
5-1/2 (140) 6-11/16 (170)
[Unit : inch (mm)]

86 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX
Selecting Pipe Routing
The pipe can be routed in one of six directions as shown in Figure 108. Figure 108:Pipe Holes and Routing.

Pipe Guide

Connecting Pipe

Pipe Guide
Connecting Pipe must be placed inside to the pipe guide.

3
2 1

1-25/32 (45) 2-3/8 (60) 1-25/32 (45) 1-25/32 (45) 1-31/32 (50)

[Unit : inch (mm)]

Wall

1-9/16 (40)

3-17/32 (90)

2-15/16 (75)

Right back piping

Left bottom piping

3-17/32 (90) 2-15/16 (75)

Right bottom piping

Left back piping

Right back piping

Pipe Connection
Connect the pipes as shown in Figure 109 1. Hold up the Sensor Link. 2. Separate the Pipe Bracket (2 screws) 3. Connect the refrigerant pipe. (Refer to next page) 4. Assemble the Pipe Bracket (2 screws) 5. Put down the Sensor Link.

Figure 109:Pipe Connection.

Left/right piping

Low Wall Console

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 87

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Pipe Routing and Insulation

If the drain hose is routed inside the room insulate the hose with an insulation material* so that dripping from sweating (condensation) will not damage furniture or floors. * Foamed polyethylene or equivalent is
recommended.

Connecting the installation pipe and drain hose to the indoor unit.
1. Align the center of the pipes and sufficiently tighten the flare nut by hand.
2. Tighten the flare nut with a wrench.

Outside diameter

inch

Ø6.35

1/4

Ø9.52

3/8

Ø12.7

1/2

Ø15.88

5/8

Ø19.05

3/4

Torque kgf.m 1.8~2.5 3.4~4.2 5.5~6.5 6.3~8.2 9.9~12.1

3. When needed to extend the drain hose of indoor unit, assemble the drain pipe as shown on the drawing
Wrap the insulation material around the connecting portion. 1. Overlap the connection pipe insulation
material and the indoor unit pipe insulation material. Bind them together with vinyl tape so that there may be no gap.
2. Wrap the area which accommodates the rear piping housing section with vinyl tape.
3. Bundle the piping and drain hose together by wrapping them with vinyl tape sufficient enough to cover where they fit into the rear piping housing section.

Tape
Connecting cable
Drain hose Connecting pipe

Indoor unit tubing Flare nut Pipes

Wrench Indoor unit tubing

Open-end wrench (fixed) Flare nut Connection pipe

Drain pipe Indoor unit drain hose
Adhesive Vinyl tape(narrow)
Insulation material

Connection pipe

Indoor unit pipe

Vinyl tape (wide)

Wrap with vinyl tape

Connecting cable

Pipe Vinyl tape(narrow)

Pipe

Wrap with vinyl tape

Drain hose

Vinyl tape(wide)

88 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

· Loose wiring will cause unit to malfunction, overheat, and catch fire, resulting in severe injury or death.
Note:
· Terminal screws will become loose during transport. Properly tighten the terminal connections during installation. A voltage drop will cause the following problems: · Magnetic switch vibration, fuse breaks, or disturbance to the normal function of an overload protection device. · Compressor will not receive the proper starting current.
Connect Power Wiring and Communications Cable
1. Insert the power wiring / communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only).
2. Remove screws 1 and 2 and remove control box cover. 3. Connect each wire to its appropriate terminal on the indoor unit
control board. Verify that the color and terminal numbers from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) wiring match the color and terminal numbers on the indoor unit. 4. Secure power wiring/communications cable with cable restraint.

Figure 110: Connecting Power Wiring / Communications Cable.

1 3
2

Terminal Block
Connecting Cable Clamp Cord

Figure 111:Simplified View of Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Connections

Figure 112:Securing Wiring to Unit.

Terminal Block of Indoor Unit

Bracket

L(L1) N(L2) 3

Lock nut (Field supply)

Conduit (Field supply)

Low Wall Console

Outdoor

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 89

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Power Connection
1. All wiring must comply with applicable code. 2. Select a power source that is capable of supplying the current required by the air conditioner. 3. Feed the power source to the unit via a distribution switch board designed for this purpose. 4. The terminal screws inside the control box may be loose due to vibration during transport. Check the screws for loose connection. (Running the air conditioner with loose connection can overload and damage electrical components.) 5. Always ground the air conditioner with a grounding wire and connector to meet applicable code.

Figure 113:Power Wiring.
Main power source

Air Conditioner

Circuit Breaker

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

90 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Wired Controller Connections Figure 114:Wired Controller Connection on Indoor Unit Terminal Block-- . Figure 115:Wired Controller Connection on Indoor Unit Terminal Block--

Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND

L (L1) N (L2) 3

CN-REMO

Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND

L (L1) N (L2)

CN-REMO

GRN / YLW BR BL RD
GRN / YLW BR BL RD

To Outdoor Unit or Branch Distribution Unit To Wired Controller (Multi F MAX Systems Only)

Wired Controller Placement
Wired controllers include a sensor to detect room temperature. To maintain comfort levels in the conditioned space, the wired controller must be installed in a location away from direct sunlight, high humidity, and where it could be directly exposed to cold air. Controller must be installed four (4) to five (5) feet above the floor where its LED display can be read easily, in an area with good air circulation, and where it can detect an average room temperature.
Do not install the wired controller near or in: · Drafts or dead spots behind doors and in corners · Hot or cold air from ducts · Radiant heat from the sun or appliances · Concealed pipes and chimneys · An area where temperatures are uncontrolled, such as an outside wall

Figure 116:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

TEMP Rem ot e Cont roller
NO

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

Low Wall Console

STD. WALL-MOUNTED | 91

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

LOW WALL CONSOLE INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Hanging the Wired Controller
1. The controller wiring / cable can be installed in one of three directions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation

Figure 117:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and

then position wiring / cable on applicable side.

Back

Right

Side

2. Choose and mark the area of installation. Use the provided parts

Right Side

and screw the wall plate into place. Install the controller wall plate

to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no gaps exist

between the wall plate and the wall itself.

3. Arrange wiring / cables so as not to interfere with the controller circuitry. Position the wired controller on the wall plate. Snap into place by pressing the bottom part of the wired controller onto the wall plate. Make sure that no gaps exist between the wired controller and the wall plate on all sides.
4. To remove wired controller from the wall plate, insert a screwdriver into the two holes at the bottom. Twist screwdriver to release controller. Do not damage the controller components when removing.

Figure 118:Attaching the Wall Plate.

Figure 119:Installing / Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

Removing the Controller

Wall

92 | STD. WALL-MOUNTED

CEILING-CONCEALED DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 94 "General Data / Specifications" on page 95 "Dimensions" on page 96 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 97 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 99 "External Static Pressure" on page 100 "Acoustic Data" on page 101 "Refrigerant Flow Diagrams" on page 102 "Wiring Diagram" on page 104 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 106 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 107

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Mechanical Specifications and Features

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) Indoor Unit
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, fan, and motor. Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) units have a sound rating no higher than 36 dB(A) as tested per KSA0701 ISO Standard 3745, and are designed for low-static pressure up to 0.20WG.

Figure 120: Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) Indoor Unit.

Coil Indoor unit coils are factory built and are comprised of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. Each unit has two rows of coils, which are pressure tested at the factory. Each unit is provided with a factory installed condensate drain pan below the coil.
Refrigerant System System is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare, and all refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.
Electrical Each indoor unit is designed to operate using 208230/60/1 power with voltage variances of ±10%.

Air Filter Return air is filtered with a factory-supplied, removable, washable filter accessible from the rear of the indoor unit.
Microprocessor Control The unit is provided with an integrated control panel to communicate with the outdoor unit. All unit operation parameters are stored in nonvolatile memory residing on the unit microprocessor. The microprocessor controls space temperature through using the value provided by the temperature sensor within the indoor unit. The microprocessor control will activate indoor unit operation when the indoor room temperature falls below or rises above a setpoint temperature, at which point, a signal is sent to the outdoor unit to begin the appropriate mode. The microprocessor will also provide self-diagnostics and auto restart functions. A field-supplied four-wire power / communications cable must be installed to connect the indoor unit(s) to the outdoor unit.

Casing The case has a low profile design with a maximum height of 7.5 inches designed to mount fully concealed above a finished ceiling in as little as 8 inches vertical space. Casing is manufactured of galvanized steel plate, and provided with hanger brackets designed to support the weight on four corners. Unit has a front horizontal supply air discharge outlet, and one rear horizontal return air inlet; unit is also field-convertible for a rear bottom return.
Fan Assembly and Control The units have at least two direct-drive, Sirocco fans made of high strength ABS HT-700 polymeric resin that are statically and dynamically balanced. The fans are mounted on a common brushless digitally controlled (BLDC) motor with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. The fan / motor assembly is mounted on vibration-attenuating rubber grommets. Fan speed is controlled using a microprocessor-based direct digital control algorithm. The indoor fan has Low, Med, High, and Auto settings for Cooling mode; and has Low, Med, High, and Auto settings for Heating mode. Each of the settings can be field-adjusted from the factory setting (RPM / ESP). The Auto setting adjusts the fan speed based on the difference between the controller set-point and space temperature.

The indoor units are Wi-Fi compatible with the addition of an LG WiFi module accessory, and can be controlled by LG's Smart ThinQTM app on a smart device. A field-supplied Wi-Fi network and smart device are required. The Smart ThinQ app is free, and is available for AndroidTM and iOS. (Android is a trademark of Google LLC.)
Controls The indoor unit controller of choice must be ordered separately. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded, shielded or unshielded power / communication cable.
Condensate Lift/Pump The indoor unit is provided with a factory installed and wired condensate lift/pump capable of providing a minimum 27.5 inch lift from the bottom surface of the unit. Drain pump has a safety switch to shut off the indoor unit if the condensate rises too high in the drain pan.

Features
· Inverter (Variable speed fan) · External mounted drain pump · Control lock function · Auto operation

· Auto restart operation · Dehumidification function · Two thermistor control · External static pressure control

· Self-diagnostics function · Group control · Wired controller ordered separately · Wi-Fi compatible

94 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
General Data / Specifications

Table 40: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Low-Static Ducted Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name

LDN097HV4

LDN127HV4

LDN187HV4

Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1

9,000

12,000

18,000

Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1

10,400

13,800

20,800

Operating Range

Cooling (°F WB)

57-77

Heating (°F DB)

59-81

Fan

Type

Sirocco

Motor Output (W) x Qty.

19 x 1

5 x 1, 19 x 1

Motor/Drive

Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct

Airflow Rate CFM (H/M/L)

318 / 247 / 194

353 / 300 / 247

530 / 441 / 353

Factory Set External Static Pressure (in. wg)

0.10

Max. External Static Pressure (in. wg)

0.20

Unit Data

Refrigerant Type2

R410A

Refrigerant Control

EEV

Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3

208-230, 1, 60

Rated Amps (A)

0.40

0.80

Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H/M/L)4

30 / 26 / 23

31 / 28 / 27

36 / 34 / 31

Dimensions (W x H x D, in.)

27-9/16 x 7-15/32 x 27-9/16

35-7/16 x 7-15/32 x 27-9/16

Net Unit Weight (lbs.)

48.5

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

57.3

Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5

4 x 14

Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x Fin / inch) x Number

(2 x 11 x 14) x 1

(2 x 11 x 18) x 1

Pipe Size

Liquid Line (in.)

1/4

Vapor Line (in.)

3/8

1/2

Connection Size

Liquid Line (in.)

1/4

Vapor Line (in.)

3/8

1/2

Drain O.D. / I.D. (in.)

1-1/4, 1

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 95

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Dimensions
Figure 121:LDN097HV4, LDN127HV4, and LDN187HV4 Dimensions.
5-5/16 1-3/8

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

13/16

Top

Supply Air

LDN187HV4

96 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

Table 41: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57 TC SHC

73 / 61 TC SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72 TC SHC

90 / 75 TC SHC

8.82

7.55

9.37

7.98

9.92

7.72

10.31

7.89

11.01

7.95

11.56

8.10

8.82

7.61

9.36

8.04

9.91

7.78

10.31

7.95

11.01

8.01

11.55

8.17

8.81

7.67

9.36

8.10

9.90

7.84

10.30

8.01

11.00

8.08

11.54

8.23

8.80

7.73

9.35

8.16

9.90

7.90

10.29

8.07

10.99

8.14

11.54

8.29

8.80

7.79

9.34

8.22

9.89

7.96

10.28

8.13

10.98

8.20

11.53

8.36

8.79

7.84

9.33

8.29

9.88

8.02

10.27

8.19

10.97

8.26

11.52

8.42

8.78

7.90

9.33

8.35

9.87

8.08

10.27

8.25

10.96

8.32

11.51

8.48

8.78

7.96

9.32

8.41

9.87

8.14

10.26

8.31

10.96

8.38

11.50

8.54

LDN097HV4 9,000

65 70 75

8.77

8.02

9.31

8.47

9.86

8.20

10.25

8.38

10.95

8.45

11.49

8.61

8.76

8.08

9.31

8.53

9.85

8.26

10.24

8.44

10.94

8.51

11.48

8.67

8.76

8.14

9.30

8.59

9.84

8.32

10.24

8.50

10.93

8.57

11.47

8.73

8.75

8.19

9.29

8.66

9.84

8.38

10.23

8.56

10.92

8.63

11.47

8.79

8.54

8.06

9.08

8.52

9.62

8.26

10.01

8.44

10.71

8.53

11.25

8.69

8.33

7.92

8.87

8.39

9.41

8.14

9.80

8.33

10.49

8.42

11.03

8.59

8.12

7.78

8.66

8.25

9.20

8.02

9.59

8.20

10.28

8.30

10.82

8.48

7.91

7.63

8.45

8.10

8.99

7.89

9.37

8.08

10.06

8.19

10.60

8.37

7.68

7.55

8.22

8.03

8.75

7.83

9.00

7.90

9.83

8.14

10.36

8.34

100

7.50

7.35

8.03

7.83

8.57

7.64

8.88

7.78

9.64

7.97

10.17

8.16

105

7.31

7.15

7.84

7.63

8.38

7.45

8.77

7.66

9.45

7.79

9.99

7.99

110

7.12

6.90

7.66

7.38

8.19

7.22

8.58

7.43

9.26

7.57

9.80

7.77

115

6.94

6.69

7.47

7.17

8.01

7.03

8.39

7.24

9.08

7.39

9.61

7.60

118

6.82

6.65

7.36

7.13

7.89

7.00

8.28

7.21

8.96

7.37

9.50

7.58

122

6.79

6.63

7.32

7.11

7.86

6.98

8.24

7.19

8.93

7.36

9.46

7.57

11.76

9.94

12.49

10.50

13.22

10.17

13.75

10.38

14.69

10.47

15.42

10.67

11.75

10.02

12.48

10.58

13.21

10.25

13.74

10.46

14.67

10.55

15.40

10.75

11.75

10.09

12.48

10.66

13.20

10.33

13.73

10.54

14.66

10.63

15.39

10.83

11.74

10.17

12.47

10.75

13.19

10.40

13.72

10.62

14.65

10.71

15.38

10.92

11.73

10.25

12.46

10.83

13.18

10.48

13.71

10.70

14.64

10.79

15.37

11.00

11.72

10.33

12.45

10.91

13.17

10.56

13.70

10.79

14.63

10.88

15.36

11.08

11.71

10.40

12.44

10.99

13.16

10.64

13.69

10.87

14.62

10.96

15.35

11.16

11.70

10.48

12.43

11.07

13.15

10.72

13.68

10.95

14.61

11.04

15.33

11.25

11.69

10.56

12.42

11.15

13.14

10.80

13.67

11.03

14.60

11.12

15.32

11.33

11.68

10.63

12.41

11.23

13.13

10.88

13.66

11.11

14.59

11.20

15.31

11.41

LDN127HV4 12,000

65 70 75

11.67 11.66 11.38

10.71 10.79 10.61

12.40 12.39 12.11

11.31 11.40 11.22

13.12 13.11 12.83

10.96 11.03 10.88

13.65 13.64 13.35

11.19 11.27 11.12

14.57 14.56 14.27

11.28 11.36 11.22

15.30 15.29 15.00

11.49 11.58 11.45

11.10

10.43

11.82

11.05

12.55

10.72

13.07

10.96

13.99

11.08

14.71

11.31

10.83

10.24

11.54

10.86

12.26

10.55

12.78

10.80

13.70

10.93

14.42

11.17

10.55

10.04

11.26

10.67

11.98

10.38

12.50

10.63

13.42

10.78

14.13

11.02

10.25

9.94

10.96

10.57

11.67

10.30

12.00

10.40

13.10

10.72

13.81

10.97

100

10.00

9.67

10.71

10.31

11.42

10.06

11.84

10.24

12.85

10.49

13.56

10.75

105

9.75

9.41

10.46

10.04

11.17

9.81

11.69

10.08

12.60

10.26

13.31

10.52

110

9.50

9.09

10.21

9.72

10.92

9.51

11.44

9.78

12.35

9.97

13.07

10.24

115

9.25

8.81

9.96

9.44

10.67

9.26

11.19

9.53

12.10

9.73

12.82

10.00

118

9.10

8.75

9.81

9.39

10.52

9.21

11.04

9.49

11.95

9.70

12.67

9.98

122

9.05

8.73

9.76

9.37

10.48

9.19

10.99

9.47

11.90

9.69

12.62

9.97

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 97

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 42: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table (continued).

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57 TC SHC

73 / 61 TC SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72 TC SHC

90 / 75 TC SHC

17.65

13.09

18.74

13.83

19.84

13.39

20.63

13.67

22.03

13.79

23.12

14.05

17.63

13.20

18.73

13.94

19.82

13.50

20.61

13.78

22.01

13.90

23.11

14.16

17.62

13.30

18.71

14.05

19.81

13.60

20.60

13.89

22.00

14.01

23.09

14.27

17.60

13.40

18.70

14.16

19.79

13.71

20.58

13.99

21.98

14.11

23.07

14.38

17.59

13.50

18.68

14.26

19.78

13.81

20.57

14.10

21.96

14.22

23.05

14.49

17.58

13.60

18.67

14.37

19.76

13.91

20.55

14.21

21.94

14.33

23.04

14.60

17.56

13.71

18.66

14.48

19.75

14.02

20.53

14.31

21.93

14.43

23.02

14.71

17.55

13.81

18.64

14.58

19.73

14.12

20.52

14.42

21.91

14.54

23.00

14.82

17.54

13.91

18.63

14.69

19.72

14.23

20.50

14.52

21.89

14.65

22.98

14.92

17.52

14.01

18.61

14.80

19.70

14.33

20.49

14.63

21.88

14.75

22.97

15.03

LDN187HV4 18,000

65 70 75

17.51 17.50 17.08

14.11 14.21 13.98

18.60 18.58 18.16

14.90 15.01 14.78

19.69 19.67 19.24

14.43 14.53 14.33

20.47 20.46 20.03

14.74 14.84 14.64

21.86 21.84 21.41

14.86 14.97 14.78

22.95 22.93 22.50

15.14 15.25 15.08

16.66

13.74

17.74

14.55

18.82

14.12

19.60

14.44

20.98

14.60

22.06

14.90

16.24

13.49

17.32

14.30

18.40

13.90

19.17

14.23

20.55

14.40

21.63

14.71

15.82

13.23

16.90

14.06

17.97

13.68

18.75

14.01

20.12

14.20

21.20

14.52

15.37

13.09

16.44

13.93

17.51

13.57

18.00

13.70

19.65

14.12

20.72

14.46

100

14.99

12.74

16.06

13.58

17.13

13.25

17.77

13.49

19.28

13.82

20.35

14.16

105

14.62

12.39

15.69

13.23

16.76

12.93

17.53

13.28

18.90

13.52

19.97

13.86

110

14.24

11.97

15.32

12.80

16.39

12.53

17.16

12.88

18.53

13.13

19.60

13.48

115

13.87

11.61

14.94

12.44

16.01

12.19

16.79

12.55

18.15

12.82

19.22

13.18

118

13.65

11.53

14.72

12.36

15.79

12.13

16.56

12.50

17.93

12.77

19.00

13.14

122

13.57

11.50

14.64

12.34

15.71

12.11

16.49

12.48

17.85

12.76

18.92

13.13

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

98 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Heating Capacity Table

Table 43: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Nominal Capacity of

Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

-0.4

5.35

4.5

6.03

6.71

7.61

7.95

8.52

LDN097HV4

9,000

9.01

9.50

9.94

10.37

10.55

10.72

11.00

-0.4

7.10

4.5

8.00

8.90

10.10

10.55

11.30

LDN127HV4

12,000

11.95

12.60

13.18

13.77

14.00

14.23

14.60

-0.4

10.70

4.5

12.06

13.41

15.22

15.90

17.03

LDN187HV4

18,000

18.01

18.99

19.87

20.75

21.10

21.44

22.01

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

64
TC
5.28 5.95 6.63 7.54 7.88 8.44 8.93 9.42 9.86 10.30 10.48 10.64 10.93 10.93 10.93 10.93 7.00 7.90 8.80 10.00 10.45 11.20 11.85 12.50 13.08 13.67 13.90 14.13 14.50 14.50 14.50 14.50 10.55 11.91 13.26 15.07 15.75 16.88 17.86 18.84 19.72 20.60 20.95 21.29 21.86 21.86 21.86 21.86

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

5.23 5.90 6.58 7.49 7.83 8.39 8.88 9.37 9.81 10.25 10.43 10.59 10.88 10.88 10.88 10.88 6.93 7.83 8.73 9.93 10.38 11.13 11.78 12.43 13.02 13.60 13.83 14.06 14.43 14.43 14.43 14.43 10.45 11.81 13.16 14.97 15.65 16.78 17.76 18.74 19.62 20.50 20.85 21.19 21.75 21.75 21.75 21.75

5.20 5.88 6.56 7.46 7.80 8.37 8.86 9.34 9.78 10.22 10.40 10.57 10.85 10.85 10.85 10.85 6.90 7.80 8.70 9.90 10.35 11.10 11.75 12.40 12.98 13.57 13.80 14.03 14.40 14.40 14.40 14.40 10.40 11.76 13.11 14.92 15.60 16.73 17.71 18.69 19.57 20.45 20.80 21.14 21.70 21.70 21.70 21.70

72
TC
5.12 5.80 6.48 7.39 7.72 8.29 8.78 9.27 9.71 10.15 10.32 10.49 10.78 10.78 10.78 10.78 6.80 7.70 8.60 9.80 10.25 11.00 11.65 12.30 12.88 13.47 13.70 13.93 14.30 14.30 14.30 14.30 10.25 11.61 12.96 14.77 15.45 16.58 17.56 18.54 19.42 20.30 20.65 20.99 21.55 21.55 21.55 21.55

75
TC
4.90 5.58 6.26 7.14 7.46 7.99 8.52 9.04 9.48 9.92 10.10 10.24 10.48 10.52 10.55 10.60 6.50 7.40 8.30 9.48 9.90 10.60 11.30 12.00 12.58 13.17 13.40 13.59 13.90 13.96 14.00 14.06 9.80 11.15 12.51 14.29 14.92 15.98 17.03 18.09 18.97 19.85 20.20 20.48 20.95 21.04 21.10 21.20

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 99

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
External Static Pressure

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 44: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) External Static Pressure Setting Values Table.

Static Pressure (in. wg)

0.0

0.04

0.08

0.12

0.16

0.20

Model No. / Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Airflow Rate / CFM

Setting Value

LDN097HV4 9,000

High

318

Mid

247

Low

194

103

108

116

102

123

130

110

118

109

LDN127HV4 12,000

High

353

Mid

300

Low

247

104

109

116

124

101

108

116

100

108

High

530

123

125

129

134

141

145

LDN187HV4 18,000

Mid

441

109

112

117

123

129

136

Low

353

104

109

116

124

· To get the desired air flow and external static pressure combination, use the setting value from the table. Using a setting value other than that listed in the table will not provide the desired combination.
· Table data is based at 230V. Air flow rate varies according to voltage fluctuation.

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

100 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Acoustic Data

Figure 122:Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.
Ceiling

· Measurements taken with no attenuation and units operating at full load normal operating condition.
· Sound level will vary depending on a range of factors such as construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of particular area in which the equipment is installed.
· Sound power levels are measured in dB(A).
· Tested in anechoic chamber per ISO Standard 3745.

4.9 ft.

6.6 ft. Microphone

Table 45:Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.
LDN097HV4 LDN127HV4

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating)

High Fan Speed

Medium Fan Speed

Low Fan Speed

LDN187HV4

Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa) Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa) Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (0dB = 20Pa)

Figure 123:Sound Pressure Level Diagrams.
LDN097HV4
80

NC-65 60
NC-60
NC-55 50
NC-50
NC-45 40
NC-40
NC-35 30
NC-30

NC-25

Approximate Hearing

NC-20

Threshold

NC-15

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

LDN127HV4
80

NC-65 60
NC-60
NC-55 50
NC-50
NC-45 40
NC-40
NC-35 30
NC-30

NC-25

Approximate Hearing

NC-20

Threshold

NC-15

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

LDN187HV4
80

NC-65 60
NC-60
NC-55 50
NC-50
NC-45 40
NC-40
NC-35 30
NC-30

Approximat e Hearing Threshold

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

NC-25
NC-20 NC-15 8000

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 101

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Refrigerant Flow Diagram
Figure 124:LDN097HV4 Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

Evaporator Outlet
Temperature Thermistor

Sirocco Fan
M

Evaporator Inlet
Temperature Thermistor

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

Indoor Unit

Table 46:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN097HV4 Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Sizes.

Model No.

Vapor (inch)

Liquid (inch)

LDN097HV4

Ø3/8

Ø1/4

Table 47:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN097HV4 Refrigerant Pipe Connections.

Model No.

Vapor (inch)

Liquid (inch)

LDN097HV4

Ø3/8

Ø1/4

Table 48:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN097HV4 Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

PCB Connector

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

CN-ROOM

Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/IN

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/OUT

MULTI F MULTI F MAX
: Cooling : Heating

102 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Refrigerant Flow Diagrams

Figure 125:LDN127HV4 and LDN187HV4 Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

Evaporator Outlet
Temperature Thermistor
M

Sirocco Fan
M

Evaporator Inlet
Temperature Thermistor

: Cooling : Heating

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

Indoor Unit

Table 49: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN127HV4 and LDN187HV4 Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Sizes.

Model No.

Vapor (inch)

Liquid (inch)

LDN127HV4

Ø3/8

Ø1/4

LDN187HV4

Ø1/2

Table 50: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN127HV4 and LDN187HV4 Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Connections.

Model No. LDN127HV4 LDN187HV4

Vapor (inch) Ø3/8 Ø1/2

Liquid (inch) Ø1/4

Table 51: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN127HV4 and LDN187HV4 Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

PCB Connector

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

CN-ROOM

Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/IN

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/OUT

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 103

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagram
Figure 126:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN097HV4 Indoor Units Wiring Diagram.

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

104 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagram

Figure 127:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static) LDN127HV4 and LDN187HV4 Indoor Units Wiring Diagram.

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

MEZ62689324 11/18

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 105

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Factory Supplied Parts and Materials

Factory Supplied Parts

Table 52: Parts Table.

Part

Quantity

Image

Drain Hose One (1)

Part

Quantity

Zip Ties

Four (4)

Metal Clamp Two (2)

Washers for Hanging Brackets

Eight (8)

Insulation for Fittings

One (1) Set

For Vapor Piping For Liquid Piping

MULTI F MULTI F MAX
Image

Factory Supplied Materials
· Owner's Manual · Installation Manual

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill · Flaring tool set

· Torque wrenches · Hexagonal wrench · Gas-leak detector · Thermometer

106 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

Selecting the Best Location
Do's · Place the unit where air circulation will not be blocked. · Place the unit where drainage can be obtained easily. · Place the unit where noise prevention is taken into consideration. · Ensure there is sufficient strength to bear the load of the indoor unit. · Ensure there is sufficient maintenance space. · Locate the indoor unit in a location that is level, and where it can be easily
connected to the outdoor unit / branch distribution unit.
Don'ts · Do not install the unit near a heat or steam source, or where considerable amounts of oil, iron powder, or flour are used. · Do not install the unit where sulfuric acid and flammable or corrosive gases are generated, vented into, or stored. · Do not install the unit near high-frequency generators. · Do not install the unit near a doorway.
The unit will be damaged, will malfunction, and / or will not operate as designed if installed in any of the conditions listed.
Installing in an Area Exposed to Unconditioned Air In some installation applications, areas(floors, walls) in some rooms will be exposed to unconditioned air (room will be above or next to an unheated garage or storeroom). To countermeasure: · Verify that carpet is or will be installed (carpet will increase the temperature by
three degrees). · Add insulation between the floor joists. · Install radiant heat or another type of heating system to the floor.
Installing in an Area with High Humidity Levels If the environment is prone to humidity levels of 80% or more (near the ocean, lakes, etc.) or where steam could collect in the plenum: · Install additional insulation to the indoor unit (glass wool insulation >13/32
inches thick). · Install additional insulation to the refrigerant piping (insulation >13/16 inches
thick). · Seal all gaps between the indoor unit and the ceiling tiles (make the area air
tight) so that humidity does not transfer from the plenum to the conditioned space. Also, add a ceiling grille for ventilation.

Figure 128:General Installation Guidelines.

Top view

(Unit : Inch)

23-5/8 Side view

Control box
Access Opening (23-5/8 x 23-5/8)

23-5/8 (Unit : Inch)

H = 25/32 · "H" dimension is necessary to ensure a slope is included for
condensate drainage.
Figure 129:Service / Access Panel Dimensions.

A (Min)

B (Min)

Service Space

Ceiling

Table 53:General Access Panel Dimensions.

Model / Capacity (Btu/h)

Dimensions (in.)

LDN097HV4 / 9,000

31-1/2

LDN127HV4 / 12,000 LDN187HV4 / 18,000

31-1/2

39-3/8

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 107

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
Indoor Unit s
F I

Duct (Low Static) Indoor Units can be installed in two ways:

Table 55:Indoor Unit Bolt Locations.

Figure 130:Air inlet from the back of the indoor Figure 131:Air inlet from the bottom of the

unit.

indoor unit.

Air Filter

Back Panel

Air Outlet

Back Panel

Air Outlet

Air Filter

Table 54:Indoor Unit Bolt Location Dimensions.

Model / Capacity (Btu/h)
LDN097HV4 / 9,000 LDN127HV4 / 12,000 LDN187HV4 / 18,000

A 28-27/32
36-23/32

B 30-13/32
38-9/32

C 24-23/32

D 27-9/16

Dimensions (in.)

1-13/32 7-15/32

H Drainage hole

G 25/32

H 25-31/32
33-27/32

I 6-3/32

J 27-9/16
35-7/16

Preparing the Installation Area and Hanging the Indoor Unit Frame

1. Select and mark the area for the suspension or console bolts (use embedded inserts or anchor bolts in new buildings, and hole-in-anchors in older buildings).
2. Drill the holes.
3. Add the set-anchor and the plate washer to the bolts (bolts must be at least 13/32 inches in diameter), and then insert the bolts into the installation area.

4. Add the plate washer, spring washer, and nut to secure the bolts into the installation area.
5. Position the indoor unit installation plates onto the bolts. Secure using nuts, plate washers, and spring washers. Adjust for level as necessary.

Figure 132:Preparing the Installation Area. Figure 133:Console Bolt Options.

Figure 134:Hanging the Indoor Unit.

M10 Nut M10 SP. washer M10 washer

X 4

(Field supplied)

X 4

Install a canvas duct to the air outlet and air inlet so that vibration from the indoor unit does not carry
to the duct or ceiling. Also, add insulation to the interior of the duct, and apply anti-vibration to the suspension bolts.

M10 washer M10 SP. washer M10 Nut

X 4

(Field supplied)

X 4

· Unit must be installed correctly. · Tighten the nuts and bolts to prevent the unit from falling.

108 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

Installing the Drain System

Figure 135:Drain Connection.

Insulation

· Drain piping must have downward gradient of at least 1/50 to 1/100; to prevent reverse flow,

(Field Supplied)

slope must not be straight up and down.

· Do not damage the drain port on the indoor unit when connecting the field-supplied drain

Drain Pipe (Field Supplied)

piping.

Indoor Unit

· Drain piping specifications:

- Indoor Unit Drain Connection: 1-1/4 inch outside diameter.

- Field-Supplied Drain Piping: Polyvinyl chloride piping with 1-inch inside diameter and pipe

Close Any Gaps Drain Hole

fittings.

Ducted (low static) indoor units have two options for condensate drainage: Using the factory-installed drain pump, or using a gravity drain.

Using the Drain Pump
· Maximum drain lift is 27-9/16 inches, therefore, the drain piping must be placed below the maximum lift height.
· Field-installed drain piping must have downward gradient of at least 1/50 to 1/100; to prevent reverse flow, slope must not be straight up and down.

Figure 136:Indoor Unit Using Drain Pump.

Drain Pipe

1/50~1/100
27-9/16 inch

Using the Gravity Drain Field-drain piping must have downward gradient of at least 1/50 to 1/100; to prevent reverse flow, slope must not be straight up and down.

Drain Pump
Pump location will be different on the indoor unit.
Figure 137:Indoor Unit Using Gravity Drain.
Drain hose Angle 1/50~1/100

Approx 3/32~5/32 inches

Checking the Drain Pump
The unit uses a drain pump to remove condensate. The pump must be tested before the system operates.
· Connect the flexible drain hose to the field-installed drain piping; leave it as is until the test is complete.
· Pour water into the flexible drain hose and check for leaks. · After power wiring installation is complete, operate the drain pump to see if it sounds
and functions properly. · After the test is complete, connect the flexible drain hose to the indoor unit drain port.

Figure 138:Checking the Drain Pump.

Pour Water

Flexible drain hose (accessory)
Field-Installed Drain Piping

Indoor Unit
Drain Pan

Drain

Port

Glue the Joint

Drain Hose Connection Use the clip (accessory)

Drain Pump

Checking the Drainage System Figure 139:Checking the Drainage System.

Pump location will be different on the indoor unit.

1. Remove the air filter. 2. Check the drainage.
· Spray water on the evaporator. · Verify that water flows through the indoor unit drain
hose without leaking.

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 109

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Insulating the Refrigerant and Drain Piping
Figure 140:Insulating the Piping.

Ensure all piping is insulated. Exposed piping can cause burns if touched.
Refrigerant Piping Insulation Field-installed vapor and liquid refrigerant piping lines must be properly and completely covered in insulation (up to the indoor unit piping connections). Any exposed piping will generate condensate or will cause burns if touched. Insulation for this field-installed refrigerant piping must have a minimum heat resistance of 248°F.
Duct (low static) indoor units have been tested under and meet the requirements of the "KS Conditions." If the indoor unit is installed and is operated at an extended period in a highly humid environment (dew point temperature >73°F), however, condensate will form. To prevent this phenomenon, install adiabatic glass wool insulation with a thickness or 13/32 to 13/16 inches thick. Also, install glass wool insulation on all indoor unit that are located in the ceiling plenum.
Drain Piping Insulation Drain piping must have insulation a minimum of 7/32 inches thick.

Liquid Piping Connection

Insulation for Refrigerant Piping (Field-Supplied)

Clamp for Insulation (Field-Supplied)
Insulation (Field-Supplied)
Vapor Piping Connection

Insulation for Refrigerant Piping
(Field-Supplied) Insulation for Field-Installed Piping (Field-Supplied)

Overlap the Insulation at the Connection

Ensure no gaps are present.

110 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

· Loose wiring will cause unit to malfunction, overheat, and catch fire, resulting in severe injury or death.
Note:

Connecting the Power Wiring and Communications Cable

1. Insert the power wiring / communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) through the side of the indoor unit. Pass the wiring through the designated access holes to prevent damage. To prevent electromagnetic interference and product malfunction, leave a space between the power wiring and communications cable outside of the indoor unit.

Figure 141:Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit (Multi F MAX systems only) Power Wiring / Communications Cable Connections.

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or

Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

(Multi F MAX Systems Only)

1(L) 2(N) 3 GND

3 or S GND

BR BL RD
GRN / YLW

3. Secure the power wiring / communications cable with the cable restraint.

4. Screw the steel clamp to the inside of the control panel. · Place the wiring / cables in the clamp and tighten the plastic clamp to an open surface of the control panel. · When clamping, do not apply force to the wiring connections. · Neatly arrange the wiring, do not catch the wiring in the electric box cover, and ensure the cover firmly closes.

5. Fill in any gaps around the wiring access hole with sealant to prevent foreign particles from entering the indoor unit.

Using a Conduit
1. Remove the rubber stopper on the indoor unit. Pass the power wiring / communications cable through the conduit, the conduit mounting plate, and to the control panel of the indoor unit.

Figure 142:Exterior View of Conduit Installation.

2. Connect the power wiring / communications cable to the indoor unit terminal block.
3. Screw the conduit mounting plate to the indoor unit.

Conduit

Lock nut
Conduit mounting plate

4. Tighten the conduit and the conduit mounting plate together.

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 111

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
BR BL RD

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Controller Options
Ceiling-concealed duct (low static) indoor units can be used with many LG-supplied wired controllers (sold separately). The wireless handheld controller (Model No. PQWRHQ0FDB) is also an optional accessory with use wired controllers.

Wired Controller Connections Controllers can connect to the indoor unit in one of two different ways.
1. LG Wired Remote Extension Cable with Molex plug (PZCWRC1; sold separately) that connects to the CN-REMO terminal on the indoor unit PCB.
2. Field-supplied controller cable that connects to the indoor unit terminal block (must be at least UL2547 or UL1007, 22 AWG, two-core, one-shield core, at least FT-6 rated if local electric and building codes require plenum cable usage).

Figure 143:PZCWRC1 LG Wired Remote Extension Cable.

TEMP

FAN SPEED

OPER MODE

Verify the connectors are properly inserted. C/BOX Cable (Plug type)

Extension cable

To Indoor Unit CN-REMO Terminal

When using field-supplied controller cable, make sure to connect the yellow to yellow (communications wire), red to red (12V power wire), and black to black (ground wire) terminals from the remote controller to the indoor unit terminal blocks.

Figure 144:Wired Controller Connections on the Indoor Unit Terminal Block.
Indoor Unit Terminal Block
CN-REMO
GND
1(L) 2(N) 3
To Wired Controller

YL Comm.
(S)

RD 12V Power

BK Ground

Connections on Wired Controller

112 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Hanging the Wired Controller 1. The controller wiring / cable can be installed in one of three direc-
tions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and then position wiring / cable on applicable side.
2. Choose and mark the area of installation, and then screw the wall plate into place (using the provided parts). Install the controller wall plate to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no gaps exist between the wall plate and the wall itself.
3. Arrange wiring / cables so as not to interfere with the controller circuitry. Position the wired controller on the wall plate. Snap into place by pressing the bottom part of the wired controller onto the wall plate. Make sure that no gaps exist between the wired controller and the wall plate on all sides.

Figure 145:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

Back

Right

Side

Right

Side

Figure 146:Attaching the Wall Plate. Figure 147: Installing / Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

Removing the Controller

Wall

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

Wired Controller Placement
Wall indoor units can be used with various wired controllers (optional; sold separately). Wired controllers include a sensor to detect room temperature. To maintain comfort levels in the conditioned space, the wired controller must be installed in a location away from direct sunlight, high humidity, and where it could be directly exposed to cold air. Controller must be installed four (4) to five (5) feet above the floor where its display can be read easily, in an area with good air circulation, and where it can detect an average room temperature.

Figure 148:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

Do not install the remote controller where it can be impacted by the following:

· Drafts or dead spots behind doors and in corners TEMP

Rem ot e Cont roller
· Hot or cold air from ducts

· Radiant heat from sun or appliances

· Concealed pipes and chimneys

· Uncontrolled areas such as an outside wall behind the remote controller

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 113

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

External Static Pressure Control
To provide a required air flow rate that accounts for the external static pressure change, follow the steps below.

1. To access system installer setting mode, press and hold the temperature increase and mode selection

buttons simultaneously for approximately three (3) seconds. Choose setting code value "06" by press-

ing the mode selection button.

2. Use the temperature increase and decrease buttons to select the desired setting value.

Figure 149:Select Code and Set Value.

Figure 150:Controller External Static Pressure Setting Display.

Setting Values 01 : V-H 02 : F-H 03 : V-L 04 : F-L
3. Press the on / off button to save the established settings.

Code Set Value

TEM P

FA N SPEED

OPER MODE

4. To deactivate system installer setting mode after the settings have been established, press and hold the temperature increase and mode selection check buttons simultaneously for approximately three (3) seconds. If a button is not pressed for more than 25 seconds, the system installer setting mode will automatically deactivate.

Table 56:Static Pressure Setting Table.

Pressure Selection

V-H

F-H

V-L

F-L

Zone State Variable Fixed Variable Fixed

Function External Static Pressure Standard Value
High High Low Low

· Select the position after verifying duct work and the external static pressure of the indoor unit. · Factory set to pressure selection F-H.

114 | DUCT (LOW STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (LOW STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Assigning Air Flow
To assign an air flow for each fan speed, follow the steps below.
1. To access system installer setting mode, press and hold the temperature increase and mode selection buttons simultaneously for approximately three (3) seconds. Choose setting code value "03" by pressing the mode selection button.

Figure 151:Controller External Static Pressure Setting Display.

2. Use the fan speed button to select the desired fan speed. ( LoMedHi will display on the LED).

4. Press the on / off button to save the established settings.
5. To deactivate system installer setting mode after the settings have been established, press and hold the temperature increase and mode selection check buttons simultaneously for approximately three (3) seconds. If a button is not pressed for more than 25 seconds, the system installer setting mode will automatically deactivate.

TEMP

FA N SPEED
OPER MODE

· A certified technician must set the external static pressure value(s). If the external static pressure is set incorrectly, the system will malfunction.
· Do not alter the external static pressure value that corresponds to each air flow level.
· External static pressure value can vary depending on the indoor unit.
· If by pressing the fan speed button during external static pressure setup, the fan speed is raised to the next level, the air flow value of the previous fan speed will be maintained (external static pressure setting value is saved).

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (Low Static)

DUCT (LOW STATIC) | 115

CEILING-CONCEALED DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 117 "General Data / Specifications" on page 118 "Dimensions" on page 119 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 121 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 122 "External Static Pressure" on page 123 "Acoustic Data" on page 123 "Refrigerant Flow Diagrams" on page 124 "Wiring Diagram" on page 125 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 126 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 127

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Mechanical Specifications and Features

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) Indoor Unit
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, fan, and motor. Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) units are designed for high-speed air volume against an external static pressure up to 0.78WG for the 24,000 Btu/h model; up to 0.55WG for the 36,000 Btu/h model.

Figure 152: Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) Indoor Unit.

Auto settings for Cooling mode; and has Low, Med, High, and Auto settings for Heating mode. Each of the settings can be field-adjusted from the factory setting (RPM / ESP). The Auto setting adjusts the fan speed based on the difference between the controller setpoint and space temperature.

Refrigerant System System is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare, and all refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.
Electrical Each indoor unit is designed to operate using 208230/60/1 power with voltage variances of ±10%.
Casing The casing is designed to mount fully concealed above a finished ceiling. Casing is manufactured of galvanized steel plate. Cold surfaces of the unit are covered internally with a coated polystyrene insulating material, and covered externally with sheet insulation made of ethylene propylene diene monomer (M-Class) (EPDM). External insulation is plenum rated and conforms to ASTM Standard D-1418. Hanger brackets are included on the casing to support the weight on four corners. Unit has a front horizontal supply air discharge outlet, and one dedicated rear horizontal return air inlet.
Fan Assembly and Control The 24MBH (LHN248HV) indoor unit has one direct-drive Sirocco fan, while the 36MBH (LHN368HV) indoor unit has two direct-drive Sirocco fans. The fans are made of high strength ABS GP-2200 polymeric resin that are statically and dynamically balanced. The fans are mounted on a common brushless digitally controlled (BLDC) motor with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. The fan / motor assembly is mounted on vibration-attenuating rubber grommets. Fan speed is controlled using a microprocessor-based direct digital control algorithm. The indoor fan has Low, Med, High, and

Air Filter Return air is filtered with a factory-supplied, removable, washable filter accessible from the rear of the indoor unit. High efficiency air filter options include a return filter box and an LG / Dynamic supplied air cleaner (both sold separately).
Microprocessor Control The unit is provided with an integrated control panel to communicate with the outdoor unit. All unit operation parameters are stored in nonvolatile memory resident on the unit microprocessor. The microprocessor controls space temperature through using the value provided by the temperature sensor within the indoor unit. The microprocessor control will activate indoor unit operation when the indoor room temperature falls below or rises above a setpoint temperature, at which point, a signal is sent to the outdoor unit to begin the appropriate mode. The microprocessor will also provide self-diagnostics and auto restart functions. A field-supplied four-wire power / communications cable must be installed to connect the indoor unit(s) to the outdoor unit.
Controls The indoor unit controller of choice must be ordered separately. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded and shielded power / communication cable.
Condensate Lift/Pump The indoor unit is provided with a factory installed and wired internal condensate lift/pump capable of providing a minimum 27.5 inch lift from the bottom surface of the unit. Drain pump has a safety switch to shut off the indoor unit if the condensate rises too high in the drain pan.

Features
· Inverter (Variable speed fan) · Internal drain pump · Control lock function · Auto operation

· Auto restart operation · Dehumidifying function · Two thermistor control · External static pressure control

· Group control · Self-diagnostics function · Wired controller ordered separately · Wi-Fi compatible

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 117

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
General Data / Specifications

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 57: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed High-Static Ducted Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name

LHN248HV

Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1

24,000

Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1

27,000

Operating Range

Cooling (°F WB)

57-77

Heating (°F DB)

59-81

Fan

Type

Sirocco

Motor Output (W) x Qty.

136.5 x 1

Motor/Drive

Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct

Factory Set Airflow Rate CFM (H/M/L)

777 / 706 / 636

Factory Set External Static Pressure (in. wg)

0.24

Maximum External Static Pressure (in. wg)

0.59

Unit Data

Refrigerant Type2

R410A

Refrigerant Control

EEV

Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3

208-230, 1, 60

Rated Amps (A)

1.6

Sound Pressure Level (Standard Mode) dB(A) H/M/L)4

37 / 35 / 34

Dimensions (W x H x D, in.)

35-7/16 x 10-5/8 x 27-9/16

Net Unit Weight (lbs.)

58.6

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

71.9

Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5

4 x 14

Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x Fin / inch) x Number

(3 x 13 x 18) x 1

Pipe Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

Vapor (in.)

1/2

Connection Size

Liquid (in.)

3/8

Vapor (in.)

5/8

Drain O.D. / I.D. (in.)

1-1/4, 1

LHN368HV 36,000 40,000
57-77 59-81
Sirocco 259 x 1 Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct 1,130 / 989 / 848
0.24 0.59
R410A EEV 208-230, 1, 60 2.3 44 / 42 / 40 49-3/16 x 10-5/8 x 27-9/16 85.3 99.4 4 x 14 (3 x 13 x 18) x 1
3/8 5/8
3/8 5/8 1-1/4, 1

118 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX
Figure 153: LHN248HV Dimensions.

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Dimensions

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 119

Figure 154: LHN368HV Dimensions.

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

120 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

Table 58:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

LHN248HV 24,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

LHN368HV 36,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

68 / 57

TC SHC

23.53 23.51 23.49 23.47 23.46 23.44 23.42 23.40 23.38 23.37 23.35 23.33 22.77 22.21 21.65 21.09 20.49 19.99 19.49 18.99 18.49 18.19 18.10 35.29 35.26 35.24 35.21 35.18 35.16 35.13 35.10 35.08 35.05 35.02 34.99 34.15 33.31 32.48 31.64 30.74 29.99 29.24 28.49 27.74 27.29 27.14

17.66 17.80 17.94 18.08 18.21 18.35 18.49 18.62 18.76 18.90 19.03 19.17 18.85 18.53 18.19 17.85 17.66 17.19 16.71 16.14 15.66 15.55 15.51 25.46 25.66 25.86 26.06 26.25 26.45 26.65 26.85 27.04 27.24 27.44 27.63 27.18 26.71 26.23 25.73 25.46 24.78 24.10 23.27 22.58 22.41 22.36

73 / 61

TC SHC

24.99 24.97 24.95 24.93 24.91 24.89 24.87 24.85 24.84 24.82 24.80 24.78 24.21 23.65 23.09 22.53 21.92 21.42 20.92 20.42 19.92 19.62 19.52 37.48 37.45 37.43 37.40 37.37 37.34 37.31 37.28 37.25 37.23 37.20 37.17 36.32 35.47 34.63 33.79 32.88 32.13 31.38 30.63 29.88 29.43 29.28

18.66 18.80 18.95 19.09 19.24 19.38 19.53 19.67 19.82 19.96 20.10 20.25 19.94 19.63 19.30 18.96 18.79 18.31 17.84 17.26 16.78 16.68 16.64 26.90 27.11 27.32 27.53 27.73 27.94 28.15 28.36 28.57 28.78 28.98 29.19 28.75 28.29 27.82 27.33 27.09 26.40 25.72 24.89 24.19 24.04 23.99

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

26.45 26.43 26.41 26.39 26.37 26.35 26.33 26.31 26.29 26.27 26.25 26.23 25.66 25.09 24.53 23.96 23.35 22.85 22.35 21.85 21.35 21.05 20.95 39.67 39.64 39.61 39.58 39.55 39.52 39.49 39.46 39.43 39.40 39.37 39.34 38.49 37.64 36.79 35.94 35.02 34.27 33.52 32.77 32.02 31.57 31.43

18.07 18.21 18.35 18.49 18.63 18.77 18.91 19.05 19.19 19.33 19.47 19.61 19.33 19.05 18.75 18.45 18.31 17.87 17.43 16.90 16.45 16.36 16.34 26.04 26.25 26.45 26.65 26.85 27.06 27.26 27.46 27.66 27.86 28.06 28.26 27.87 27.46 27.03 26.59 26.39 25.76 25.13 24.36 23.71 23.59 23.55

27.50 27.48 27.46 27.44 27.42 27.40 27.38 27.36 27.34 27.32 27.29 27.27 26.70 26.13 25.57 25.00 24.00 23.69 23.38 22.88 22.38 22.08 21.98 41.26 41.23 41.19 41.16 41.13 41.10 41.07 41.04 41.01 40.97 40.94 40.91 40.05 39.20 38.35 37.50 36.00 35.53 35.07 34.32 33.57 33.12 32.97

18.45 18.59 18.73 18.88 19.02 19.16 19.31 19.45 19.59 19.73 19.88 20.02 19.75 19.48 19.19 18.90 18.48 18.19 17.91 17.37 16.93 16.86 16.83 26.59 26.80 27.01 27.21 27.42 27.63 27.83 28.04 28.24 28.45 28.65 28.86 28.47 28.08 27.66 27.24 26.64 26.23 25.82 25.04 24.41 24.30 24.26

86 / 72

TC SHC

29.37 29.35 29.33 29.30 29.28 29.26 29.24 29.21 29.19 29.17 29.15 29.13 28.55 27.97 27.40 26.83 26.20 25.70 25.20 24.70 24.20 23.90 23.81 44.06 44.02 43.99 43.96 43.92 43.89 43.86 43.82 43.79 43.76 43.72 43.69 42.82 41.96 41.10 40.25 39.30 38.55 37.80 37.05 36.31 35.86 35.71

18.60 18.75 18.89 19.04 19.18 19.33 19.47 19.61 19.76 19.90 20.04 20.19 19.94 19.69 19.43 19.15 19.05 18.64 18.23 17.71 17.29 17.23 17.21 26.81 27.02 27.23 27.44 27.65 27.86 28.07 28.27 28.48 28.69 28.90 29.10 28.75 28.39 28.00 27.61 27.46 26.87 26.28 25.54 24.93 24.84 24.81

90 / 75

TC SHC

30.83 30.81 30.79 30.76 30.74 30.72 30.69 30.67 30.64 30.62 30.60 30.57 29.99 29.42 28.84 28.27 27.63 27.13 26.63 26.13 25.63 25.33 25.23 46.25 46.21 46.18 46.14 46.11 46.07 46.04 46.00 45.97 45.93 45.90 45.86 44.99 44.12 43.26 42.40 41.44 40.69 39.94 39.20 38.45 38.00 37.85

18.95 19.10 19.25 19.40 19.54 19.69 19.84 19.99 20.13 20.28 20.42 20.57 20.34 20.10 19.84 19.59 19.50 19.10 18.70 18.19 17.77 17.72 17.71 27.32 27.54 27.75 27.96 28.17 28.39 28.60 28.81 29.02 29.23 29.44 29.65 29.32 28.97 28.61 28.23 28.11 27.53 26.96 26.22 25.62 25.55 25.53

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 121

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Heating Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 59:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

61 TC

64 TC

68 TC

70 TC

72 TC

75 TC

-0.4

13.89

13.70

13.57

13.50

13.30

12.72

4.5

15.65

15.46

15.33

15.26

15.07

14.48

17.41

17.22

17.09

17.02

16.83

16.24

19.76

19.57

19.43

19.37

19.17

18.55

20.64

20.45

20.32

20.25

20.05

19.37

22.11

21.91

21.78

21.72

21.52

20.74

23.38

23.18

23.05

22.99

22.79

22.11

LHN248HV

24,000

24.65

24.46

24.33

24.26

24.07

23.48

25.79

25.60

25.47

25.40

25.21

24.62

26.93

26.74

26.61

26.54

26.35

25.76

27.39

27.20

27.07

27.00

26.80

26.22

27.83

27.64

27.51

27.44

27.24

26.58

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.20

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.32

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.39

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.51

-0.4

20.58

20.29

20.10

20.00

19.71

18.84

4.5

23.19

22.90

22.71

22.61

22.32

21.45

25.80

25.51

25.31

25.22

24.93

24.06

29.28

28.99

28.79

28.70

28.41

27.48

30.58

30.29

30.10

30.00

29.71

28.70

32.75

32.46

32.27

32.17

31.88

30.72

34.64

34.35

34.15

34.06

33.77

32.75

LHN368HV

36,000

36.52

36.23

36.04

35.94

35.65

34.78

38.21

37.92

37.73

37.63

37.34

36.47

39.90

39.61

39.42

39.32

39.03

38.16

40.58

40.29

40.10

40.00

39.71

38.84

41.23

40.94

40.75

40.65

40.36

39.38

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.29

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.47

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.58

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.76

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).
Nominal capacity as rated 0 ft. above sea level and a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. Corresponding refrigerant piping length is accordance with standard length of each outdoor unit. Nominal heating capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 70ºF dry bulb (DB) and 60ºF wet bulb (WB), and outdoor ambient conditions of 47ºF dry bulb (DB) and 43ºF wet bulb (WB).

122 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
External Static Pressure / Acoustic Data

Table 60:Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) External Static Pressure Setting Values Table.

Static Pressure (in. wg)

0.1 0.16 0.2 0.24 0.28 0.31 0.35 0.39 0.43 0.47 0.51 0.59

Model No. / Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Airflow Rate / CFM

Setting Value (in. wg)

LHN248HV 24,000

High

777 110 117 121 124 127 130 133 136 137 - 138 140

Mid

706 102 110 114 118 120 125 127 130 133 - 134 136

Low

636 96 102 107 110 114 118 122 125 127 - 130 132

LHN368HV 36,000

High 1,130 - 109 112 115 119 122 126 128 131 134 137 144

Mid

989

- 101 105 108 112 115 119 123 127 130 133 138

Low

848

- 92 97 101 105 109 113 117 121 124 127 134

Figure 155: Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.

DISCHARGE

SUCTION

DUCT

6.6 ft.

3.3 ft.

4.9 ft.

Figure 156: Sound Pressure Level Diagrams. LHN248HV

Table 61:Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating)

High Fan Speed

Medium Fan Speed

Low Fan Speed

LHN248HV

LHN368HV

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 123

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Refrigerant Flow Diagrams

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 157: LHN248HV and LHN368HV Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

Heating

Heat exchanger

Cooling

Sirocco Fan
M

Thermistor for evaporator inlet temperature

Thermistor for evaporator outlet temperature

Gas pipe connection port (flare connection)
Thermistor for suction air temperature
Liquid pipe connection port (flare connection)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Table 62: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) IDU Refrigerant Piping and Connection Sizes.

Model No.
LHN248HV LHN368HV

Piping Size

Liquid (inch)

Vapor (inch)

1/4

1/2

3/8

5/8

Connection Port Size

Liquid (inch)

Vapor (inch)

3/8

5/8

3/8

5/8

Table 63: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

PCB Connector

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

CN-ROOM

Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/IN

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/OUT

124 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagrams

Figure 158: Multi F Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static) LHN248HV and LHN368HV Indoor Units Wiring Diagram.

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 125

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Factory Supplied Parts and Materials / Installation

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Factory Supplied Parts

Table 64: Parts Table.

Part

Quantity

Image

Drain Hose One (1)

Part

Quantity

Zip Ties

Four (4)

Image

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Metal Clamp Two (2)

Washers for Hanging Brackets

Eight (8)

Insulation for Fittings

One (1) Set

For Vapor Piping For Liquid Piping

Factory Supplied Materials
· Owner's Manual · Installation Manual
WARNING

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill

· Flaring tool set · Torque wrenches · Hexagonal wrench · Gas-leak detector · Thermometer

Installation work must be performed by trained personnel and in accordance with national wiring standards and all local or other applicable codes. Improper installation can result in fire, electric shock, physical injury, or death.
Note:

Read all instructions before installing this product. Become familiar with the unit's components and connections, and the order of installation. Incorrect installation can degrade or prevent proper operation.

Don'ts · Do not install the unit near a heat or steam source, or where considerable amounts of oil, iron powder, or flour are used. · Do not install the unit where sulfuric acid and flammable or corrosive gases are generated, vented into, or stored. · Do not install the unit near high-frequency generators. · Do not install the unit near a doorway.
The unit will be damaged, will malfunction, and / or will not operate as designed if installed in any of the conditions listed.

126 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

Installing in an Area with High Humidity Levels If the environment is prone to humidity levels of 80% or more (near the ocean, lakes, etc.) or where steam could collect in the plenum:
· Install additional insulation to the indoor unit (glass wool insulation >13/32 inches thick).
· Install additional insulation to the refrigerant piping (insulation >13/16 inches thick).
· Seal all gaps between the indoor unit and the ceiling tiles (make the area air tight) so that humidity does not transfer from the plenum to the conditioned space. Also, add a ceiling grille for ventilation.

Figure 159: Access Panel and General Service Space Required Dimensions.

Figure 160: Indoor Unit Bolt Locations.

23-5/8 inches x 23-5/8 inches

23-5/8

inches

39-3/8 inches
F I

H = 25/32 inches

Table 65:Indoor Unit Bolt Location Dimensions.

Model / Capacity

(Btu/h)

LHN248HV / 24,000 36-3/4 38-1/4

LHN368HV / 36,000 50-17/32 52-1/32

C 24-3/8 24-3/8

D 27-9/16 27-9/16

Dimensions (inches)

1-3/16 10-5/8

G 19/32 19/32

H Drainage hole

H 33-25/32 47-9/16

I 7-15/16 7-15/16

J 35-7/16 49-7/32

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 127

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
Maximum 27-9/16 inches

Preparing the Installation Area and Hanging the Indoor Unit Frame

1. Select and mark the area for the suspension or console bolts (use embedded inserts or anchor bolts in new buildings, and hole-inanchors in older buildings).
2. Drill the holes.
3. Add the set-anchor and the plate washer to the bolts (bolts must be at least 13/32 inches in diameter), and then insert the bolts into the installation area.

Figure 161: Preparing the Installation Area. Figure 162: Suspension Bolt Options.

Figure 163: Hanging the Indoor Unit.

M10 Nut M10 SP. washer M10 washer

X 4

(Fieldsupplied)

X 4

Install a canvas duct to the air outlet and air inlet so that vibration from the indoor unit does not
carry to the duct or ceiling. Also, add insulation to the interior of the duct, and apply anti-vibration to the suspension bolts.

M10 washer M10 SP. washer M10 Nut

X 4 (Field-
X 4 supplied)
X 4

· Unit must be installed correctly. Tighten the nuts and bolts to prevent the unit from falling and causing severe injury or death.

Installing the Drain System
· Drain piping must have downward gradient of at least 1/50 to 1/100; to prevent reverse flow, slope must not be straight up and down.
· Do not damage the drain port on the indoor unit when connecting the field-supplied drain piping. · Drain piping specifications:
- Indoor Unit Drain Connection: 1-1/4 inch outside diameter. - Field-Supplied Drain Piping: Polyvinyl chloride piping with 1-inch inside diameter and pipe fittings.

Figure 164:Indoor Unit Drain Piping. Drain Pipe Support
Indoor unit

Figure 165:Drain Piping Installation Dimensions.

Maximum Hanger distance

11-13/16 inches

3.3~49.2 feet

Hanger Bracket 1/50~1/100 slope

Metal

clamp

Flexible drain hose Insulation

Drain Port Maintenance
1/50~1/100mm Maximum 27-9/16 inches

Do not apply force or twist the drain hose: it will leak.

128 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

Checking the Drain Pump
The unit uses a drain pump to remove condensate. The pump must be tested before the system operates.
· Connect (field supplied) flexible drain hose to the field-installed drain piping; leave it as is until the test is complete.
· Pour water into the flexible drain hose and check for leaks. · After power wiring installation is complete, operate the drain pump to see if it sounds
and functions properly. · After the test is complete, connect the flexible drain hose to the indoor unit drain port.

Figure 166:Checking the drain pump.

Pour Water

Flexible drain hose (accessory)
Field-Installed Drain Piping

Drain Pump

Drain

Port

Glue the Joint

Drain Hose Connection Use the clip (accessory)

Drain Pan

Checking the Drainage System
1. Remove the air filter. 2. Check the drainage.
· Spray water on the evaporator. · Verify that water flows through the indoor unit drain hose without leaking.

Figure 167:Checking the Drainage System.

Insulating the Refrigerant and Drain Piping

Ensure all piping is insulated. Exposed piping can cause burns if touched.

Refrigerant Piping Insulation
Field-installed vapor and liquid refrigerant piping lines must be properly and completely covered in insulation (up to the indoor unit piping connections). Any exposed piping will generate condensate or will cause burns if touched. Insulation for this field-installed refrigerant piping must have a minimum heat resistance of 248°F.

Figure 168: Insulating the Piping.
Liquid Piping Connection

Drain Piping Insulation Drain piping must have insulation a minimum of 7/32 inches thick.

Insulation for Refrigerant Piping (Field-Supplied)

Clamp for Insulation (Field-Supplied)

Insulation (Field-Supplied)

Vapor Piping Connection

Insulation for Refrigerant Piping
(Field-Supplied) Insulation for Field-Installed Piping (Field-Supplied)

Overlap the Insulation at the Connection
Ensure no gaps are present.

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 129

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
BR BL RD GRN / YLW

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Connecting the Power Wiring and Communications Cable

1. To access the terminal block, first unscrew the cover from the control box.
2. Insert the power wiring / communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) through the sides of the indoor unit and control box. Pass the wiring through the designated access holes to prevent damage. To prevent electromagnetic interference and product malfunction, leave a space between the power wiring and communications cable outside of the indoor unit.

Figure 169:Accessing the Indoor Unit Terminal Block. Terminal Block
Control Box
A

3. Connect each wire to its appropriate terminal on the indoor unit control board. Verify that the color and terminal numbers from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) wiring match the color and terminal numbers on the indoor unit.

Control Box Cover

4. Secure the power wiring / communications cable with the cable restraint.

Figure 170:Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit (Multi F MAX systems only) Power Wiring / Communications Cable Connections.

5. Screw the steel clamp to the inside of the control panel.
· Place the wiring / cables in the clamp and tighten the plastic clamp to an open surface of the control panel.

Indoor Unit Terminal Block GND
1(L1 ) 2 (L2) 3

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block
(Multi F MAX Systems Only)
3 or S

· When clamping, do not apply force to the wiring connec-

tions.

GND

· Neatly arrange the wiring, do not catch the wiring in the electric box cover, and ensure the cover firmly closes.

6. Fill in any gaps around the wiring access holes with sealant to prevent foreign particles from entering the indoor unit.

130 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Using a Conduit 1. Remove the rubber stopper on the indoor unit. Pass the power wiring / communica-
tions cable through the conduit, the conduit mounting plate, and to / through the control panel of the indoor unit. 2. Connect the power wiring / communications cable to the indoor unit terminal block. 3. Screw the conduit mounting plate to the indoor unit. 4. Tighten the conduit and the conduit mounting plate together.

Figure 171:Exterior View of Conduit Installation.

If the distance between the outdoor unit and indoor unit is greater than 131 feet, connect the power wiring and communications cable separately (i.e., a conduit cannot be used).

Remote controller cable and transmission cable between the indoor unit and the outdoor unit
Indoor power cable

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

Power Supply High Voltage (208/230 V)

GN/YL

Wired Remote Controller

Controller Options

Conduit Hole

Ceiling-concealed duct (high static) indoor units can be used with many LG-supplied wired controllers (sold separately). The wireless handheld controller (Model No. PQWRHQ0FDB) is also an optional accessory with use of the wired controller.

Figure 172:PZCWRC1 LG Wired Remote Extension Cable.

TEMP

FAN SPEED

OPER MODE

Verify the connectors are properly inserted. C/BOX Cable (Plug type)

Extension cable

To Indoor Unit CN-REMO Terminal

Figure 173:Wired Controller Connections on the Indoor Unit Terminal Block.

CN-REMO

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

YL RD BK

Comm.

12V Power

Ground

1(L1 ) 2 (L2)

GND

BR BL RD GRN / YLW

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 131

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 174:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

TEMP Rem ot e Cont roller
NO

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

Hanging the Wired Controller 1. The controller wiring / cable can be installed in one of three direc-
tions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and then position wiring / cable on applicable side.
2. Choose and mark the area of installation, and then screw the wall plate into place (using the provided parts). Install the controller wall plate to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no gaps exist between the wall plate and the wall itself.
3. Arrange wiring / cables so as not to interfere with the controller circuitry. Position the wired controller on the wall plate. Snap into place by pressing the bottom part of the wired controller onto the wall plate. Make sure that no gaps exist between the wired controller and the wall plate on all sides.

Figure 175:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

Back

Right

Side

Right

Side

Figure 176:Attaching the Wall Plate.

Figure 177:Installing / Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

Removing the Controller

Wall

132 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

Ceiling-Concealed Duct (High Static)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

External Static Pressure Control
To provide a required air flow rate that accounts for the external static pressure change, follow the steps below.
1. To access system installer setting mode, press and hold the temperature increase and mode selection buttons simultaneously for approximately three (3) seconds. Choose setting code value "06" by pressing the mode selection button.

Figure 179:Controller External Static Pressure Setting Display.

2. Use the temperature increase and decrease buttons to select the desired setting value.
Setting Values 01 : V-H 02 : F-H 03 : V-L 04 : F-L 3. Press the on / off button to save the established settings.

Figure 178:Select Code and Set Value.
Code Set Value

TEM P

FA N SPEED

OPER MODE

Table 66:Static Pressure Setting Table.

Pressure Selection

V-H

F-H

V-L

F-L

Zone State Variable Fixed Variable Fixed

Function External Static Pressure Standard Value
High High Low Low

· Select the position after verifying duct work and the external static pressure of the indoor unit. · Factory set to pressure selection F-H.

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) | 133

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

DUCT (HIGH STATIC) INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 180:Controller External Static Pressure Setting Display.

2. Use the fan speed button to select the desired fan speed. ( LoMedHi will display on the LED).

3. Use the temperature increase and decrease buttons to select the desired external static pressure setting value (thereby assigning the respective airflow). External static pressure value range: 0~255; the value will display near the lower right corner of the LED.
4. Press the on / off button to save the established settings.
5. To deactivate system installer setting mode after the settings have been established, press and hold the temperature increase and mode selection check buttons simultaneously for approximately three (3) seconds. If a button is not pressed for more than 25 seconds, the system installer setting mode will automatically deactivate.

TEMP

FA N SPEED
OPER MODE

134 | DUCT (HIGH STATIC)

FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 136 "General Data / Specifications" on page 137 "Dimensions" on page 138 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 140 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 142 "Acoustic Data" on page 144 "Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution" on page 146 "Refrigerant Flow Diagram" on page 148 "Wiring Diagram" on page 149 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 150 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 151

F FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Mechanical Specifications and Features

MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Units
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, fan, and motor. Four-way ceilingcassette units have a sound rating no higher than 38 dB(A) as tested per KSA0701 ISO Standard 3745.
Coil Indoor unit coils are factory built and are comprised of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. Each unit has two rows of coils, which are pressure tested at the factory. Each unit is provided with a factory installed condensate drain pan below the coil.
Refrigerant System System is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare, and all refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.
Electrical Each indoor unit is designed to operate using 208230/60/1 power with voltage variances of ±10%.
Casing The case is constructed of a galvanized steel plate designed to recess in the ceiling, and has a surface mounted concentric grille on the bottom of the unit. Unit has four supply air outlets and one return air inlet.
Ventilation Air The case has a factory designated knockouts to connect a fieldsupplied, pressurized, and filtered outside air duct.
Fan Assembly and Control All indoor units have a single, direct-drive turbo fan. Fans are manufactured of high-strength ABS HT-700 polymeric resin that is statically and dynamically balanced. The fan motor is brushless digitally controlled (BLDC) with permanently lubricated and sealed ball bearings. The fan / motor assembly is mounted on vibration-attenuating rubber grommets. Fan speed is controlled using a microprocessor-based direct digital control algorithm that provides pre-programmed, field-selectable fixed or auto fan speeds in the Heating and Cooling modes. The indoor fan has Low, Med, High, Power Cool and Auto settings for Cooling mode; and has Low, Med, High, and Auto settings for Heating mode. Auto setting adjusts the fan speed based on the difference between the controller setpoint and space temperature.

Architectural Grille
An architectural grille is sold as a separate required accessory. The four-way grille is off-white acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS) polymeric resin with a tapered trim edge.

Figure 181:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit.

Airflow Guide Vanes
The supply air outlet has four-di-
rectional slot diffusers, each equipped with an independent oscillat-
ing motorized guide vane to change airflow direction. A guide vane algorithm sequentially changes the predominant discharge airflow direction in counterclockwise pattern, or can be used to lock each
guide vane independently in a field-adjusted fixed position. The four vanes can be individually adjusted from the wired remote controller to
customize the airflow pattern for the conditioned space. A setting in the cooling and heating modes can cycle the vanes up and down for
uniform / random air distribution.

Controls
The indoor unit casing has a factory-standard, integral infrared sensor designed to communicate with the supplied LG wireless handheld remote controller. An optional wired controller is available as an additional accessory. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded and shielded power / communication cable.

Air Filter Return air is filtered with a factory-supplied, 14" x 14" x 1", removable, washable filter accessible from the bottom of the unit.
Features

Condensate Lift/Pump
The indoor unit is provided with a factory installed and wired internal condensate lift/pump capable of providing a minimum 27.5 inch lift from the bottom surface of the unit. Drain pump has a safety switch to shut off the indoor unit if the condensate rises too high in the drain pan.

· Inverter (Variable speed fan) · Internal drain pump · Jet cool · Control lock function · Auto operation

· Auto restart operation
· 24-Hour on/off timer
· Two thermistor control · Required accessory grille (PT-QCHW0)
sold separately

· Group Control
· Wireless LCD remote control included; wired thermostat available (sold separately)
· Wi-Fi compatible

136 | CEILING-CASSET TE

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

General Data / Specifications

Table 73:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name

LMCN078HV

LCN098HV4

LCN128HV4

LCN188HV4

Grille (Sold Separately)

PT-QCHW0

Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1

7,000

9,000

12,000

18,000

Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1

8,100

10,400

13,800

20,800

Operating Range

Cooling (°F WB)

57-77

Heating (°F DB)

59-81

Fan

Type

Turbo

Motor Output (W) x Qty.

43 x 1

Motor/Drive

Brushless Digitally Controlled / Direct

Airflow Rate CFM (H/M/L)

265 / 212 / 177 300 / 265 / 230 335 / 283 / 247

459 / 424 / 388

Unit Data

Refrigerant Type2

R410A

Refrigerant Control

EEV

Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3

208-230, 1, 60

Rated Amps (A)

0.25

Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H/M/L)4

31 / 27 / 24

36 / 33 / 30

38 / 35 / 32

41 / 39 / 36

Body Dimensions (W x H x D, in.)

22-7/16 x 8-7/16 x 22-7/16

22-7/16 x 10-3/32 x 22-7/16

Grille (Sold separately) Dimensions (WxHxD, in.)

27-9/16 x 7/8 x 27-9/16

Body Net Weight (lbs.)

Grille (Sold separately) Net Weight (lbs.)

Body Shipping Weight (lbs.)

Grille (Sold separately) Shipping Weight (lbs.)

Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5

4 x 14

Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x Fin / inch) x Number (1 X 8 X 18) X 1

(2 x 8 x 18) x 1

(2 x 10 x 18) x 1

Pipe Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

Vapor (in.)

3/8

1/2

Connection Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

Vapor (in.)

3/8

1/2

Drain O.D. / I.D. (in.)

1-1/4, 1

1Nominal capacity is rated 0 ft. above sea level with a 0 ft. level difference between outdoor and indoor units. All capacities are net with a combination ratio between 95 105%.
Nominal cooling capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 80ºF dry bulb (DB) and 67ºF wet bulb (WB) and outdoor ambient conditions of 95ºF dry bulb (DB) and 75ºF wet bulb (WB). Nominal heating capacity rating obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 70ºF dry bulb (DB) and 60ºF wet bulb (WB) and outdoor ambient conditions of 47ºF dry bulb (DB) and 43ºF wet bulb (WB).
2This unit comes with a dry helium charge.

CEILING-CASSET TE | 137

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Dimensions

MULTI F MAX

Unit: Inch (mm])

2-51/64 4-17/32 (71) (115)

Figure 182:LMCN078HV, LCN098HV4, and LCN128HV4 Dimensions.
9-19/64 (236) 7-61/64 (202)
7-61/64 (202)

5-29/32 (150)

4-17/32 2-51/64 (115) (71)
5-29/32 (150)

Max. Condensate Lift: 27-916 (700) or less

23-5/8 (600) (Ceiling Opening) 20-23/64 (517) (Hanging Bolt)
10-13/64 (259)

7/64 (3)
2-3/4 (70)

63/64 (25)

23-5/8 (600) (Ceiling Opening) 20-23/64 (517) (Hanging Bolt) 10-13/64 (259)

10-13/64 (259) 18-5/32 (461) (Hanging Bolt)

22-7/16 (570)

24-13/32 (620) 14-29/32 (379) (Air Outlet Hole)

14-29/32 (379) (Air Outlet Hole)
24-13/32 (620)

63/64 (25)

7-13/64 (183)
1-11/32 (34)
3-21/32 (93)
6-1/16 (154)

1-3/16 (30)

1-31/32 (50)

5-19/32 (142)

10-13/64 (259) 20-19/32 (523) (Hanging Bolt)

24-13/32 (620)

13121

PT-QCHW0 22-7/16 (570)

138 | CEILING-CASSET TE

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

MULTI F

FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Dimensions

Unit: Inch (mm)

Figure 183:LCN188HV4 Dimensions.

11 (279) 7-61/64 (202)
7-61/64 (202)

6-3/16 2-51/64 (157) (71)

7/64 (3) 2-3/4 (70)
5-29/32 (150)

7-9/16 (192)

Max. Condensate Lift: 27-916 (700) or less

23-5/8 (600) (Ceiling Opening) 20-23/64 (517) (Hanging Bolt) 10-13/64 (259)

63/64 (25)

23-5/8 (600) (Ceiling Opening) 20-23/64 (517) (Hanging Bolt)
10-13/64 (259)

10-13/64 (259) 18-5/32 (461) (Hanging Bolt)
22-7/16 (570) 5-19/32 (142) 1-31/32 (50) 1-3/16 (30)

24-13/32 (620) 14-29/32 (379) (Air Outlet Hole)

14-29/32 (379) (Air Outlet Hole)
24-13/32 (620)

63/64 (25)

7-13/64 (183)
1-11/32 (34) 3-1/2 (89) 6-1/16 (154)

10-13/64 (259) 20-19/32 (523) (Hanging Bolt)

24-13/32 (620)

13121

PT-QCHW0 22-7/16 (570)

CEILING-CASSET TE | 139

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Cooling Capacity Table

MULTI F MAX

Table 74:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

LMCN078HV 7,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

LCN098HV4 9,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

68 / 57

SHC

6.86

4.87

6.86

4.91

6.85

4.95

6.85

4.99

6.84

5.03

6.84

5.06

6.83

5.10

6.83

5.14

6.82

5.18

6.81

5.21

6.81

5.25

6.80

5.29

6.64

5.20

6.48

5.11

6.31

5.02

6.15

4.93

5.98

4.87

5.83

4.74

5.69

4.61

5.54

4.46

5.39

4.32

5.31

4.29

5.28

4.28

8.82

6.31

8.82

6.36

8.81

6.41

8.80

6.46

8.80

6.50

8.79

6.55

8.78

6.60

8.78

6.65

8.77

6.70

8.76

6.75

8.76

6.80

8.75

6.85

8.54

6.73

8.33

6.62

8.12

6.50

7.91

6.37

7.68

6.31

7.50

6.14

7.31

5.97

7.12

5.77

6.94

5.59

6.82

5.55

6.79

5.54

73 / 61

SHC

7.29

5.15

7.28

5.19

7.28

5.23

7.27

5.27

7.27

5.31

7.26

5.35

7.25

5.39

7.25

5.43

7.24

5.47

7.24

5.51

7.23

5.55

7.23

5.59

7.06

5.50

6.90

5.42

6.73

5.33

6.57

5.23

6.39

5.19

6.25

5.05

6.10

4.92

5.96

4.76

5.81

4.63

5.72

4.60

5.69

4.59

9.37

6.66

9.36

6.72

9.36

6.77

9.35

6.82

9.34

6.87

9.33

6.92

9.33

6.97

9.32

7.03

9.31

7.08

9.31

7.13

9.30

7.18

9.29

7.23

9.08

7.12

8.87

7.01

8.66

6.89

8.45

6.77

8.22

6.71

8.03

6.54

7.84

6.37

7.66

6.17

7.47

5.99

7.36

5.96

7.32

5.94

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

7.71

4.99

8.02

5.09

7.71

5.02

8.02

5.13

7.70

5.06

8.01

5.17

7.70

5.10

8.00

5.21

7.69

5.14

8.00

5.25

7.68

5.18

7.99

5.29

7.68

5.22

7.99

5.33

7.67

5.26

7.98

5.37

7.67

5.30

7.97

5.41

7.66

5.33

7.97

5.45

7.66

5.37

7.96

5.49

7.65

5.41

7.95

5.52

7.48

5.33

7.79

5.45

7.32

5.26

7.62

5.38

7.15

5.17

7.46

5.30

6.99

5.09

7.29

5.21

6.81

5.05

7.00

5.10

6.66

4.93

6.91

5.02

6.52

4.81

6.82

4.94

6.37

4.66

6.67

4.79

6.23

4.54

6.53

4.67

6.14

4.52

6.44

4.65

6.11

4.51

6.41

4.64

9.92

6.45

10.31

6.59

9.91

6.50

10.31

6.64

9.90

6.55

10.30

6.69

9.90

6.60

10.29

6.74

9.89

6.65

10.28

6.79

9.88

6.70

10.27

6.84

9.87

6.75

10.27

6.90

9.87

6.80

10.26

6.95

9.86

6.85

10.25

7.00

9.85

6.90

10.24

7.05

9.84

6.95

10.24

7.10

9.84

7.00

10.23

7.15

9.62

6.90

10.01

7.05

9.41

6.80

9.80

6.96

9.20

6.70

9.59

6.85

8.99

6.59

9.37

6.75

8.75

6.54

9.00

6.60

8.57

6.38

8.88

6.50

8.38

6.23

8.77

6.40

8.19

6.03

8.58

6.20

8.01

5.87

8.39

6.05

7.89

5.84

8.28

6.02

7.86

5.83

8.24

6.01

86 / 72

SHC

8.57

5.13

8.56

5.17

8.55

5.21

8.55

5.25

8.54

5.29

8.53

5.33

8.53

5.37

8.52

5.41

8.51

5.45

8.51

5.49

8.50

5.53

8.49

5.57

8.33

5.50

8.16

5.43

7.99

5.36

7.83

5.29

7.64

5.26

7.50

5.14

7.35

5.03

7.21

4.89

7.06

4.77

6.97

4.76

6.94

4.75

11.01

6.64

11.01

6.70

11.00

6.75

10.99

6.80

10.98

6.85

10.97

6.90

10.96

6.95

10.96

7.00

10.95

7.06

10.94

7.11

10.93

7.16

10.92

7.21

10.71

7.12

10.49

7.03

10.28

6.94

10.06

6.84

9.83

6.80

9.64

6.66

9.45

6.51

9.26

6.33

9.08

6.18

8.96

6.15

8.93

6.15

90 / 75

SHC

8.99

5.23

8.99

5.27

8.98

5.31

8.97

5.35

8.97

5.39

8.96

5.43

8.95

5.47

8.94

5.52

8.94

5.56

8.93

5.60

8.92

5.64

8.92

5.68

8.75

5.61

8.58

5.55

8.41

5.48

8.24

5.40

8.06

5.38

7.91

5.27

7.77

5.16

7.62

5.02

7.48

4.90

7.39

4.89

7.36

4.89

11.56

6.77

11.55

6.82

11.54

6.87

11.54

6.93

11.53

6.98

11.52

7.03

11.51

7.09

11.50

7.14

11.49

7.19

11.48

7.24

11.47

7.29

11.47

7.35

11.25

7.26

11.03

7.18

10.82

7.09

10.60

6.99

10.36

6.96

10.17

6.82

9.99

6.68

9.80

6.50

9.61

6.35

9.50

6.33

9.46

6.32

140 | CEILING-CASSET TE

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Cooling Capacity Table

Table 75:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57

SHC

11.76

8.51

11.75

8.57

73 / 61

SHC

12.49

8.99

12.48

9.06

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

13.22

8.70

13.75

8.88

13.21

8.77

13.74

8.95

86 / 72

SHC

14.69

8.96

14.67

9.03

90 / 75

SHC

15.42

9.13

15.40

9.20

11.75

8.64

12.48

9.13

13.20

8.84

13.73

9.02

14.66

9.10

15.39

9.27

11.74

8.71

12.47

9.20

13.19

8.90

13.72

9.09

14.65

9.17

15.38

9.34

11.73

8.77

12.46

9.27

13.18

8.97

13.71

9.16

14.64

9.24

15.37

9.41

11.72

8.84

12.45

9.34

13.17

9.04

13.70

9.23

14.63

9.31

15.36

9.48

11.71

8.90

12.44

9.41

13.16

9.11

13.69

9.30

14.62

9.38

15.35

9.55

11.70

8.97

12.43

9.47

13.15

9.17

13.68

9.37

14.61

9.45

15.33

9.62

11.69

9.03

12.42

9.54

13.14

9.24

13.67

9.44

14.60

9.52

15.32

9.70

11.68

9.10

12.41

9.61

13.13

9.31

13.66

9.50

14.59

9.58

15.31

9.77

LCN128HV4 12,000

65 70 75

11.67

9.17

12.40

9.68

13.12

9.38

13.65

9.57

14.57

9.65

15.30

9.84

11.66

9.23

12.39

9.75

13.11

9.44

13.64

9.64

14.56

9.72

15.29

9.91

11.38

9.08

12.11

9.60

12.83

9.31

13.35

9.51

14.27

9.60

15.00

9.79

11.10

8.92

11.82

9.45

12.55

9.17

13.07

9.38

13.99

9.48

14.71

9.68

10.83

8.76

11.54

9.29

12.26

9.03

12.78

9.24

13.70

9.36

14.42

9.56

10.55

8.60

11.26

9.13

11.98

8.88

12.50

9.10

13.42

9.22

14.13

9.43

10.25

8.51

10.96

9.05

11.67

8.82

12.00

8.90

13.10

9.18

13.81

9.39

100

10.00

8.28

10.71

8.82

11.42

8.61

11.84

8.76

12.85

8.98

13.56

9.20

105

9.75

8.05

10.46

8.59

11.17

8.40

11.69

8.62

12.60

8.78

13.31

9.01

110

9.50

7.77

10.21

8.31

10.92

8.14

11.44

8.37

12.35

8.53

13.07

8.76

115

9.25

7.54

9.96

8.08

10.67

7.92

11.19

8.15

12.10

8.33

12.82

8.56

118

9.10

7.49

9.81

8.03

10.52

7.88

11.04

8.12

11.95

8.30

12.67

8.54

122

9.05

7.47

9.76

8.01

10.48

7.87

10.99

8.11

11.90

8.29

12.62

8.53

17.65

12.33

18.74

13.02

19.84

12.61

20.63

12.88

22.03

12.98

23.12

13.23

17.63

12.43

18.73

13.13

19.82

12.71

20.61

12.98

22.01

13.09

23.11

13.33

17.62

12.52

18.71

13.23

19.81

12.81

20.60

13.08

22.00

13.19

23.09

13.44

17.60

12.62

18.70

13.33

19.79

12.91

20.58

13.18

21.98

13.29

23.07

13.54

17.59

12.71

18.68

13.43

19.78

13.00

20.57

13.28

21.96

13.39

23.05

13.64

17.58

12.81

18.67

13.53

19.76

13.10

20.55

13.38

21.94

13.49

23.04

13.75

17.56

12.90

18.66

13.63

19.75

13.20

20.53

13.48

21.93

13.59

23.02

13.85

17.55

13.00

18.64

13.73

19.73

13.30

20.52

13.58

21.91

13.69

23.00

13.95

17.54

13.10

18.63

13.83

19.72

13.39

20.50

13.68

21.89

13.79

22.98

14.05

17.52

13.19

18.61

13.93

19.70

13.49

20.49

13.78

21.88

13.89

22.97

14.16

LCN188HV4 18,000

65 70 75

17.51 17.50 17.08

13.29 13.38 13.16

18.60 18.58 18.16

14.03 14.13 13.92

19.69 19.67 19.24

13.59 13.69 13.49

20.47 20.46 20.03

13.87 13.97 13.79

21.86 21.84 21.41

13.99 14.09 13.92

22.95 22.93 22.50

14.26 14.36 14.20

16.66

12.93

17.74

13.70

18.82

13.30

19.60

13.60

20.98

13.75

22.06

14.03

16.24

12.70

17.32

13.47

18.40

13.09

19.17

13.40

20.55

13.56

21.63

13.85

15.82

12.46

16.90

13.23

17.97

12.88

18.75

13.19

20.12

13.37

21.20

13.67

15.37

12.33

16.44

13.12

17.51

12.78

18.00

12.90

19.65

13.30

20.72

13.61

100

14.99

12.00

16.06

12.78

17.13

12.47

17.77

12.70

19.28

13.01

20.35

13.33

105

14.62

11.67

15.69

12.45

16.76

12.17

17.53

12.50

18.90

12.73

19.97

13.05

110

14.24

11.27

15.32

12.05

16.39

11.79

17.16

12.13

18.53

12.36

19.60

12.70

115

13.87

10.93

14.94

11.71

16.01

11.48

16.79

11.82

18.15

12.07

19.22

12.41

118

13.65

10.85

14.72

11.64

15.79

11.42

16.56

11.77

17.93

12.03

19.00

12.37

122

13.57

10.83

14.64

11.62

15.71

11.40

16.49

11.75

17.85

12.01

18.92

12.36

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

CEILING-CASSET TE | 141

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Heating Capacity Table

MULTI F MAX

Table 76:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of

Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

-0.4

4.17

4.11

4.07

4.05

3.99

3.82

4.5

4.70

4.64

4.60

4.58

4.52

4.34

5.22

5.17

5.13

5.11

5.05

4.87

5.93

5.87

5.83

5.81

5.75

5.56

6.19

6.13

6.09

6.08

6.02

5.81

6.63

6.57

6.53

6.52

6.46

6.22

7.01

6.96

6.92

6.90

6.84

6.63

LMCN078HV

7,000

7.40

7.34

7.30

7.28

7.22

7.04

7.74

7.68

7.64

7.62

7.56

7.39

8.08

8.02

7.98

7.96

7.90

7.73

8.22

8.16

8.12

8.10

8.04

7.87

8.35

8.29

8.25

8.23

8.17

7.98

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.16

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.20

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.22

8.57

8.51

8.47

8.45

8.39

8.25

-0.4

5.35

5.28

5.23

5.20

5.12

4.90

4.5

6.03

5.95

5.90

5.88

5.80

5.58

6.71

6.63

6.58

6.56

6.48

6.26

7.61

7.54

7.49

7.46

7.39

7.14

7.95

7.88

7.83

7.80

7.72

7.46

8.52

8.44

8.39

8.37

8.29

7.99

9.01

8.93

8.88

8.86

8.78

8.52

LCN098HV4

9,000

9.50

9.42

9.37

9.34

9.27

9.04

9.94

9.86

9.81

9.78

9.71

9.48

10.37

10.30

10.25

10.22

10.15

9.92

10.55

10.48

10.43

10.40

10.32

10.10

10.72

10.64

10.59

10.57

10.49

10.24

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.48

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.52

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.55

11.00

10.93

10.88

10.85

10.78

10.60

142 | CEILING-CASSET TE

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Heating Capacity Table

Table 77:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of

Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

-0.4

7.10

7.00

6.93

6.90

6.80

6.50

4.5

8.00

7.90

7.83

7.80

7.70

7.40

8.90

8.80

8.73

8.70

8.60

8.30

10.10

10.00

9.93

9.90

9.80

9.48

10.55

10.45

10.38

10.35

10.25

9.90

11.30

11.20

11.13

11.10

11.00

10.60

11.95

11.85

11.78

11.75

11.65

11.30

LCN128HV4

12,000

12.60

12.50

12.43

12.40

12.30

12.00

13.18

13.08

13.02

12.98

12.88

12.58

13.77

13.67

13.60

13.57

13.47

13.17

14.00

13.90

13.83

13.80

13.70

13.40

14.23

14.13

14.06

14.03

13.93

13.59

14.60

14.50

14.43

14.40

14.30

13.90

14.60

14.50

14.43

14.40

14.30

13.96

14.60

14.50

14.43

14.40

14.30

14.00

14.60

14.50

14.43

14.40

14.30

14.06

-0.4

10.70

10.55

10.45

10.40

10.25

9.80

4.5

12.06

11.91

11.81

11.76

11.61

11.15

13.41

13.26

13.16

13.11

12.96

12.51

15.22

15.07

14.97

14.92

14.77

14.29

15.90

15.75

15.65

15.60

15.45

14.92

17.03

16.88

16.78

16.73

16.58

15.98

18.01

17.86

17.76

17.71

17.56

17.03

LCN188HV4

18,000

18.99

18.84

18.74

18.69

18.54

18.09

19.87

19.72

19.62

19.57

19.42

18.97

20.75

20.60

20.50

20.45

20.30

19.85

21.10

20.95

20.85

20.80

20.65

20.20

21.44

21.29

21.19

21.14

20.99

20.48

22.01

21.86

21.75

21.70

21.55

20.95

22.01

21.86

21.75

21.70

21.55

21.04

22.01

21.86

21.75

21.70

21.55

21.10

22.01

21.86

21.75

21.70

21.55

21.20

CEILING-CASSET TE | 143

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual Octave Band Sound Pressure Level (dB re 20Pa) Sound Pressure Level (dB re 20uPa)

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Acoustic Data

MULTI F MAX

Figure 184:Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.
Ceiling 4.9 ft.
Microphone

· Measurement taken 4.9 away from the unit. · Measurements taken with no attenuation and units operating at full
load normal operating condition.
· Sound level will vary depending on a range of factors such as construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of particular area in which the equipment is installed.
· Sound power levels are measured in dB(A).
· Tested in anechoic chamber per ISO Standard 3745.

Table 78:Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating)

High Fan Speed

Medium Fan Speed

Low Fan Speed

LMCN078HV

LCN098HV4

LCN128HV4

LCN188HV4

Figure 185:LMCN078HV and LCN098HV4 Sound Pressure Level Diagrams.

LMCN078HV
80

LCN098HV4
90

NC-65 60
NC-60
NC-55 50
NC-50
NC-45 40
NC-40
NC-35 30
NC-30

Approximate

Hearing

Threshold

125

250 500 1000 2000 4000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

NC-25
NC-20 NC-15 8000

70 60 50 40 30 20 10
63

NC-70

NC-65 NC-60 NC-55 NC-50 NC-45 NC-40 NC-35

NC-30

NC-25 NC-20

NC-15

125

250

500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)

144 | CEILING-CASSET TE

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Acoustic Data

Figure 186:LCN128HV4 and LCN188HV4 Sound Pressure Level Diagrams.

LCN128HV4
80

LCN188HV4

Sound pressure level (0 dB = 20 µPa)

NC-65 60
NC-60
NC-55 50
NC-50
NC-45 40
NC-40
NC-35 30
NC-30

NC-25

Approximate Hearing

NC-20

Threshold 10

NC-15

63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000

Octave band center frequency (Hz)

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

CEILING-CASSET TE | 145

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution

MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Figure 187:LMCN078HV Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.
Cooling
Discharge angle: 40°
Air velocity [ft/s]

Discharge angle: 50° Air velocity [ft/s]

Heating

9f t

6.6

4.9

7f t

3.3

3f t

1.6

9f t

6.6

4.9

7f t

3.3

1.6

3f t

0f t

8f t

5f t

0f t

5 ft

8 ft

0f t

8f t

5f t

0f t

5 ft

8 ft

Temperature [°F]
9f t

7f t

3f t

Temperature [°F]

81 75

9f t
70 7f t 64
3f t

75 0f t

8f t

5f t

0f t

5 ft

8 ft

0f t

8f t

5f t

0f t

5 ft

8 ft

Figure 188:LCN098HV4 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.

Cooling
Discharge angle: 40°

Discharge angle: 50°

Air velocity [ft/s]

Heatin g

9ft

6.6

7ft

4.9

3.3

1.6

8ft

5ft

3.3

1.6

0ft

5ft

3ft 0ft 8ft

9ft

6.6

4.9

7ft

3.3

1.6

3ft

0ft

8ft

5ft

0ft

5ft

8ft

Temperature [°F]

9ft

7ft

3ft

Temperature [°F]

81 75 70

91 86

9ft 91

7ft

81 75 70

3ft

0ft

8ft

5ft

0ft

5ft

8ft

0ft

8ft

5ft

0ft

5ft

8ft

146 | CEILING-CASSET TE

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution

Figure 189:LCN128HV4 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.
Cooling

Discharge angle: 40°

Discharge angle: 50°

Air velocity [ft/s]

Heating

9ft

6.6

7ft

4.6

3.3

3ft

1.6

0ft

8ft

5ft

0ft

5ft

8ft

9ft

6.6

7ft

4.6

3ft

3.3

1.6

8ft

5ft

1.6

0ft

5ft

8ft

Temperature [°F]

9ft 64 64

7ft

3ft

0ft

8ft

5ft

0ft

5ft

8ft

Temperature [°F]

9ft

7ft

75 75
3ft

0ft

8ft

5ft

0ft

5ft

8ft

Figure 190:LCN188HV4 Air Velocity and Temperature Distribution Charts.

Discharge angle : 40°

Cooling

Discharge angle : 50°

Heatin g

Air velocity [ft/s]
6.6 4.9 3.3 1.6

6.6
4.9 3.3 1.6

13ft

10ft

7ft

3ft

0ft

3ft

7ft

9ft 7ft

3ft

0ft

10ft

13ft

Air velocity [ft/s]

6.6 4.9 3.3 1.6

6.6 4.9
3.3 1.6

13ft

10ft

7ft

3ft

0ft

3ft

7ft

9ft 7ft

3ft

0ft

10ft

13ft

Temperature [°F]

64 68
72

13ft

10ft

7ft

3ft

0ft

3ft

7ft

9ft 7ft

3ft

0ft

10ft

13ft

Temperature [°F]
70 75

91 86
81

91 86
81 75

13ft

10ft

7ft

3ft

0ft

3ft

7ft

9ft
7ft 70
3ft

0ft

10ft

13ft

CEILING-CASSET TE | 147

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Refrigerant Flow Diagram

MULTI F MAX

Figure 191:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit Refrigerant Flow Diagram.
Heat exchanger Heating

Gas pipe connection port (flare connection)

Cooling

Turbo fan M

Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor
Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor
Liquid pipe connection port (flare connection)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Table 79:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Sizes.

Model No.

Vapor (inch)

Liquid (inch)

LMCN078HV

LCN098HV4

Ø3/8

Ø1/4

LCN128HV4

LCN188HV4

Ø1/2

Table 80:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Connections.

Model No.

Vapor (inch)

Liquid (inch)

LMCN078HV

LCN098HV4

Ø3/8

Ø1/4

LCN128HV4

LCN188HV4

Ø1/2

Table 81:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

PCB Connector

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

CN-ROOM

Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/IN

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/OUT

148 | CEILING-CASSET TE

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Wiring Diagram

Figure 192:Multi F Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette Indoor Unit Wiring Diagram.

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

CEILING-CASSET TE | 149

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Factory Supplied Parts and Materials

MULTI F MAX

Factory Supplied Parts

Table 82: Parts Table.

Part

Quantity

Image

Drain Hose One (1)

Part

Quantity

Zip Ties

Four (4)

Image

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Metal Clamp

Two (2)

Conduit Bracket

One (1)

Insulation for Fittings

One (1) Set

For Vapor Piping For Liquid Piping

M4 Screws Two (2)

Washer for Hanging Bracket

Eight (8)

Wireless Handheld Controller with Holder (AKB73757604)1

One (1)

1Wireless Handheld Controller for the four-way ceiling cassette indoor units is also referenced by Model No. PQWRHQ0FDB.

Table 83:Required Accessory Table. Part

Quantity

Image

Grille Kit (PT-QCHW0)

One (1)

Factory Supplied Materials
· Installation Guide (template) · Owner's Manual · Installation Manual
WARNING

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill · Flaring tool set

· Torque wrenches · Hexagonal wrench · Gas-leak detector · Thermometer

150 | CEILING-CASSET TE

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Installation and Best Layout Practices

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

11-13/16 inches

Figure 193:Indoor Unit Clearance Requirements.

13/32 inches

11-13/16 inches

Ceiling Ceiling Tile
19-11/16 inches

39-3/8 inches H = 6 feet to 12 feet

Ceiling Tile 19-11/16
inches Floor

Installing in a High or Dropped Ceiling High or dropped ceilings, often found in commercial buildings and offices, will cause a wide temperature differentiation. To countermeasure:
· Change the indoor unit mode selection to allow for higher ceilings (see table).
· Install an air circulator.
· Set the air discharge outlet so that heated air flows in a downward direction.
· Use a dual door system to protect the building gate or exit.

Table 84:Indoor Unit High Ceiling Mode Selection Options.

Ceiling Height

Mode Selection

7-1/2 feet

Low Ceiling

7-1/2 feet to 8-7/8 feet

Standard

8-7/8 feet to 10-3/16 feet

High Ceiling

10-3/16 feet to 11-13/16 feet

Very High Ceiling

Installing in an Area Exposed to Unconditioned Air

In some installation applications, areas (floors, walls) in some rooms will be exposed to unconditioned air (room will be above or next to an unheated garage or storeroom). To countermeasure:

· Verify that carpet is or will be installed (carpet will increase the temperature by three (3) degrees).

· Add insulation between the floor joists.

· Install radiant heat or another type of heating system to the floor.

Figure 194:Installing in a Highly Humid Location.

Ventilation Grille

CEILING-CASSET TE | 151

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MAX

Installing Multiple Indoor Units in One Area Ensure there is enough space between indoor units, lighting fixtures, and ventilation fans / systems.

Figure 195:Installing Multiple Indoor Units.

Indoor unit

Ventilator

Lighting

>59-1/16 inches >78-25/32 inches

>118-5/32 inches

Indoor unit

Preparing the Installation Area and Hanging the Indoor Unit Frame

Preparing the Installation Area

Figure 196:Ceiling Opening Dimensions and Bolt Locations.

1. Installation guide (template) depicts the exact dimensions necessary for the ceiling opening.

23-1/16 inches ~ 26 inches (Ceiling Opening)

2. Choose the location for the indoor unit, and then mark where the bolts, refrigerant piping, and drain hose must be. Suspension bolt angle must account for drain direction.

20-3/8 inches

3. Drill holes for the bolts. Use either a W 3/8 inch or a M10 size bolt.

22-15/32 inches Unit Size

For easier installation, attach the accessories (except for the decoration panel) before hanging the indoor unit.

18-5/32 inches

20-19/32 inches
12-9/16 inches 22-15/32 inches Unit Size
20-3/8 inches 23-1/16 inches ~ 26 inches (Ceiling Opening)

Figure 197:Installing the Hanging Bolt in the Ceiling. Ceiling Anchor Long nut or turnbuckle
Suspension bolt
Ceiling tile

Figure 198:Installation Diagram.
Ceiling
Leave 1-9/16 inches of the bolt beneath the bracket

7-3/32 inches

Ceiling tile

Indoor Unit

Ceiling tile

Leave a space of 1-3/16 inches ± 1/8 inches between the bottom of the indoor unit and the ceiling

Installation Guide (template)

Install the four screws at the location marked on the template
Open the ceiling tiles that are along the outside edge of the installation guide.

152 | CEILING-CASSET TE

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Installation and Best Layout Practices

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

For New Ceilings

Figure 199:Hanging the Indoor Unit.

1. Use a sunken insert, a sunken anchor, or any other field-supplied part to reinforce the ceiling so that it can bear the weight of the indoor unit. Use a temporary washer plate to more easily set up the unit suspension location.
2. Ceiling height is shown on the side of the installation guide (template). Adjust the height of the unit accordingly. Adjust the clearance before hanging the indoor unit.

Hanging bolt (W3/8 or M10)
Nut (W3/8 or M10)

Flat washer for M10 (field supplied)

3. Refer to the installation guide (template) for the dimensions to the ceiling opening.

Spring washer

Match the center of the indoor unit (labeled) to the center indicated on the installation

(M10)

guide.

4. Align the installation guide (template) with the label attached to the unit (affixing the template to the unit if desired) to properly place the unit.
5. Remove the temporary washer plate and position the indoor unit hanger brackets on the bolts. Secure with nuts and washers on the top and bottom of the hanger

Flat washer for M10 (field supplied)
Nut (W3/8 or M10)

brackets.

6. Ceiling-cassette indoor units are equipped with a built-in drain pump and float switch, therefore, the unit must be installed horizontally or

condensate will drip out and cause product malfunction. Measure the unit at each corner to verify that it is level.

7. Remove the installation guide (template).

For Existing Ceilings 1. Use anchors when installing the indoor unit in an existing ceiling.
2. Ceiling height is shown on the side of the installation guide (template). Adjust the height of the unit accordingly. Adjust the clearance before hanging the indoor unit.
3. Remove the temporary washer plate and position the indoor unit hanger brackets on the bolts. Secure with nuts and washers on the top and bottom of the hanger brackets.
4. Ceiling-cassette indoor units are equipped with a built-in drain pump and float switch, therefore, the unit must be installed horizontally or condensate will drip out and cause product malfunction. Measure the unit at each corner to verify that it is level.
5. Remove the installation guide (template).

Installing the Drain System
· Drain piping must have downward gradient of at least 1/50 to 1/100; to prevent reverse flow, slope must not be straight up and down.
· Do not damage the drain port on the indoor unit when connecting the field-supplied drain piping.
· Drain piping specifications: - Indoor Unit Drain Connection: 1-1/4 inch outside diameter. - Field-Supplied Drain Piping: Polyvinyl chloride piping with 1-inch inside diameter and pipe fittings.

Figure 200:Indoor Unit Drain Piping.
1/50~ 1/100
<27-1/2 inches (7~12MBh) <31-1/2 inches (18MBh)

Checking the Drain Pump
The unit uses a drain pump to remove condensate. The pump must be tested before the system operates.
· Connect flexible drain hose to the field-installed drain piping; leave it as is until the test is complete.
· Pour water into the flexible drain hose and check for leaks. · After power wiring installation is complete, operate the drain pump to see if it sounds
and functions properly. · After the test is complete, connect the flexible drain hose to the indoor unit drain port.

Figure 201:Checking the Drain Pump.

Pour Water

Flexible drain hose (accessory)
Field-Installed Drain Piping

Drain Pump

Drain

Port

Glue the Joint

Drain Hose Connection Use the clip (accessory)

Drain Pan

CEILING-CASSET TE | 153

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MAX

Insulating the Refrigerant and Drain Piping

Figure 202:Insulating the Piping.

Insulation for Refrigerant Piping (Field-Supplied) Insulation for Field-Installed Piping
(Field-Supplied)
Overlap the Insulation at the Connection
Ensure no gaps are present.

Installing the Insulation 1. Overlap the insulation at the connection of the field-installed piping and the indoor unit piping. Tape together so that no gaps exist. 2. Secure insulation to the rear piping housing section with vinyl tape. 3. Bundle the piping and drain hose with tape where they meet at the back of the indoor unit frame. Position the drain hose at the bottom of
the bundle (positioning the drain hose at the top of the bundle will cause the drain pan to overflow inside the indoor unit).
Power Wiring / Communications Cable Guidelines
· Follow manufacturer's circuit diagrams in the technical manuals. · Confirm power source specifications. · Confirm that the electrical capacity is sufficient. · Starting current must be maintained ±10 percent of the rated current marked on the outdoor unit name plate. · Confirm cable thickness specifications. · It is required that a circuit breaker is installed, especially if conditions could become wet or moist. · Include a disconnect in the power wiring system, add an air gap contact separation of at least 1/8 inch in each active (phase) conductor.

Loose wiring will cause unit to malfunction, overheat, and catch fire, resulting in severe injury or death.

154 | CEILING-CASSET TE

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Installation and Best Layout Practices

Connecting the Power Wiring and Communications Cable
1. To access the terminal block, open the control box cover.

2. Insert the power wiring / communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) through the sides of the indoor unit and control box. Pass the wiring through the designated access holes to prevent damage. To prevent electromagnetic interference and product malfunction, leave a space between the power wiring and communications cable outside of the indoor unit.

4. Neatly arrange power wiring / communications cable and secure with the appropriate
cable restraint. When clamping, do not apply force to the wiring connections.

5. Firmly reattach the control box cover. Do not catch the wiring in the electric box cover and make sure the cover firmly closes.

6. Fill in any gaps around the wiring access holes with sealant to prevent foreign particles from entering the indoor unit.

Figure 204:Simplified View of Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Connections.

GND Indoor Unit Terminal Block
1(L1) 2(L2) 3

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block
(Multi F MAX Systems Only)
3 or S

GND

Figure 203:Power Wiring and Communications Cable Connection Access.

Control Box Cover

Power Wiring
Wired Controller Cabel
Control Box Cover Screws

Wiring / Cable Connections

GRN / YLW BR
BL RD

Using a Conduit

Figure 205:Using a Conduit.

1. Remove the rubber stopper on the indoor unit. Pass the power wiring / communications cable

through the conduit, the conduit mounting plate, and to / through the control panel of the indoor unit.

Rubber Stopper

2. Tighten the conduit and the conduit mounting plate together.

3. Connect the power wiring / communications cable to the indoor unit terminal block. 4. Screw the conduit mounting plate to the indoor unit.

Conduit Bracket Screws

Cable Conduit

If the distance between the outdoor unit and indoor unit is greater than 131 feet, connect the power wiring and communications cable separately (i.e., a conduit cannot be used).

Ceiling cassette 4-way _ 19

CEILING-CASSET TE | 155

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
BR BL RD

Controller Options

Four-way ceiling-concealed indoor units include a wireless handheld controller (AKB73757604)1, but optional LG-supplied wired controllers are available. Wireless Handheld Controller

Figure 206:AKB73757604 Wireless Handheld Controller.

Table 85:AKB737576041 Wireless Handheld Controller Functions.2

Button Label

Description

1 Vane Angle Button: Sets the angle to each vane.

Function Setting Button: Sets or clears auto clean, smart clean, electric heater, or individual vane angle control functions.

3 On / Off Button: Turns the power on/off.

Jet Cool: Sets the unit to super high fan speed when in cooling mode.

Left / Right Air Flow Button (optional): Sets the desired left / right (horizontal) air flow direction.

Up / Down Air flow Button: Stops or starts louver movement, and sets the desired air flow direction to up or down.

7 On Time Button: Sets the time when the operation begins.

4
5 6
7 8

13 Operation Mode Sequence Cooling Mode
14 Auto Mode/Changeover
15

8 Sleep Timer Button: Sets the sleep mode operation.

Set / Clear Button: Sets or cancels the timer, also sets the current time.

10 Plasma Button: Starts or stops plasma-purification functions.

Room Temperature Setting Button: Raises or lowers temperature setpoint in cooling and heating operation.

16 Dehumidification Mode

12 Operation mode selection button: Selects the operation mode.

17 Heating Mode

Indoor Fan Speed Button: Changes the fan speed to one of four choices: low, medium, high, and chaos.

Fan Mode

Room Temperature Check Button: Displays / checks the room temperature.

15 Off Timer button: Sets the time when the operation ends.

Time Setting (Up / Down) / Light Button: Sets the timer and adjusts the brightness of the LED.

17 Reset Button: Resets the remote controller.

1Wireless Handheld Controller for the four-way ceiling cassette indoor units is also referenced by Model No. PQWRHQ0FDB.

2Depending on the indoor unit model, some functions will not be supported or displayed.

Figure 207:PZCWRC1 LG Wired Remote Extension Cable.

TEMP

FAN SPEED

OPER MODE

Verify the connectors are properly inserted. C/BOX Cable (Plug type)

Extension cable

To Indoor Unit CN-REMO Terminal

Figure 208:Wired Controller Connections on the Indoor Unit Terminal Block.

CN-REMO

GND
1(L) 2(N) 3

To Wired Controller

YL Comm.
(S)

RD 12V Power

BK Ground

Connections on Wired Controller

156 | CEILING-CASSET TE

F MULTI

FOUR-WAY CEILING CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS

MULTI F MAX

Installation and Best Layout Practices

Figure 209:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

Do not install the remote controller where it can be impacted by the following: · Drafts or dead spots behind doors and in corners · Hot or cold air from ducts · Radiant heat from sun or appliances · Concealed pipes and chimneys · Uncontrolled areas such as an outside wall behind the remote controller

TEMP Rem ot e Cont roller
NO

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

Hanging the Wired Controller 1. The controller wiring / cable can be installed in one of three direc-
tions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and then position wiring / cable on applicable side.
2. Choose and mark the area of installation, and then screw the wall plate into place (using the provided parts). Install the controller wall plate to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no gaps exist between the wall plate and the wall itself.
3. Arrange wiring / cables so as not to interfere with the controller circuitry. Position the wired controller on the wall plate. Snap into place by pressing the bottom part of the wired controller onto the wall plate. Make sure that no gaps exist between the wired controller and the wall plate on all sides.

Figure 210:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

Back

Right

Side

Right

Side

Figure 211:Attaching the Wall Plate.

Figure 212:Installing / Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

Removing the Controller

Wall

Four-Way Ceiling-Cassette

CEILING-CASSET TE | 157

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

F FOUR-WAY CEILING-CASSETTE INDOOR UNITS MULTI

Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MAX

Finalizing Indoor Unit Installation-- Installing the Decoration Panel

Decoration panel must be installed properly; cool air will leak from any gaps found between the indoor unit frame and the decoration panel, which will cause condensation to generate.

1. Remove the packaging, take out air inlet grille from the front panel (1A), and then remove the corner covers of the panel (1B).
2. Attach the panel to the indoor frame by inserting the hooks as shown (2).
3. Attach two screws on diagonal corners of each panel, but do not tighten completely (3). Screws to attach the panel to
the indoor unit frame are factory-provided and can be found in the shipping box.
4. Verify the panel is aligned with the ceiling. Adjust the height by using the hanging bolts as shown (4).

Figure 213:Installing the Decoration Panel.

Grille Corner Cover

Hook clip

5. Attach the corner covers (5).

Hook

6. Unscrew the control panel cover (6).

7. Connect the one display connector (CN-DISPLAY) and the two vane control connectors (CN-VANE1, CN-VANE2) of the front

panel to the indoor unit PCB (7).

8. Close the control box cover. Attach the link on the front panel as shown (8). The link is supplied in the front panel shipping package.

9. Attach the other side of the link on the filter guide of the air inlet

grille, then install the filter and the air inlet grille on the front panel (9).

Figure 214:Ensure that no gaps are present between the indoor unit frame and the decoration panel.
Screw
Indoor Unit

Ceiling Tile
Decoration panel Insulation should fit tightly so that cool air does not leak

8
Link

9
Link

CN VANE 1,2

CN DISP

Filter guide

158 | CEILING-CASSET TE

FOUR-WAY VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL AIR HANDLING INDOOR UNIT DATA
"Mechanical Specifications" on page 160 "General Data / Specifications" on page 161 "Dimensions" on page 162 "Cooling Capacity Table" on page 163 "Heating Capacity Table" on page 165 "External Static Pressure" on page 167 "Heater Capacities" on page 169 "Acoustic Data" on page 170 "Refrigerant Flow Diagram" on page 172 "Wiring Diagram" on page 173 "Factory Supplied Parts and Materials" on page 175 "Installation and Best Layout Practices" on page 176

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Mechanical Specifications and Features

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Four-way Vertical-Horizontal Air Handing Indoor Unit
General All LG indoor units are factory assembled, wired, piped, and provided with a control circuit board, and constant CFM ECM fan. VerticalHorizontal Air Handling units are designed for high-speed air volume against an external static pressure up to 0.7WG. Supply air opening is flanged to accept field-installed ductwork that cannot exceed the external static pressure limit of the unit.
Coil Indoor unit coils are factory built and are comprised of aluminum fins mechanically bonded to copper tubing. Each unit has a minimum of two rows of coils, which are pressure tested at the factory. Each unit is provided with a factory installed condensate drain pan below the coil.
Refrigerant System System is designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The refrigeration circuit is pressure-tested at the factory and shipped with a holding charge of helium gas. Refrigerant pipe connections are 45° flare, and all refrigerant lines from the outdoor unit to the indoor units must be field insulated.
Electrical Each indoor unit is designed to operate using 208230/60/1 power with voltage variances of ±10%.
Casing The casing is designed to mount fully concealed behind a wall or above a finished ceiling. Casing is manufactured of 22-gauge metal and finished with a high-gloss baked enamel finish. Cold surfaces of the unit are covered internally with 1/2-inch polystyrene fiber insulation; inside surface of the pan assembly door access panel is treated with 1/2-inch polystyrene fiber insulation, encapsulated on both sides. The access panel is sealed along the edges with reinforced foil-faced covering, all access panels also have gasket seals to minimize air leaks. The vertical-horizontal air handling unit can operate in one of four airflow configurations: vertical upflow, vertical downflow, horizontal left discharge, or horizontal right discharge. Vertical downflow operation requires an optional conversion kit. In the vertical position, the unit has an opening for supply air from top (or bottom) with a dedicated bottom (or top) vertical return. In the horizontal position, supply air is from the left (or right) end with the return air from the right (or left) end. Unit can also accept an internal, optional LG electrical strip heater.

Fan Assembly and

Figure 215: Multi F Vertical-Horizontal

Control

Air Handling Indoor Unit.

The units have an integral

fan assembly consisting of

galvanized steel housing and a

forward curve fan wheel. The ECM

(electronically commutated motor)

fan is programmed to deliver con-

stant CFM regardless of permitted

ESP (external static pressure),

and has permanently lubricated

and sealed ball bearings. The

fan / motor assembly is mounted

on vibration-attenuating rubber

grommets. Fan speed is controlled

using a microprocessor-based

direct digital control algorithm. The

indoor fan has Low, Med, High,

and Auto settings for Cooling

mode; and has Low, Med, High,

and Auto settings for Heating

mode. Low, Med and High fan

speeds maintain published airflow

as the ECM motor adjusts to ESP. The Auto setting adjusts the fan

speed to most effectively achieve setpoint.

Filter Assembly
The unit comes with a filter rack sized to hold a field-provided 16" x 20" x 1" filter cartridge. The filter rack has a guide to assist in centering the filters, and can be accessed from the front.

Microprocessor Control
The indoor unit is provided with an integrated control board to communicate with the outdoor unit. All unit operation parameters are stored in non-volatile memory resident on the unit microprocessor. The microprocessor controls space temperature through using the value provided by temperature sensors within the indoor unit. A field-supplied communication cable must be installed to connect the indoor unit(s) to the outdoor unit.

Controls
The indoor unit controller of choice must be ordered separately. Communication between the indoor units and the outdoor unit is accomplished through 14 AWG, four-core, stranded and shielded power / communication cable. The indoor unit has a built-in dry contact for a field supplied 3rd party thermostat. An optional Wi-Fi module is available as an additional accessory for use with LG's SmartThinQ app on a smart device.

Features
· Inverter (Variable speed fan) · Control lock function · Auto operation · Dehumidifying function
160 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

Condensate The unit is designed for gravity draining of condensate.

· Two thermistor control · Group control · Optional accessory electric heater · Self-diagnostics function

· Built-in dry contact for third party thermostat
· Wired controller ordered separately · Constant CFM ECM fan

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
General Data / Specifications

Table 86: Multi F Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Unit General Data.

Model Name

LVN181HV4

LVN241HV4

LVN361HV4

Nominal Cooling Capacity (Btu/h)1

18,000

24,000

36,000

Nominal Heating Capacity (Btu/h)1

20,000

27,000

40,000

Operating Range

Cooling (°F WB)

57-77

Heating (°F DB)

59-81

Fan

Type

Sirocco

Motor Output (W) x Qty.

250 x 1

Motor/Drive

ECM (Electronically

Commutated Motor) / Direct Commutated Motor) / Direct Commutated Motor) / Direct

Airflow Rate CFM (H/M/L)

640 / 580 / 480

710 / 640 / 480

990 / 880 / 800

Maximum External Static Pressure (in. WG)

0.7

Unit Data

Refrigerant Type2

R410A

Refrigerant Control

EEV

Power Supply V, Ø, Hz3

208-230, 1, 60

Rated Amps (A)

1.1

Sound Pressure Level dB(A) (H/M/L)4 at 0.3"WG ESP

35 / 33 / 30

36 / 34 / 30

44 / 41 / 39

Dimensions (W x H x D, in.)

18 x 48-11/16 x 21-1/4

Net Weight (lbs.)

123.5

129

Shipping Weight (lbs.)

135.1

140

Power Wiring / Communications Cable (No. x AWG)5

4 x 14

Heat Exchanger (Row x Column x Fin / inch) x Number

(2x24x18)x2

(3x24x18)x2

Pipe Size

Liquid (in.)

1/4

3/8

Vapor (in.)

1/2

5/8

Connection Size

Liquid (in.)

3/8

Vapor (in.)

5/8

Primary Drain I.D. (in.)

3/4 FPT

Secondary Drain I.D. (in.)

3/4 FPT

3Acceptable operating voltage: 187V-253V.
4Sound pressure levels are tested in an anechoic chamber under ISO Standard 3745 and are the same in both cooling and heating mode. These values can increase due to ambient conditions during operation.
5All power wiring / communications cable to the IDUs must be minimum 14 AWG, 4-conductor, stranded, shielded or unshielded (if shielded, must be grounded to chassis at ODU only) and must comply with applicable local and national codes.

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 161

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Dimensions
Figure 216: Four-way Vertical Air Handling Unit Dimensions.

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

162 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

Table 87: Multi F Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table.

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

LVN181HV4 18,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

LVN241HV4 24,000

65 70 75

100

105

110

115

118

122

68 / 57

SHC

13.25 13.35 13.45 13.56 13.66 13.76 13.87 13.97 14.07 14.17 14.27 14.38 14.14 13.90 13.64 13.39 13.25 12.89 12.54 12.11 11.75 11.66 11.63 17.89 18.03 18.17 18.31 18.45 18.59 18.73 18.87 19.00 19.14 19.28 19.42 19.10 18.77 18.43 18.08 17.89 17.41 16.93 16.35 15.86 15.75 15.71

73 / 61

SHC

13.99 14.10 14.21 14.32 14.43 14.54 14.65 14.75 14.86 14.97 15.08 15.19 14.96 14.72 14.47 14.22 14.09 13.74 13.38 12.95 12.58 12.51 12.48 18.90 19.05 19.20 19.34 19.49 19.64 19.78 19.93 20.07 20.22 20.37 20.51 20.20 19.88 19.55 19.21 19.03 18.55 18.07 17.49 17.00 16.89 16.86

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

13.55 13.65 13.76 13.87 13.97 14.08 14.18 14.29 14.39 14.50 14.60 14.70 14.50 14.29 14.06 13.84 13.73 13.40 13.08 12.67 12.34 12.27 12.25 18.30 18.44 18.59 18.73 18.87 19.01 19.15 19.30 19.44 19.58 19.72 19.86 19.58 19.30 18.99 18.69 18.55 18.10 17.66 17.12 16.66 16.58 16.55

13.83 13.94 14.05 14.16 14.27 14.37 14.48 14.59 14.69 14.80 14.91 15.01 14.81 14.61 14.39 14.17 13.86 13.65 13.43 13.03 12.70 12.64 12.62 18.69 18.83 18.98 19.12 19.27 19.41 19.56 19.70 19.85 19.99 20.13 20.28 20.01 19.73 19.44 19.14 18.72 18.43 18.14 17.60 17.15 17.07 17.05

86 / 72

SHC

13.95 14.06 14.17 14.28 14.39 14.49 14.60 14.71 14.82 14.93 15.03 15.14 14.96 14.77 14.57 14.36 14.29 13.98 13.67 13.29 12.97 12.92 12.91 18.84 18.99 19.14 19.28 19.43 19.58 19.72 19.87 20.01 20.16 20.30 20.45 20.20 19.95 19.68 19.40 19.30 18.88 18.47 17.94 17.51 17.46 17.44

90 / 75

SHC

14.22 14.33 14.44 14.55 14.66 14.77 14.88 14.99 15.10 15.21 15.32 15.43 15.25 15.07 14.88 14.69 14.62 14.32 14.02 13.64 13.33 13.29 13.28 19.20 19.35 19.50 19.65 19.80 19.95 20.10 20.24 20.39 20.54 20.69 20.84 20.60 20.36 20.10 19.84 19.75 19.35 18.94 18.42 18.00 17.96 17.94

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 163

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Cooling Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 95: Multi F Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Units Cooling Capacity Table - continued

Model No. / Nominal Capacity
of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

Outdoor Air Temp. (°F DB)

68 / 57

SHC

73 / 61

SHC

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB / °F WB

77 / 64

80 / 67

SHC

86 / 72

SHC

90 / 75

SHC

35.29

27.18

37.48

28.71

39.67

27.80

41.26

28.39

44.06

28.63

46.25

29.17

35.26

27.39

37.45

28.94

39.64

28.02

41.23

28.61

44.02

28.85

46.21

29.40

35.24

27.61

37.43

29.16

39.61

28.24

41.19

28.83

43.99

29.07

46.18

29.62

35.21

27.82

37.40

29.39

39.58

28.45

41.16

29.05

43.96

29.30

46.14

29.85

35.18

28.03

37.37

29.61

39.55

28.67

41.13

29.27

43.92

29.52

46.11

30.08

35.16

28.24

37.34

29.83

39.52

28.88

41.10

29.49

43.89

29.74

46.07

30.30

35.13

28.45

37.31

30.05

39.49

29.10

41.07

29.71

43.86

29.96

46.04

30.53

35.10

28.66

37.28

30.28

39.46

29.32

41.04

29.93

43.82

30.19

46.00

30.76

35.08

28.87

37.25

30.50

39.43

29.53

41.01

30.15

43.79

30.41

45.97

30.98

35.05

29.08

37.23

30.72

39.40

29.74

40.97

30.37

43.76

30.63

45.93

31.21

LVN361HV4 18,000

65 70 75

35.02 34.99 34.15

29.29 29.50 29.01

37.20 37.17 36.32

30.94 31.16 30.69

39.37 39.34 38.49

29.96 30.17 29.75

40.94 40.91 40.05

30.59 30.81 30.40

43.72 43.69 42.82

30.85 31.07 30.69

45.90 45.86 44.99

31.43 31.66 31.30

33.31

28.52

35.47

30.20

37.64

29.31

39.20

29.98

41.96

30.30

44.12

30.93

32.48

28.00

34.63

29.70

36.79

28.86

38.35

29.53

41.10

29.89

43.26

30.54

31.64

27.47

33.79

29.18

35.94

28.39

37.50

29.08

40.25

29.48

42.40

30.14

30.74

27.18

32.88

28.92

35.02

28.17

36.00

28.44

39.30

29.32

41.44

30.01

100

29.99

26.45

32.13

28.19

34.27

27.50

35.53

28.00

38.55

28.69

40.69

29.39

105

29.24

25.72

31.38

27.46

33.52

26.83

35.07

27.56

37.80

28.06

39.94

28.78

110

28.49

24.84

30.63

26.57

32.77

26.00

34.32

26.74

37.05

27.26

39.20

27.99

115

27.74

24.10

29.88

25.82

32.02

25.31

33.57

26.05

36.31

26.61

38.45

27.35

118

27.29

23.93

29.43

25.66

31.57

25.19

33.12

25.94

35.86

26.52

38.00

27.28

122

27.14

23.87

29.28

25.61

31.43

25.14

32.97

25.90

35.71

26.49

37.85

27.25

TC = Total Capacity (kBtu/h).

SHC: Sensible Heat Capacity (kBtu/h).

The shaded table columns and rows indicate reference data. When operating at this temperature, these values can be different if the system is not running consistently.

164 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Heating Capacity Table

Table 88: Multi F Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table.

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

61 TC

64 TC

68 TC

70 TC

72 TC

75 TC

-0.4

10.29

10.14

10.05

10.00

9.86

9.42

4.5

11.59

11.45

11.35

11.30

11.16

10.72

12.90

12.75

12.66

12.61

12.46

12.03

14.64

14.49

14.40

14.35

14.20

13.74

15.29

15.14

15.05

15.00

14.86

14.35

16.38

16.23

16.14

16.09

15.94

15.36

17.32

17.17

17.08

17.03

16.88

16.38

LVN181HV4

18,000

18.26

18.12

18.02

17.97

17.83

17.39

19.11

18.96

18.86

18.82

18.67

18.24

19.95

19.81

19.71

19.66

19.52

19.08

20.29

20.14

20.05

20.00

19.86

19.42

20.62

20.47

20.37

20.33

20.18

19.69

21.16

21.01

20.92

20.87

20.72

20.14

21.16

21.01

20.92

20.87

20.72

20.24

21.16

21.01

20.92

20.87

20.72

20.29

21.16

21.01

20.92

20.87

20.72

20.38

-0.4

13.89

13.70

13.57

13.50

13.30

12.72

4.5

15.65

15.46

15.33

15.26

15.07

14.48

17.41

17.22

17.09

17.02

16.83

16.24

19.76

19.57

19.43

19.37

19.17

18.55

20.64

20.45

20.32

20.25

20.05

19.37

22.11

21.91

21.78

21.72

21.52

20.74

23.38

23.18

23.05

22.99

22.79

22.11

LVN241HV4

24,000

24.65

24.46

24.33

24.26

24.07

23.48

25.79

25.60

25.47

25.40

25.21

24.62

26.93

26.74

26.61

26.54

26.35

25.76

27.39

27.20

27.07

27.00

26.80

26.22

27.83

27.64

27.51

27.44

27.24

26.58

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.20

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.32

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.39

28.57

28.37

28.24

28.17

27.98

27.51

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 165

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Heating Capacity Table

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 96: Multi F Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Units Heating Capacity Table - continued

Model No. /

Outdoor Air Temp.

Indoor Air Temp. °F DB

Nominal Capacity of Indoor Unit (Btu/h)

°F DB

°F WB

61 TC

64 TC

68 TC

70 TC

72 TC

75 TC

-0.4

20.58

20.29

20.10

20.00

19.71

18.84

4.5

23.19

22.90

22.71

22.61

22.32

21.45

25.80

25.51

25.31

25.22

24.93

24.06

29.28

28.99

28.79

28.70

28.41

27.48

30.58

30.29

30.10

30.00

29.71

28.70

32.75

32.46

32.27

32.17

31.88

30.72

34.64

34.35

34.15

34.06

33.77

32.75

LVN361HV4

36,000

36.52

36.23

36.04

35.94

35.65

34.78

38.21

37.92

37.73

37.63

37.34

36.47

39.90

39.61

39.42

39.32

39.03

38.16

40.58

40.29

40.10

40.00

39.71

38.84

41.23

40.94

40.75

40.65

40.36

39.38

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.29

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.47

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.58

42.32

42.03

41.84

41.74

41.45

40.76

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

166 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
External Static Pressure

Table 89: Air Filter Static Pressure Drop Factors. Capacity (kBtu/h [tons]) 18 (1.5)
24 (2.0)
36 (3.0)
Table 90: Minimum Airflow (CFM) by Heater Capacity Capacity (kBtu/h [tons]) 18 (1.5) 24 (2.0) 36 (3.0)

Flow Rate (CFM)
High (640) Middle(580) Low (480) High (710) Middle(640) Low (480) High (990) Middle(880) Low (800)

Static Pressure Drop (in wg)
-0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04

Heater Capacity kW

3, 5

8, 10

480

Not Available

480

Not Available

900

Not Available

Do not operate with less than the minimum airflow. If an airflow is used below the minimum, there is a risk of fire, which will lead to physical injury or death

Note:
Do not operate with less than the minimum airflow. If an airflow is used below the minimum, there is a risk of damage to the product.
These VAHUs are constant air volume (CAV) units and do not require any field adjustment to change ESP settings.

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 167

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
External Static Pressure

Table 91: Electric Heater Static Pressure Drop Factors.

Heater Capacity

Static Pressure Drop (in. wg)

3, 5

-0.01

8, 10

-0.02

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Table 92: Down Flow (optional) Static Pressure Drop Factors. Capacity (kBtu/h [tons]) 18 (1.5)
24 (2.0)
36 (3.0)

Flow Rate (CFM)
High (640) Middle(580) Low (480) High (710) Middle(640) Low (480) High (990) Middle(880) Low (800)

Table 93: Down Flow Air Filter Static Pressure Drop Factors Capacity (kBtu/h [tons]) 18 (1.5)
24 (2.0)
36 (3.0)

Flow Rate (CFM)
High (640) Middle(580) Low (480) High (710) Middle(640) Low (480) High (990) Middle(880) Low (800)

Table 94: Down Flow Internal Electric Heater Static Pressure Drop.

Heater Capacity (kW)

Static Pressure Drop (in. wg)

3, 5

-0.01

8, 10

-0.01

Static Pressure Drop (in wg) -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04
Static Pressure Drop (in wg) -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04 -0.04

168 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Heater Capacities

Table 95: Optional Electric Heater Capacities. Heater Capacity (kW) 3 5 8 10

Model Number ANEH033B1 ANEH053B1 ANEH083B2 ANEH103B2

Figure 217: Typical Vertical Air Handling Unit Optional Electric Heater Accessory.
Example: 5kW Capacity Heater
Bi metal

Bracket

Terminal Block
Relay
Appearance may vary depending on model capacity.

Heater Cable

Heater Coil

Table 96: Electric Heater Compatibility

VAHU Model Number and Capacity (MBh)

ANEH033B1 (3kW)

LVN181HV4 (18)

LVN241HV4 (24)

LVN361HV4 (36)

= Compatible

X = Not Compatible

ANEH053B1 (5kW)

Model Number / Heater Capacity kW

ANEH083B2 (8kW)

ANEH103B2 (10kW)

ANEH153B2 (15kW) X
X
X

ANEH203B2 (20kW) X
X
X

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 169

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
3.3 ft.

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Acoustic Data

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 218: Sound Pressure Level Measurement Location.

With Case

Microphone
3.3 ft.

· Measurement taken 3.3 away from the unit. · Sound pressure levels are measured in dB(A).
· Sound pressure levels are tested in an anechoic chamber under ISO Standard 3745.
· Operating Conditions: Power source: 220V/60 Hz.
· Sound level will vary depending on a range of factors including the construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of a particular room in which the unit was installed.

Table 97: Vertical Air Handling Unit Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Pressure Levels (dB[A]) (Cooling and Heating) High Fan Speed Medium Fan Speed Low Fan Speed

LVN181HV4

LVN241HV4

LVN361HV4

Figure 219: Sound Pressure Level Diagrams. LVN181HV4

LVN241HV4

LVN361HV4

170 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Acoustic Data

Table 98: Vertical Air Handling Unit Sound Power Levels (dB[A]).

Model No.

Sound Power Levels (dB[A]) High Fan Speed

LVN181HV4

LVN241HV4

LVN361HV4

Figure 220: Sound Power Level Diagrams.

· Data is valid under diffuse field conditions.
· Data is valid under nominal operating conditions.
· Sound power level is measured using rated conditions, and tested in a reverberation room per ISO 3741 standards.
· Sound level will vary depending on a range of factors such as construction (acoustic absorption coefficient) of particular area in which the equipment is installed.
· Reference acoustic intensity: 0dB = 10E-6W/m2

LVN181HV4

LVN241HV4

LVN361HV4

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 171

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Refrigerant Flow Diagram

Figure 221: Four-way Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Unit Refrigerant Flow Diagram.

Heating

Scirocco Fan
M
Heat Exchanger

Vapor Pipe Connection Port (Flare Connection)

Cooling Ev. Temperature Thermistor

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

Liquid Pipe Connection Port (Flare Connection)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Table 99: Four-way Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Indoor Unit Refrigerant Pipe Sizes and Connection Sizes.

Model No.
LVN181HV4 LVN241HV4 LVN361HV4

Piping Size

Liquid (inch)

Vapor (inch)

1/4

1/2

1/4

1/2

3/8

5/8

Connection Port Size

Liquid (inch)

Vapor (inch)

3/8

5/8

3/8

5/8

3/8

5/8

Table 100: Four-way Vertical-Horizontal Air-Handling Indoor Unit Thermistor Details.

Description (Based on Cooling Mode)

PCB Connector

Indoor Air Temperature Thermistor

CN-ROOM

Evaporator Inlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/IN

Evaporator Outlet Temperature Thermistor

CN-PIPE/OUT

172 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagram

Figure 222: Four-way Vertical-Horizontal Air-Handling Indoor Unit Wiring Diagram.

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 173

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Wiring Diagram

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Table 101: Wiring Diagram Connections. Connection Name CN-POWER CN-MOTOR1 CN_OUT CN-D/PUMP CN-FLOAT CN-ZONE CN-OPTION CN-EXT CN-DISPLAY CN-CC CN-PIPE/OUT (RD) CN-LEAK (VI) CN-PIPE/IN (WH) CN-REMO (GN) CN-ROOM (YL) CN-DAMPER CN-AIRC CN-WF CN-PTC

Location AC power supply Fan motor output
Heater Drain pump output Float switch input
Zone controller Optional PCB EPROM External ON / OFF controller
Display Dry contact Discharge pipe sensor Refrigerant leak detector Suction pipe sensor Wired remote controller Room sensor Damper Controller Air Cleaner
Wifi Auxiliary Heater

Function AC Power line Motor output of BLDC Connection for heater AC output for drain pump Float switch sensing Zone controller connection Option PCB connection External ON / OFF controller connection Display of indoor status Dry Contact connection Pipe out thermistor Refrigerant leak detector connection Pipe in thermistor Wired remote control connection Room air thermistor Damper connection Air Cleaner connection Wifi Module connection Auxiliary Heater

Table 102: DIP Switch Settings.

DIP Switch Settings

OFF

Description

SW1

Communication Off (default)

SW2

CYCLE

Off (default)

SW3

GROUP

Master

Slave

Group control setting using wired remote controller.

Dry contact mode setting.

SW4

DRY CONTACT

Variable

1. Variable: Auto/manual mode can be chosen using the wide wired

Auto

remote controller or wireless remote controller (factory setting is

the manual mode).

2. Auto: For dry contact, it is always auto mode.

SW5

EXTRA1

Off

· ON: Fan operates continuously. · OFF: Default (Fan does not operate continuously).

SW6

HEATER

Off

· ON: Automatic heater operation. · OFF: Default (manual heater operation).

SW7

Off

SW8

Off

To operate the indoor unit without Internal Electric Heater , Dip switch 1, 2, 6, 8 must be set OFF .

To operate the indoor unit with Internal Electric heater , Dip switch 6 must be set ON.

· SW6 ON: Automatic Heater operation: Heater operates automatically. · SW6 OFF: Manual Heater operation: Owner 's involvement is required for on/off operation. If you operate the indoor unit with Internal Electric heater with Dip switch 5, note the following:
· SW5 ON: Fan operates continuously. During defrosting or oil return operation, uninterrupted heating can be attained, as a result of continuous heater and fan operation.
· SW5 OFF: Fan discontinuous operation. There would be a reduction in heating capacity while defrosting or oil return operation.

174 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Factory Supplied Parts and Materials

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

Factory Supplied Materials
· Owner's Manual · Installation Manual

Required Tools
· Level · Screwdriver · Electric drill · Hole core drill · Flaring tool set

· Torque wrenches · Hexagonal wrench · Gas-leak detector · Thermometer

WARNING

Selecting the Best Location

Do's · Place the unit where air circulation through the ducts will not be
blocked. · Place the unit where drainage can be obtained easily. · Place the unit where noise prevention is taken into consideration. · Ensure there is sufficient strength to bear the load of the indoor
unit. · Ensure there is sufficient maintenance space. · Locate the indoor unit in a location that is level, and where it can
be easily connected to the outdoor unit / branch distribution unit.

Don'ts
· Do not install the unit near a heat or steam source, or where considerable amounts of oil, iron powder, or flour are used.
· Do not install the unit where sulfuric acid and flammable or corrosive gases are generated, vented into, or stored.
· Do not install the unit near high-frequency generators. · Do not install the unit near a doorway.
The unit will be damaged, will malfunction, and/or will not operate as designed if installed in any of the conditions listed.

· Indoor units (IDUs) must not be placed in an environment where the IDUs will be exposed to harmful volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or in environments where there is improper air make up or supply or inadequate ventilation. If there are concerns about VOCs in the environment where the IDUs are installed, proper air make up or supply and/or adequate ventilation must be provided. Additionally, in buildings where IDUs will be exposed to VOCs, consider a third party factory-applied epoxy coating to the fan coils for each IDU where the entire coil is dipped, not sprayed. · If the unit is installed near a body of water, the installation parts are at risk of corroding. Appropriate anti-corrosion methods must be taken for the unit and all installation parts.
Installing in an Area Exposed to Unconditioned Air In some installation applications, areas (floors, walls) in some rooms will be exposed to unconditioned air (room will be above or next to an unheated garage or storeroom). To countermeasure: · Verify that carpet is or will be installed (carpet will increase the temperature by three degrees). · Add insulation between the floor joists. · Install radiant heat or another type of heating system to the floor.
Installing in an Area with High Humidity Levels If the environment is prone to humidity levels of 80% or more (near the ocean, lakes, etc.) or where steam could collect in the plenum: · Install additional insulation to the indoor unit (glass wool insulation >13/32 inches thick). · Install additional insulation to the refrigerant piping (insulation >13/16 inches thick). · Seal all gaps between the indoor unit and the ceiling tiles (make the area air tight) so that humidity does not transfer from the plenum to the
conditioned space. Also, add a ceiling grille for ventilation.

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 175

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual D H F
A

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 223:Clearance Requirements.
More than 13-25/32

Figure 224:General and Duct Connection Dimensions.
Access Holes for Conduit
Access Holes for Conduit

More than 23-5/8 clearance from access panels for Service

0 (zero)

Refrigerant Piping Connections
Drain Connections for Horizontal Install

Unit : inch

More than 13-25/32

Figure 225:Location of Access Holes and Piping Connections.
G

Filter Access

Drain Connection for Vertical Install

Top J

Refrigerant connections

Drain connections
for horizontal right application

Drain connections for horizontal left application
Air filter cover

Drain

connections

for upflow application

Front

C Side-right

Unit: inch

E Bottom

Dimensions

ODU

VAHU Capacity

(kBtu/h) Height Width Depth

Multi

18 24

48-11/16 18 21-1/4 1-9/16 17-1/2 20

Zone 36 48-11/16 18 21-1/4 1-9/16 17-1/2 20

Wiring

Knock out

Refrigerant

Refrigerant Pipe

I J Pipe size Connections

Power

Communication

Liquid

Gas

Liquid

Gas

17 12-1/8 1-11/16 7/8 1/4 1/2 3/8 5/8

17 12-1/8 1-11/16 7/8 3/8 5/8 3/8 5/8

176 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Units can be installed in a choice of vertical upflow, vertical downflow (with optional downflow kit), or horizontal (left or right side) configurations.

Vertical (Upflow) Installation

Figure 226:Vertical Installation / Attaching the Bottom Duct.

· Unit must be positioned properly for plenum / duct installation.

· To maintain proper air flow, minimum height clearance is 14 inches.
· Plenum must be strong and secure enough to support the installation of adapter collars to accommodate duct work.

Field Supplied Supply Air Duct

· Air handler platform must be sturdy enough to support the frame, plus any accessories (e.g., filter box).

· To prevent air leaks, seal all duct work according to local codes, but make sure that filter access is still unobstructed.
· Vibration isolators (field supplied) must be installed between the unit frame and the platform. If necessary, provide the installing contractor with an illustration of where the vibration isolator must be added and how it must be positioned.

Field Supplied Return Air Duct / Plenum

Do not install the screws on the front and back of the unit; doing so will block filter installation.

Vertical (Downflow) Installation
The Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit can be field-converted to vertical downflow operation. The optional vertical downflow kit is required. Downflow kit PNDFJ0 is required for 18-36MBH NJ chassis units. The coil must be removed and repositioned in the chassis with the brackets of the downflow kit. For installation details, refer to the instructions included with the kit.

Use > 6 Screws (M4*25L)

>1 inch

Figure 227: Chassis after Downflow Field Conversion.

Air filter cover

Refrigerant connections

Drain connection for downflow application

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 177

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Horizontal Installation
· Units will be installed in horizontal left or horizontal right configuration. Horizontal left is the factory default configuration. For horizontal right, the unit must be field converted. The horizontal right conversion requires removing the internal drain pan from the left side of the unit and reinstalling on the right side. No conversion kit is required. Refer to the installation manual for details.
· Units must be installed so that the access panels face to the side, not facing up or down.
· Installation must be in accordance with all relevant building codes, which will necessitate the installation of an external condensate pan (position the unit in or above the external condensate pan).
· If the units are going to be suspended, use angled steel support brackets with threaded rods to provide support from the bottom. The brackets / threaded rods must be comparatively bigger / longer than the unit, and each must be centered on the part of the frame it supports.
· If the unit will not be suspended, use angled steel support brackets, but also add vibration isolators (field supplied) to avoid sound transmission. If necessary, provide the installing contractor with an illustration of where the vibration isolator must be added and how it must be positioned.
· Unit must be positioned properly for plenum / duct installation.
· Plenum must be strong and secure enough to support the installation of adapter collars to accommodate duct work.

Figure 228: Typical Horizontal Left Installation.

Field-Supplied Supply Air Duct

>3/8 inch Threaded Rod

>1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch Angle
Recommended length >26 inches with a 2-inch clearance on both sides of the unit

B
C
Suspension Bolt Locations

Figure 229: Typical Horizontal Right Installation.

Field Supplied Return Air Duct / Plenum

>3/8 inch Threaded Rod

Field Supplied Return Air Duct / Plenum
A
Field-Supplied Supply Air Duct

To ensure proper drainage for horizontal installations, unit must be installed within ±1/8 inches level of the unit's length and width.

A B
C
Suspension Bolt Locations

>1-1/2 inch x 1-1/2 inch Angle
Recommended length >26 inches with a 2-inch clearance on both sides of the unit

Table 103: Bracket / Bolt Position Dimensions for Horizontal Left and Horizontal Right Installation.

Capacity (Btu/h)
18,000 24,000 36,000

Dimensions (inches)

41-11/32

178 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

Installing the Ducts
· Use more than ten (10) screws to securely attach the supply ducts to the unit. To prevent air leaks, seal around the duct opening before the duct is secure.

Figure 230:Securing the Ducts to the Unit.

· To prevent vibration transmission, install flexible connectors between ducts and the unit. The flexible connectors must be made of a heat-resistant material at the discharge connection if an electric heater is installed.

· Duct work must be insulated and covered with vapor barrier when routed through unconditioned spaces. Include enough insulation to prevent condensate from forming on the ducts.
· It will be necessary to add internal acoustical insulation lining for a metal duct system if it does not include a 90° elbow and ten (10) feet between the main duct and the first branch.

>10 Screws (M4*25L)

· Fibrous glass ducts could be used as a substitute if built and installed in accordance with the most recent edition of the Sheet Metal and Air-Conditioning Contractors' National Associate (SMACNA) standard.

· Also, fibrous duct work and acoustical insulation lining must also follow National Fire Protection Standard 90A or B as tested by UL Standard 181 for Class 1 air ducts.
Installing the Drain System
General Specifications · To prevent property damage, optimize drain system performance by installing both a primary and secondary drain line, and properly size
the condensate traps.

· The primary and secondary drain line must be trapped to allow proper drainage of condensate water. If the secondary drain line is not used, it must be capped.

· Do not block the filter access panel when installing the condensate drain piping. Prime the primary and secondary condensate traps after running both to the drain pan.

· If the unit is installed above an inhabited space, add a field-supplied external condensate pan that runs underneath the entire frame (to prevent damage from overflow). The additional external condensate line must run from the unit to the external condensate pan.

· Drain all generated condensate from the external condensate pan to an appropriate area. Install a trap in the condensate lines as near to the indoor unit coil as possible.
· For horizontal right operation, the drain pan must be removed from the interior left side of the unit and reinstalled on the right side.

· All condensate must be drained from the external condensate pan to some noticeable area.
· To prevent overflow, the outlet of each trap must be positioned below its connection to the condensate pan.
· All traps must be primed, insulated, and leak tested if located above an inhabited space.
· Use a 3/4-inch PVC male pipe thread fitting at the condensate pan connection. Tighten gently.
· Point the drain hose down for easier flow.

Figure 231: Typical Vertical Up/Down Installation Drain System.

Figure 232: Typical Horizontal Left/Right Installation Drain System.

· Do not just use the pipe joint or PVC / CPVC piping on the indoor unit drain line connections. Use only Teflon tape.
· Design the drain system to plan for winter operation (condensate line will freeze up if condensate does not properly drain away).

Field-Supplied Drain Pan

Drain Piping

Field-Supplied Drain Pan

Drain Piping

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 179

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Drain Piping Specifications · Drain piping must have downward gradient of at
least 1/50 to 1/100; to prevent reverse flow, slope must not be straight up and down. · Do not damage the drain port on the indoor unit when connecting the field-supplied drain piping. Figure 233:Close up of Drain Piping Connection.
Drain Piping Insulation (Field Supplied) Drain Piping (Field Supplied)
Unit
Gaps Should Not Be Present Drain Hole

Field-Installed U-Trap Specifications

To prevent leaks cause by a block in the intake air filter, install a U-Trap.

A 2-9/16 inches B 2C C 2 x SP SP = External Pressure in. WG

Figure 234:Installing the U-Trap.

Example: External Pressure= 0.4 in WG A 2-9/16 inches B 1-7/12 inches C 19/24 inches

3/4-inch Connector
B C
U-Trap A

Insulating the Refrigerant and Drain Piping

Figure 235: Vertical Primary and Secondary Drain Layout.

Figure 236: Horizontal Primary and Secondary Drain Layout.

Upflow Drain

Horizontal-left Drain

Ensure all piping is insulated. Exposed piping can cause burns if touched.
Refrigerant Piping Insulation Field-installed vapor and liquid refrigerant piping lines must be properly and completely covered in insulation (up to the indoor unit piping connections) and must comply with federal, state, and local requirements. Any exposed piping will generate condensate or will cause burns if touched. Insulation for this field-installed refrigerant piping must have a minimum heat resistance of 248°F.
If the indoor unit is installed and is operated at an extended period in a highly humid environment (dew point temperature >73°F), however, condensate will form. To prevent this phenomenon, install adiabatic glass wool insulation with a thickness of 7/16 to 13/16 inches thick. Also, install glass wool insulation on all indoor units that are located in the ceiling plenum.

Horizontal-left Drain Knockout
Air filter cover
Supplementary drain with proper trap. (field supplied kit can be used)
Main drain along with suitable trap. ( Field supplied trap with sufficient depth can be used. P-traps of standard size are not sufficient. Refer the figure for recommended condensate trap.)
Figure 238: Insulating the Refrigerant Piping and Refrigerant Piping Connections.

Drain Piping Insulation Drain piping insulation must be 7/32 inches thick, minimum.

Figure 237:Close Up of Refrigerant Piping Connection Insulation. Refrigerant Piping Insulation (Field Supplied) Refrigerant Piping Insulation (Field Supplied)

Connection for Liquid Piping
Refrigerant Piping Insulation (Field Supplied)

Overlap Piping Insulation
Insulation Clip (Field Supplied) Gaps Should Not be Present

Insulation Zip Tie (Field Supplied) Refrigerant Piping Insulation (Field Supplied)
Connection for Vapor Piping

180 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

1. To access the terminal block, first unscrew the top front panel, and then unscrew the cover from the control box.

Figure 239:Connecting the Power Wiring and Communications Cable.

2. Knockout the access holes for the wiring. Insert the power wiring/ communications cable from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) through the conduits, pass the conduits through the designated access holes, and then insert the conduits into the control box. To prevent electromagnetic interference and product malfunction, leave a space between the power wiring and communications cable outside of the indoor unit.

Top Front Panel

Control Box Cover

Access Holes for Wiring

3. Connect the power wiring and communications cables to the appropriate terminals on the indoor unit control board. Verify that the color and terminal numbers from the outdoor unit or branch distribution unit (Multi F MAX systems only) wiring match the color and terminal numbers on the indoor unit.
4. Fill in any gaps around the conduit access holes with sealant to prevent foreign particles from entering the indoor unit.

Nut
Conduit Mounting Plate

1/2-inch Conduit

Connection Cable

Figure 240:Indoor Unit to Outdoor Unit / Branch Distribution Unit (Multi F MAX

systems only) Power Wiring / Communications Cable Connections.

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block or

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Branch Distribution Unit Terminal Block (Multi F MAX Systems Only)

GND
1(L1 ) 2 (L2) 3

3 or S

Communications Cable

GND

BR BL RD GRN / YLW

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 181

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual
BR BL RD GRN / YLW

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Controller Options
Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling indoor units can be used with many LG-supplied wired controllers (sold separately). The wireless handheld controller (Model No. PQWRHQ0FDB) is also an optional accessory with use of the wired controller.
Wired Controller Connections Controllers can connect to the indoor unit in one of two different ways. 1. LG Wired Remote Extension Cable with Molex plug (PZCWRC1; sold separately) that connects to the CN-REMO terminal on the indoor
unit PCB.
2. Field-supplied controller cable that connects to the indoor unit terminal block (must be at least UL2547 or UL1007, 22 AWG, two-core, one-shield core, at least FT-6 rated if local electric and building codes require plenum cable usage).
Figure 241:PZCWRC1 LG Wired Remote Extension Cable.

TEMP

FAN SPEED

OPER MODE

Verify the connectors are properly inserted. C/BOX Cable (Plug type)

Extension cable

To Indoor Unit CN-REMO Terminal

Figure 242:Wired Controller Connection on the Indoor Unit Terminal Block.

CN-REMO

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

YL RD BK

Comm.

12V Power

Ground

1(L1 ) 2 (L2)

GND

182 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

FOUR-WAY VAHU INDOOR UNITS
Installation and Best Layout Practices

Figure 243:Proper Location for the Wired Controller.

TEMP Rem ot e Cont roller
NO

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

YES

Remote Controlle r

TEMP

NO
4 to 5 feet above the floor

Hanging the Wired Controller 1. These steps are typical. Refer to the installation instructions with your control-
ler. The controller wiring / cable can be installed in one of three directions: top, back, or on the right side. If top or right side installation is desired, remove cable guide grooves on the controller, and then position wiring / cable on applicable side.
2. Choose and mark the area of installation, and then screw the wall plate into place (using the provided parts). Install the controller wall plate to fit the electrical box if one is present. Ensure that no gaps exist between the wall plate and the wall itself.
3. Arrange wiring / cables so as not to interfere with the controller circuitry. Position the wired controller on the wall plate. Snap into place by pressing the bottom part of the wired controller onto the wall plate. Make sure that no gaps exist between the wired controller and the wall plate on all sides.
4. To remove wired controller from the wall plate, insert a screwdriver into the two holes at the bottom. Twist screwdriver to release controller. Do not damage the controller components when removing.

Figure 244:Removing the Cable Guide Grooves.

Top

Back

Right

Side

Right

Side

Figure 245:Attaching the Wall Plate.

Figure 246:Installing / Removing the Controller.
Installing the Controller

Wall

Removing the Controller

Wall

VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL | 183

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

184 | VERTICAL-HORIZONTAL

APPLICATION GUIDELINES
"Equipment Selection Procedure" on page 186 "Placement Considerations" on page 193

EQUIPMENT SELECTION PROCEDURE

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

To choose the multi-zone system that is the most appropriate for the space, as with traditional air-conditioning systems, follow similar protocols outlined in Manual J from the Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA; see www.acca.org). 1. Obtain the design conditions, and calculate the maximum cool and heat loads for the structure. 2. Select the equipment (choosing the appropriate indoor units and outdoor unit):
· Determine number of zones. · Determine total number of indoor units (refer to zone load calculations when choosing indoor units). · Determine number of indoor units allocated to each outdoor unit, considering allowable indoor unit connections, both indoor unit and
outdoor unit capacities, and system piping capabilities. 3. Determine the corrected capacity for the indoor units and outdoor unit using LATS HVAC software (preferred method) or:
· System Combination Tables. · Capacity Tables (it will be necessary to interpolate). · Capacity Coefficient Factors (such as refrigerant line length derates, design condition derates, defrost operation derate [heating mode],
altitude derate [if applicable]). 4. Compare corrected capacities to load calculations. 5. Reselect equipment if necessary.
Obtain Design Conditions, Calculate Maximum Cool / Heat Loads
Obtain the winter outdoor / indoor temperature and summer and winter outdoor / indoor temperature design parameters for the location in which the system is installed. Determine if summer or winter design gains, relative humidity, and building features like skylights, orientation, number of occupants, etc., would change the total heat loss / gain and sensible / latent heat gain, and then calculate the maximum cool and heat loads for the space (using Manual J or energy modeling programs).
Select the Equipment
Determine the Number of Zones Multi F and Multi F with LG RED heat pump systems can cool or heat, but not simultaneously. When designing larger-capacity Multi F heat pump systems or a Multi F MAX system, the designer will be able to combine spaces with similar load profiles located near or adjacent to each other into "thermal zones." After combining like spaces into zones that will be served by a single (or grouped) indoor unit(s), calculate the peak cooling and heating loads for each zone.
Choosing the Appropriate Indoor Units Determine the appropriate indoor unit capacity that satisfies the given zone load calculations, and choose how many (and which styles of) indoor units will be required. See the table on the next page for allowable indoor unit to outdoor unit connections, and the maximum number of connectable indoor units on each Multi F and Multi F MAX outdoor unit. When choosing indoor units, also consider the cooling and heating CFM, featured airflow specifications, and static pressure (if applicable) for each indoor unit.
Avoid oversizing indoor units in an attempt to increase the air exchange rate in the space. Multi F and Multi F MAX systems are designed for minimum airflow over the coil to maximize latent capacity while cooling, maintain a comfortable, consistent discharge air temperature while heating, and minimize fan motor power consumption. In extreme cases, oversizing the indoor units will affect outdoor unit size selection and compromise the outdoor unit's ability to effectively match the space load(s).
For proper system operation: 1. At least two indoor units must be connected to the outdoor unit.
2. Total connected indoor unit nominal capacity must be a minimum 40% and a maximum of 133% of outdoor unit nominal capacity.
3. To calculate the connected total indoor unit nominal capacity, simply sum up the nominal capacities of all indoor units. · For high static duct and vertical-horizontal air handling indoor units, a 1.3 multiplier must first be applied before adding to the sum of other indoor units (when connected to an ODU other than the LMU600HV). · When high static duct and / or vertical-horizontal air handling indoor units are the only connected indoor units, the multiplier is 1.2.

For allocated capacity information, see the combination tables in the "Multi F / Multi F MAX Combination Data Manual" on www.lghvac.com. For performance data, see "Multi F / Multi F MAX Performance Data Manual" on www.lghvac.com. Also refer to the appropriate manuals on www.lghvac.com for combination and capacity data for Multi F with LG RED / Multi F MAX with LG RED units.

186 | APPLICATION GUIDELINES

Application Guidelines

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

EQUIPMENT SELECTION PROCEDURE

Multiplier Examples

Example 1

Branch Distribution Unit (PMBD3641)

Example 2

Branch Distribution Unit (PMBD3620)

Outdoor Unit: LMU540HV First Indoor Unit: + Second Indoor Unit: + Third Indoor Unit:

LMCN125HV

LSN090HSV4

LVN361HV4

Total Capacity Index =

+ 36 x 1.3 = 67.8 < 73 Acceptable Combination

Outdoor Unit: LMU540HV Total Capacity Index =

First Indoor Unit: + Second Indoor Unit:

LVN241HV4

24 x 1.2

+ 24 x 1.2

= 57.6 < 73 Acceptable Combination

Table 104: Allowable Indoor Unit to Multi F / Multi F MAX with LGRED Outdoor Unit Connections.

Indoor units

Model Type

Indoor Unit Nominal LMU18CHV

Capacity (Btu/h)

9,000

ART COOL Mirror

12,000

18,000

ART COOL Gallery

9,000

12,000

7,000

9,000

Standard Wall Mounted

12,000 15,000

O O

18,000

24,000

9,000

Low Wall Console

12,000

15,000

Ceiling Concealed DuctLow Static

9,000 12,000 18,000

O O -

Ceiling Concealed Duct-

24,000

High Static

36,000

7,000

Four-Way Ceiling Cassette

9,000 12,000

O O

18,000

Vertical-Horizontal Air Handler

24,000

36,000

Outdoor units

LMU24CHV LMU30CHV LMU36CHV LMU480HV LMU540HV

Maximum No. of Connectable Indoor Units

LMU600HV
8 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

APPLICATION GUIDELINES | 187

EQUIPMENT SELECTION PROCEDURE

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Table 106: Allowable Indoor Unit to Multi F / Multi F MAX with LGRED Outdoor Unit Connections.

Indoor units

Model Type

Indoor Unit Nominal Capacity (Btu/h)

ART COOL Mirror ART COOL Gallery
Standard Wall Mounted
Low Wall Console Ceiling Concealed Duct-
Low Static Ceiling Concealed Duct-
High Static Four-Way Ceiling Cassette
Vertical-Horizontal Air Handler

9,000 12,000 18,000 9,000 12,000 7,000 9,000 12,000 15,000 18,000 24,000 9,000 12,000 15,000 9,000 12,000 18,000 24,000
36,000
7,000 9,000 12,000 18,000 18,000 24,000 36,000

LMU180HHV
2 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O -

Outdoor units

LMU240HHV LMU300HHV LMU360HHV

Maximum No. of Connectable Indoor Units

LMU420HHV
6 O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

Choosing the Appropriate Outdoor Unit
After all indoor units are properly sized to offset the applicable loads in each zone, select the outdoor unit by choosing a size that meets both the load-cooling requirement, and offsets the sum of the heating load. Then, the system's combination ratio must be evaluated and confirmed it is within the allowable range (the combination ratio compares the nominal capacity of all connected indoor units to the nominal capacity of the outdoor unit serving them). The total nominal capacity of all indoor units must be smaller than the total nominal capacity of the outdoor unit. If the combination ratio is more than 100%, the designer is undersizing the outdoor unit relative to the combined nominal capacity of the connected indoor units. In some designs, oversized indoor units will be unavoidable in the case where the smallest size indoor unit available from LG is larger than what is necessary to satisfy the zone load. This scenario will also occur when an indoor unit selection one size down from the selected unit is slightly short of fulfilling the design load requirements, and the designer must choose the next largest size unit. Sometimes it is required to choose a larger capacity outdoor unit if the installation space is big enough. Also, it will be prudent to oversize the outdoor unit to address those times when the weather conditions will exceed the design conditions, to minimize the possibility of ventilation systems that causes the space temperature to drift outside design parameters, or when the indoor unit's entering air temperature falls outside the approved design temperature range.

Table 105: Multi F / Multi F Max Rated Outdoor Unit Capacity.

Outdoor Units

LMU18CHV LMU24CHV LMU30CHV LMU36CHV LMU480HV LMU540HV LMU600HV

Rated Capacity

Cooling

17,000

20,000

30,000

32,000

48,000

52,500

60,000

(Btu/h)*

Heating

22,000

24,000

32,000

36,000

54,000

58,000

64,000

Connectable Minimum No. of Connectable IDUs

Indoor

Maximum No. of Connectable IDUs

Units

Maximum Capacity Index

24,000

33,000

40,000

48,000

65,000

73,000

81,000

188 | APPLICATION GUIDELINES

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

EQUIPMENT SELECTION PROCEDURE

Application Guidelines

Table 107: Multi F / Multi F MAX with LGRED Rated Outdoor Unit Capacity.

Rated Capacity (Btu/h)*
Connectable Indoor Units

Cooling Heating Minimum No. of Connectable IDUs Maximum No. of Connectable IDUs Maximum Capacity Index

LMU180HHV 18,000 22,000 2 2 24,000

LMU240HHV 24,000 26,000 2 3 33,000

Outdoor Units LMU300HHV
28,400 28,600
2 4 40,000

LMU360HHV 36,000 41,000 2 5 48,000

LMU420HHV 42,000 45,000 2 6 56,000

Determine the Corrected Capacity
The corrected cooling / heating capacity is different from the rated cooling / heating capacity. The corrected capacity includes changes in unit performance after considering design temperatures, available capacity that can be allocated from the outdoor unit, pressure drop due to refrigerant line length, defrost operation in heating mode, and (if applicable) altitude. Depending on the location of the building, additional capacity correction factors will need to be applied.

Using the Outdoor Unit Cooling and Heating Capacity Tables Rated cooling capacity ratings are obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 80ºF dry bulb (DB) and 67ºF wet bulb (WB), and outdoor ambient conditions of 95ºF dry bulb (DB) and 75ºF wet bulb (WB). Rated heating capacity ratings are obtained with air entering the indoor unit at 70ºF dry bulb (DB) and 60ºF wet bulb (WB) and outdoor ambient conditions of 47ºF dry bulb (DB) and 43ºF wet bulb (WB). To evaluate the total outdoor unit capacity at design conditions perform a selection using LATS HVAC software (preferred method) or reference the Performance Data Capacity Tables. All design temperatures are not explicitly shown in the charts, therefore, interpolation will be necessary to calculate the capacity for specific design conditions. Based on the premise that capacity follows a linear curve, the following formula can be applied:
(y - y1) / (y2 - y1) = (x - x1) / (x2 - x1)
Where
y = Missing Capacity (Capacity at the Design Temperature).1 y1 = Capacity at Lower Temperature (Smaller value of the two nearest published TC datapoints). y2 = Capacity at Higher Temperature (Higher value of the two nearest published TC datapoints). x = Design Temperature (Temperature not shown in published capacity tables).2 x1 = (Smaller value of the two nearest published temperature datapoints).
x2 = (Larger value of the two nearest published temperature datapoints).
1Median between two published Total Capacity [TC] Btu/h datapoints in the capacity table. 2Median between two nearest published temperature datapoints.

Using the Indoor Unit Cooling and Heating Capacity Tables
The datapoints shown in the indoor unit cooling and heating capacity charts are based on (and convey) an indoor unit operating with maximum possible refrigerant flow from the outdoor unit and before any derates are applied. In other words, the capacities displayed reflect what the indoor unit would produce if it was the only indoor unit that required capacity, and the outdoor unit did not have to allocate any capacity to another indoor unit.
System operation with a combination of indoor units is not conveyed in these charts, however, the information can be used to calculate indoor unit allocated capacity (without using the system combination tables). Simply calculate by using the formula:

Qidu(combi) = Qodu(rated) x Qidu(rated)

Where

Qidu(rated)

Qidu(combi) = Individual Indoor Unit Combination Capacity. Qodu(rated) = Outdoor Unit Rated Capacity. Qidu(rated) = Individual Indoor Unit Rated Capacity. Qidu(rated) = Total Connected Indoor Unit Rated Capacity.

· The formula can be used to find individual indoor unit capacity for Multi F MAX / Multi F MAX with LGRED systems. · A more accurate method to determine expected capacity would be to apply the outdoor unit's corrected capacity instead of rated capacity.

APPLICATION GUIDELINES | 189

EQUIPMENT SELECTION PROCEDURE

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Using the System Combination Tables Multi F system combination tables illustrate how each indoor unit receives a percentage of total outdoor unit rated capacity. Allocation is based on: · Combinations of Non-Ducted Indoor Units · Combinations of Ducted Indoor Units · Combinations of Mixed Non-Ducted and Ducted Indoor Units Multi F MAX system combination tables only show the total connected indoor unit capacity, but individual indoor unit capacity can be calculated using the formula: Qidu(combi) = Qodu(rated) x Qidu(rated)
Qidu(rated)

A more accurate method to determine expected capacity would be to apply the outdoor unit's corrected capacity instead of rated capacity.

Capacity Coefficient Factors
Refrigerant Line Length Derates For air-cooled systems, a capacity correction factor will have to be applied to account for the length of the system's refrigerant pipe. Rate of change in capacity due to increased piping lengths is shown in the tables below and on the next page.

Table 108: Multi F / Multi F with LGRED Outdoor Unit (Multiple Piping) to Indoor Unit Refrigerant Line Length Derates.

Piping Length (feet)

Cooling Capacity (%)

Heating Capacity (%)

7,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 25.0

100.0

32.8

98.4

99.2

49.2

95.8

97.8

65.6

93.2

96.4

82.0

90.6

95.0

9,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models

25.0

100.0

32.8

98.0

99.0

49.2

94.8

97.4

65.6

91.6

95.8

82.0

88.4

94.2

12,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models

25.0

100.0

32.8

97.6

98.6

49.2

93.8

96.4

65.6

89.9

94.1

82.0

86.1

91.9

15,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models

25.0

100.0

32.8

97.2

98.2

49.2

93.0

95.4

65.6

88.8

92.6

82.0

84.6

89.8

18,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models

25.0

100.0

32.8

98.6

99.6

49.2

96.4

99.0

65.6

94.1

98.3

82.0

91.9

97.7

24,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 25.0

100.0

32.8

98.2

99.2

49.2

95.4

98.0

65.6

92.4

96.6

82.0

89.6

95.4

190 | APPLICATION GUIDELINES

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

EQUIPMENT SELECTION PROCEDURE

Application Guidelines

Table 109: Multi F MAX / Multi F MAX with LGRED Outdoor Unit to Branch Distribution Unit Refrigerant Line Length Derates.

Main Piping Length (feet) Cooling Capacity (%) Heating Capacity (%)

16.4 32.8 49.2 65.6 82.0 98.4 114.8 131.2 147.6 100.0 98.8 97.3 95.8 94.3 92.8 91.3 89.8 88.3 100.0 99.6 99.2 98.7 98.3 97.8 97.4 96.9 96.5

164.0 86.8 96.0

180.4 85.3 95.6

Figure 247: Multi F MAX / Multi F MAX with LGRED Outdoor Unit to Branch Distribution Unit Refrigerant Line Length Derate Chart.
100.0

Capacity (%)

95.0

Heating

capacity

90.0

85.0

Cooling

capacity

80.0

75.0

70.0 0

32.8

65.6

98.4

131.2

164.0 180.4

Main piping length (ft.)

Table 110: Multi F MAX and Multi F MAX with LGRED Branch Distribution Unit to Indoor Unit Refrigerant Line Length Derates.

Piping Length (feet) 7,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models
16.4 32.8 49.2 9,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 16.4 32.8 49.2 12,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 16.4 32.8 49.2 15,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 16.4 32.8 49.2 18,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 16.4 32.8 49.2 24,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 16.4 32.8 49.2 36,000 Btu/h Indoor Unit Models 16.4 32.8 49.2

Cooling Capacity (%)
100.0 98.0 96.0
100.0 97.5 95.0
100.0 97.0 94.0
100.0 97.2 93.0
100.0 98.3 96.5
100.0 97.8 95.5
100.0 97.9 95.7

Heating Capacity (%)
100.0 99.5 98.9
100.0 98.8 97.5
100.0 98.3 96.5
100.0 98.2 95.4
100.0 99.5 99.0
100.0 99.2 98.4
100.0 98.8 97.6

APPLICATION GUIDELINES | 191

EQUIPMENT SELECTION PROCEDURE

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Altitude Correction Factor The impact of air density must be considered on systems installed at a significant altitude above sea level, therefore, locally accepted altitude correction factors must be applied.

Defrost Correction Factor for Heating Operation The outdoor unit heating capacity will need to be adjusted for frost accumulation on air-cooled systems. If design day conditions are below the dewpoint of the surrounding air, frost will not be a problem and no correction factor is needed. In certain weather conditions, however, frost will form and accumulate on the air-cooled outdoor unit coil and impact the coils ability to transfer heat. If significant frost accumulates on the outdoor unit coil, a defrost algorithm will start automatically. The timing between defrost periods is determined by the system's ability to achieve a target head pressure value.
Capacity and AHRI ratings tables do not factor in capacity reduction when frost has accumulated on the condenser coil, nor during defrost operation. Integrated heating capacity values can be obtained using the formula: Table 111: Outdoor Unit Frost Accumulation Factor (Heating)1.

A = B x C
Where: A = Integrated Heating Capacity. B = Value found in the Capacity Table. C = Correction Factor for Frost Accumulation Factor (from Table 101).

Entering DB (ºF)

19.4 23.0 26.6 32.0 37.4 41.0 44.6

Derate factor

0.98 0.95 0.93 0.86 0.93 0.96 1.0

1At 85% outdoor air relative humidity.
The frost accumulation factor does not account for effects of snow accumulation restricting airflow through the outdoor unit coil.

There will be temporary reduction in capacity when frost / ice accumulates on the outside surface of the outdoor unit heat exchanger. The level of capacity reduction depends on a number of factors, for example, outdoor temperature (°F DB), relative humidity (RH), and the amount of frost present.
Check the Indoor and Outdoor Unit Selection(s)
Compare the corrected cooling and heating capacities to the load calculations. Is each capacity sufficient for the zone it serves? For each indoor unit, the corrected capacity must be at least equal to the total of the cooling design load (plus ventilation load, if applicable) for the space(s) served by the indoor unit. For each indoor unit, the corrected capacity also must be at least equal to the total of the heating design load (plus ventilation load, if applicable) for the space(s) and / or thermal zones served by the indoor unit. The outdoor unit selected must be large enough to offset the total cooling load for all spaces it serves (account for ventilation air cooling load if the ventilation air has not been pretreated to room neutral conditions). The outdoor unit must also be large enough to offset the total heating load for all spaces it serves. If the corrected heating capacity ratio exceeds 100%, reselect the equipment, or change the system design by moving some of the load to another system.

System Sizing Check Formulas
1. Outdoor Unit Rated Capacity. Qodu(rated) (From capacity tables).

2. Outdoor Unit Capacity at Ti, To Temperature. Qodu(Ti, To) (From capacity tables).

3 Outdoor Unit Capacity Coefficient Factor.

F = Q / Q (Ti, To)

odu(Ti, To) odu(rated)

4. Piping Correction Factor (From Capacity Coefficient Factor Tables). F(length) for each piping length

5. Individual Indoor Unit Combination Capacity.

Q = Q x Q / Q idu (combi)

odu(rated)

idu(rated) idu(rated-total)

6. Individual Indoor Unit Actual Capacity.

Q = Q x F x F idu (actual)

odu(combi) (Ti, To) (length, altitude)

Conclusions and Recommendations

· Understand the design safety factors. · Reference load calculations for actual cooling and heating capacities (applies in 99% of applications consider total load when latent load
is greater than 30%). · Verify that the sensible load of the zone is satisfied. · Use caution when sizing to meet listed capacity specifications for the scheduled manufacturer's equipment. If further system design assistance is needed, or you have a unique application you would like to discuss, contact your LG sales rep.

192 | APPLICATION GUIDELINES

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

PLACEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Application Guidelines

Selecting the Best Location for the Indoor Units
Note:
Select a location for installing the indoor units that will meet the following conditions: · Indoor Units (IDUs) must not be placed in an environment where the IDUs will be exposed to harmful volatile organic compounds (VOCs) or
in environments where there is improper air make up or supply or inadequate ventilation. If there are concerns about VOCs in the environment where the IDUs are installed, proper air make up or supply and/ or adequate ventilation must be provided. Additionally, in buildings where IDUs will be exposed to VOCs consider a factory-applied epoxy coating to the fan coils for each IDU. · Within allowable parameters for proper connection to the outdoor unit (or Branch Distribution unit, if a Multi F MAX system). · So that condensation drainage can be conveniently routed away. · Include enough space around the indoor unit so that it is accessible for maintenance and service purposes. · Where electrical noise / electromagnetic waves will not affect indoor unit operation. Maintain proper distances between the indoor units and electric wires, audio and visual appliances, breaker / circuit panels, etc. If the frequency signal of the appliance is unstable, then install the indoor unit a minimum of ten (10) feet away, and run the power and transmission cables through a conduit. · An area that is level and with enough strength to bear the weight of the indoor unit(s). · No obstacles to air circulation around the unit; keep proper distances from ceilings, doorways, floor, walls, etc. · An area where operation sound won't disturb occupants. · An area that does not expose the indoor unit(s) to heat, water, steam, oil splattering or spray.
Selecting the Best Location for the Branch Distribution (BD) Unit
Note:
Branch Distribution (BD) units are used only with Multi F MAX / Multi F MAX with LGRED systems to distribute the refrigerant from the outdoor unit to up to eight indoor units. Select location indoors that will meet the following conditions: · Within allowable parameters for proper connection to the Multi F MAX / Multi F MAX with LGRED outdoor unit and indoor unit(s); refrigerant
piping and wire lengths must not exceed amounts specified by LG Electronics, U.S.A., Inc. · Condensate drain piping is not required. · Ensure there is enough space in the installation area for service purposes; install the refrigerant piping and electrical wiring system in an
easily accessible location. · Level where there is enough strength to bear the weight of the BD unit. · Do not install the BD unit in a location where it would be subjected to strong radiation heat from heat sources. · Avoid an installation environment where the BD unit would be exposed to heat, water, steam, oil splattering or spray. · Install the unit in a location where any sound it generates will not disturb occupants in the surrounding rooms. · No obstacles to air circulation around the unit; keep proper distances from ceilings, doorways, floor, walls, etc. · Where high-frequency electrical noise / electromagnetic waves will not affect operation. Maintain proper distances between the BD unit(s)
and electric wires, audio and visual appliances, breaker / circuit panels, etc.
Selecting the Best Location for the Outdoor Unit
DANGER
To avoid the possibility of fire, do not install the unit in an area where combustible gas will generate, flow, stagnate, or leak. Failure to do so will cause serious bodily injury or death.
WARNING
Do not install the unit in a location where acidic solution and spray (sulfur) are often used as this will cause serious bodily injury or death. Do not use the unit in environments where oil, steam, or sulfuric gas are present as this will cause serious bodily injury or death.
CAUTION
When deciding on a location to place the outdoor unit, be sure to choose an area where run-off from defrost will not accumulate and freeze on sidewalks or driveways which will create unsafe conditions.

Select a location for installing the outdoor unit that will meet the following general conditions: · A location strong enough to bear the weight of the outdoor unit. · A location that allows for optimum air flow and is easily accessible for inspection, maintenance, and service.

APPLICATION GUIDELINES | 193

PLACEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Selecting the Best Location for the Outdoor Unit, continued.
· Where piping between the outdoor unit, indoor unit(s), and BD units (Multi F MAX systems only) are within allowable limits. · Include space for drainage to ensure condensate flows properly out of the unit when it is in heating mode. Avoid placing the outdoor unit
in a low-lying area where water could accumulate.
· Where it will not be subjected to direct thermal radiation from other heat sources, nor an area that would not expose the outdoor unit to heat or steam like discharge from boiler stacks, chimneys, steam relief ports, other air conditioning units, kitchen vents, plumbing vents, and other sources of extreme temperatures.
· Where high-frequency electrical noise / electromagnetic waves will not affect operation. · Where operating sound from the unit will not disturb inhabitants of surrounding buildings. · Where the unit will not be exposed to direct, strong winds.

Rooftop Installations If the outdoor unit is installed on a roof structure, be sure to level the unit. Ensure the roof structure and anchoring method are adequate for the unit location. Consult local codes regarding rooftop mounting.

Oceanside Installation Precautions · Install the outdoor unit on the side of the
building opposite from direct ocean winds. · Select a location with good drainage. · Periodically clean dust or salt particles off of
the heat exchanger with water.
· Avoid installing the outdoor unit where it would be directly exposed to ocean winds.

Ocean winds will cause corrosion, particularly on the condenser and evaporator fins, which, in turn could cause product malfunction or inefficient performance.

Ocean winds

Additional anti-corrosion treatment will need to be applied to the outdoor unit at oceanside
locations.

If the outdoor unit must be placed in a location where it would be subjected to direct ocean winds, install a concrete windbreaker strong enough to block any winds. Windbreaker height and width must be more than 150% of the outdoor unit, and be installed at least 27-1/2 inches away from the outdoor unit to allow for airflow.

Windbreaker Ocean winds

Planning for Snow and Ice
In climates that experience snow buildup, place the unit on a raised platform to ensure proper condenser airflow. The raised support platform must be high enough to allow the unit to remain above possible snow drifts. Mount the unit on a field-provided stand that is higher than the maximum anticipated snowfall for the location. Design the mounting base to prevent snow accumulation on the platform in front or back of the unit case. If necessary, provide a field fabricated hood to keep snow and ice and/or drifting snow from accumulating on the coil surfaces. Use inlet and discharge duct or hoods to prevent snow or rain from accumulating on the fan inlet and outlet guards. Best practice prevents snow from accumulating on top of the unit. Consider tie-down requirements in case of high winds or where required by local codes.

194 | APPLICATION GUIDELINES

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

PLACEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Outdoor Unit Platform Requirements

Figure 248: Outdoor Unit Foundation Requirements.

Unit: Inch

Minimum 4

24-13/32

Minimum 16

LMU180HHV, LMU240HHV, and LMU300HHV Outdoor Units

Minimum 3-15/16
Unit: Inch

21-1/2

Minimum 14-9/16

LMU18CHV and LMU24CHV Outdoor Units

Unit: Inch

Application Guidelines

Minimum 3-15/16)

21-1/2

Minimum 14-9/16

LMU30CHV and LMU36CHV Outdoor Units

Table 112: Outdoor Unit Foundation Specifications.

Outdoor Unit Type

Bolt Type

Concrete Height

LMU180HHV, LMU240HHV, LMU300HHV, LMU18CHV, LMU24CHV, LMU30CHV, LMU36CHV

M10-J

Minimum Four (4) Inches

Bolt Depth
Minimum Three (3) Inches

LMU360HHV, LMU420HHV, LMU480HV, LMU540HV,LMU600HV

M10-J

Minimum Eight Minimum Three

(8) Inches

(3) Inches

Minimum 8

15-3/4

Minimum 24-13/32

7-7/8

LMU360HHV, LMU420HHV, LMU480HV, LMU540HV, LMU600HV

Outdoor Units

Figure 249: Bolting the Outdoor Unit to the Platform.

Bolt

Refrigerant Pipe

Bolt

Connection Location

Bolting the Outdoor Unit to the Platform 1. Ensure that the concrete platform will not degrade easily, and has enough
strength to bear the weight of the unit. 2. Include an H-beam support. Firmly attach the corners, otherwise the support will
bend. 3. Use a hexagon nut. 4. Use anti-vibration material. 5. Include enough space around the concrete foundation for condensate drainage. 6. Seal all wiring and piping access holes to prevent bugs from entering the unit.
Concrete Platform Specifications · Concrete foundations must be made of one part cement, two parts sand, and four
parts gravel. · The surface of the foundation must be finished with mortar with rounded edges,
and weatherproofed.

2-3/4~4 23/32

Top of Outdoor Unit (Looking Down)

Bolt

Figure 250: Close up of Bolt Attachment.

Anchor Bolt M10

13/16
Unit: Inch

APPLICATION GUIDELINES | 195

PLACEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Tie-Downs and Lightening Protection Tie-Downs
· The strength of the roof must be checked before installing the outdoor units.
· If the installation site is prone to high winds or earthquakes, when installing on the wall or roof, securely anchor the mounting base using a field-provided tie-down configuration approved by a local professional engineer.
· The overall tie-down configuration must be approved by a local professional engineer. Always refer to local code when using a wind restraint system.

Lightening Protection · To protect the outdoor unit from lightning, it must be placed within
the specified lightning safety zone.

Table 113: Safety Zone Specifications.

Building Height (feet)

148 197

Protection Angle (°)

Figure 251: Lightening Protection Diagram.

Lightning rod

Lightning rod Protection Angle (25°~55°)

51f.e5emt

Safe zone

· Power cable and communication cable must be installed five (5) feet away from lightning rod.
· A high-resistance ground system must be included to protect against induced lightning or indirect strike.

Ground
If the building does not include lightning protection, the outdoor unit will be damaged from a lightening strike. Inform the customer of this possibility in advance.

Outdoor Unit Service Access and Allowable Clearances Appropriate airflow through the outdoor unit coil is critical for proper unit operation.
· Include enough space for airflow and for service access. If installing multiple outdoor units, avoid placing the units where the discharge of one unit will blow into the inlet side of an adjacent unit.
· If an awning is built over the unit to prevent direct sunlight or rain exposure, make sure that the discharge air of the outdoor unit isn't restricted.

· No obstacles to air circulation around the unit; keep proper distances from ceilings, fences, floor, walls, etc. (Install a fence to prevent pests from damaging the unit or unauthorized individuals from accessing it.)

When installing the outdoor unit, consider service, inlet, and outlet, and minimum allowable space requirements as illustrated in the following

diagrams.

Minimum 11-13/16

Minimum 11-13/16 Minimum 11-13/16

Sunroof

Strong wind

oFbesntacceleosr

Minimum 11-13/16

Blown air
Minimum 19-1/16

Minimum 23-5/8

Air inlet grille

Unit: Inch

Ensure that the space at the back of the outdoor unit is a minimum of 11-13/16 inches, and include a minimum of 23-5/8 inches at the right side of the unit for service.

If the outdoor unit discharge side faces a wall, include a minimum of 19-11/16 inches between the outdoor unit and the wall. Install the outdoor unit so that the discharge port is set at a right angle to the wind direction.

196 | APPLICATION GUIDELINES

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

PLACEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

Clearance Requirements when Different Obstacles are Present (Unit: Inch).
Obstacle on the suction side only. Obstacles on the suction side and on both left and right sides.

Application Guidelines

Minimum 11-13/16"

Minimum 23-19/32"

Minimum 11-13/16"

Obstacles above and on the air intake side. Obstacles above, on the air intake side,

and on both left and right sides

Minimum 39-3/8"

Minimum 19-11/16"

Maximum 19-11/16"

Minimum 39-3/8"

Minimum 11-13/16"
Obstacle just on the air discharge side.

Minimum 11-13/16"

Minimum 23-19/32"

Minimum 11-13/16"

Obstacles above and on the

air discharge side. Minimum 19-11/16"

Minimum 39-3/8"

Minimum 19-11/16"
Minimum 19-11/16" Due to our policy of continuous product innovation, some specifications may change without notification. ©LG Electronics U.S.A., Inc., Englewood Cliffs, NJ. All rights reserved. "LG" is a registered trademark of LG Corp.

APPLICATION GUIDELINES | 197

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

PLACEMENT CONSIDERATIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Clearance Requirements when Different Obstacles are Present, continued. (Unit: Inch)

Where there are obstacles on both suction and discharge sides (discharge side obstacle is higher than the outdoor unit).

Where there are obstacles above, and on both

suction and discharge sides (discharge side obstacle

is higher than the outdoor unit).
Maximum 19-11/16"

Table 114: Ratio among H, A, and L.

Minimum 39-3/8"

L H

0 < L 1/2 H 1/2 H < L

29-1/32 inches 39-3/8 inches

H < L

Set Stand as: L H

Minimum 19-11/16"

Minimum 11-13/16"

If a stand is necessary, it must be contained (not open frame) to prevent the discharge air from short cycling.

Minimum 11-13/16"

Where there are obstacles on both suction and discharge sides (discharge side obstacle is lower than the outdoor unit).

Where there are obstacles above, and on both suction and discharge sides (discharge side obstacle is lower than the outdoor unit).

Series installation

Minimum 19-11/16" Minimum 11-13/16"

Maximum 19-11/16"

Minimum 39-3/8"

H Minimum 11-13/16"

"L" must be lower
than "H". If a stand is
necessary, it must be contained (not open frame) to prevent the discharge air from
short cycling.

Side-by-side series installation.

Minimum 78-3/4" Minimum 23-19/32"

Minimum 11-13/16"

Minimum 24" Minimum 24"

Minimum 39-3/8"

198 | APPLICATION GUIDELINES

Minimum 12"

REFRIGERANT PIPING DESIGN & LAYOUT BEST PRACTICES
"Design Guideline Summary" on page 200
"Creating a Balanced System" on page 204
"Condensate Drain Piping" on page 205

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

REFRIGERANT PIPING DESIGN
Design Guideline Summary

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

The following are examples of manual pipe size calculations. Designers are highly encouraged to use LATS for Multi F systems.

Device Connection Limitations
· The minimum number of connected and operating indoor units to Multi F / Multi F MAX systems is two, taking into consideration of the minimum combination ratio.
· The maximum number of indoor units for each Multi F / Multi F MAX heat pump systems is:

LMU18CHV = 2 LMU24CHV = 3 LMU30CHV = 4 LMU36CHV = 4 LMU480HV = 8 LMU540HV = 8 LMU600HV = 8

LMU180HHV = 2

LMU240HHV = 3

LMU300HHV = 4

LMU360HHV = 5

LMU420HHV = 6

One of the most critical elements of multi-zone systems is the refrigerant piping. The following pages list pipe length limits that must be followed in the design of Multi F and Multi F MAX refrigerant pipe systems:

Using Refrigerant Components
Field-supplied elbows are allowed as long as they are designed for use with R410A refrigerant. The designer, however, must be cautious with the quantity and size of fittings used, and must account for the additional pressure losses in equivalent pipe length calculation for each branch. The equivalent pipe length of each elbow must be added to each pipe segment.

Table 115:Equivalent Piping Length for Elbows, Y-branches, and Branch Distribution Units.

Component

Size (Inches) 1/4 3/8 1/2 5/8 3/4

Elbow (ft.)

0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 1.2

Y-Branch Kit (ft., Multi F MAX systems only)1

1.6

Branch Distribution Unit (ft., Multi F MAX systems only)

8.2

1Kit contains two Y-branches: one for liquid and one for vapor.

Multi F System
Example: LMU36CHV outdoor unit with four (4) indoor units connected. ODU: Outdoor Unit. IDU: Indoor Unit. A, B, C, D: Pipes from Outdoor Unit to Indoor Unit.
A

B Max. 49.2 feet
C
D

Max. 24.6 feet

Table 116:Multi F Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Piping System Limitations.

Outdoor Unit

Minimum Length for Each Pipe (ft.)

Maximum Piping Length to Each Indoor Unit (ft.)

LMU18CHV

LMU24CHV

LMU30CHV

LMU36CHV

Maximum Total Piping Length for Each System (ft.)
164 246.1 246.1 246.1

200 | DESIGN & PRACTICES

Refrigerant Piping Design and Best Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

REFRIGERANT PIPING DESIGN
Design Guideline Summary

The following are examples of manual pipe size calculations. Designers are highly encouraged to use LATS for Multi F systems.

Multi F MAX System with One Branch Distribution Unit

Example: LMU540HV outdoor unit with

ODU

four (4) indoor units, and one (1) branch

distribution unit connected. ODU: Outdoor Unit.

BDU

IDU: Indoor Unit.

BDU: Branch Distribution Unit.

A: Main Pipe. B: Branch Pipe (Branch Distribution Unit to

h1 98.4 feet

h3 32.8 feet

Indoor Unit[s]).
B

IDU IDU

h2 49.2 feet IDU
IDU

h3 32.8 feet h2 49.2 feet

Multi F MAX System with Two Branch Distribution Units

Example: LMU540HV outdoor unit with

ODU

seven (7) indoor units, and two (2)

branch distribution units connected. ODU: Outdoor Unit. IDU: Indoor Unit. BD: Branch Distribution Unit(s). A: Main Pipe. B: Branch Pipe (Branch Distribution Unit[s] to Indoor Unit[s]).

IDU

Y-Branch

BDU

IDU

h4 49.2 feet

IDU B

IDU

BDU

h1 98.4 feet

IDU

Table 117: Multi F MAX Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Piping System Limitations.

Total piping length (A + B)

Main pipe (Outdoor Unit to

Minimum

Pipe Length (ELF = Equivalent Length of pipe in Feet)

Branch Distribution Units: A)

Maximum

Total branch piping length (B)

Branch pipe (Branch Distribu-

Minimum

tion Units to Indoor Units: B)

Maximum

Elevation Differential (All Elevation Limitations are
Measured in Actual Feet)

If outdoor unit is above or below indoor unit (h1)
Between the farthest two indoor units (h2)
Between branch distribution unit and farthest connected indoor unit(s) (h3)
Between branch distribution units (h4)

475.7 feet 10 feet
180.4 feet 295.3 feet
10 feet 49.2 feet 98.4 feet 49.2 feet
32.8 feet
49.2 feet

B IDU

Table 118: Multi F MAX Piping Sizes.

Piping

Main Pipe A (inch)

Branch Pipe B

Liquid Gas

Ø3/8

Depends on the size

Ø3/4

of the indoor unit piping

DESIGN & PRACTICES | 201

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

REFRIGERANT PIPING DESIGN
Design Guideline Summary

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

The following are examples of manual pipe size calculations. Designers are highly encouraged to use LATS for Multi F systems.

Multi F with LGRED System
Example: LMU300HHV outdoor unit with four (4) indoor units connected.
ODU: Outdoor Unit. IDU: Indoor Unit. A, B, C, D: Pipes from Outdoor Unit to Indoor Unit.
A

B Max. 49.2 feet
C
D

Max. 24.6 feet

Table 119:Multi F with LGRED Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Piping System Limitations.

Minimum Length Outdoor Unit for Each Pipe
(ft.)

LMU180HHV

LMU240HHV

LMU300HHV

Maximum Piping Length to Each Indoor Unit (ft.)
ABCD 82 82 - 82 82 82 82 82 82 82

Maximum Total Piping Length for Each System
(ft.)
164
246.1
246.1

Maximum Height Difference (Max. [ft.])
Outdoor Unit ~ Indoor Unit
49.2
49.2
49.2

Maximum Height Difference (Max. [ft.])
Indoor Unit ~ Indoor Unit
24.6
24.6
24.6

Multi F MAX with LGRED System with One Branch Distribution Unit

Example: LMU360HHV outdoor unit with four (4) indoor units and one (1) branch distribution unit connected. ODU: Outdoor Unit. IDU: Indoor Unit. BDU: Branch Distribution Unit. A: Main Pipe. B: Branch Pipe (Branch Distribution Unit to Indoor Unit[s]).

ODU h1 98.4 feet

BDU

h3 32.8 feet

IDU B

IDU

h2 49.2 feet

IDU

B IDU

202 | DESIGN & PRACTICES

Refrigerant Piping Design and Best Practices

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

REFRIGERANT PIPING DESIGN
Design Guideline Summary

The following are examples of manual pipe size calculations. Designers are highly encouraged to use LATS for Multi F systems.

h3 32.8 feet h2 49.2 feet

Multi F MAX with LGRED System with Two Branch Distribution Units

Example: LMU420HHV outdoor unit with six (6) indoor units and two (2) branch distribution units connected. ODU: Outdoor Unit. IDU: Indoor Unit. BDU: Branch Distribution Unit(s). A: Main Pipe. B: Branch Pipe (Branch Distribution Unit[s] to Indoor Unit[s]).

ODU A Y-Branch A
h4 49.2 feet A

h1 98.4 feet

BDU BDU

IDU B

IDU

B IDU
B

IDU

B IDU

Table 120: Multi F MAX with LGRED Outdoor Unit Refrigerant Piping System Limitations.

Total piping length (A + B)

475.7 feet

Main pipe (Outdoor Unit to

Minimum

Pipe Length (ELF = Equivalent Length of pipe in Feet)

Branch Distribution Units: A)

Maximum

Total branch piping length (B)

Branch pipe (Branch Distribu-

Minimum

tion Units to Indoor Units: B)

Maximum

10 feet 180.4 feet 295.3 feet
10 feet 49.2 feet

Elevation Differential (All Elevation Limitations are
Measured in Actual Feet)

98.4 feet 49.2 feet
32.8 feet
49.2 feet

Table 121: Multi F MAX with LGRED Piping Sizes.

Piping

Main Pipe A (inch)

Branch Pipe B

Liquid Gas

Ø3/8

Depends on the size

Ø3/4

of the indoor unit piping

DESIGN & PRACTICES | 203

REFRIGERANT PIPING DESIGN
Creating a Balanced System / Manual Layout Procedure

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Creating a Balanced / Quality Piping System
Unlike designing duct-work or chilled and hot water pipe systems where balancing dampers, ball valves, orifices, circuit setters, or other flow control devices can be installed to modify or balance the flow of cooling medium, these cannot be used in a Multi F system. Therefore, variable refrigerant flow systems have to be designed to be "self balanced." Balanced liquid refrigerant distribution is solely dependent on the designer using the correct pipe size for each segment. Pipe sizing considerations include pipe length, pipe segment pressure drop relative to other pipe segments in the system, type and quantity of elbows, bends present, fitting installation orientation, and end use device elevation differences.
The designer must avoid creating excessive pressure drop. When liquid refrigerant is subjected to excessive pressure drop, liquid refrigerant will change state and "flash" to vapor. Vapor present in a stream of liquid refrigerant before reaching the indoor unit coil (or branch distribution unit for Multi F MAX systems) results in a loss of system control and causes damage to the components. The pipe system must be designed in a manner that avoids the creation of unwanted vapor.
Refrigerant Piping System Verification
To ensure that the refrigerant piping design is suitable for the system, a LATS refrigerant piping design software report must be provided with every Multi F order. Following the installation, if any changes or variations to the design were necessary, an "as-built" LATS piping design software report must be provided to LG prior to system commissioning. User must always check the LATS report actual pipe layout versus pipe limits.
Any field changes, such as re-routing, shortening or lengthening a pipe segment, adding or eliminating elbows and/or fittings, re-sizing, adding, or eliminating indoor units, changing the mounting height or moving the location of a device or fitting during installation must be done with caution and ALWAYS VERIFIED in LATS HVAC SOFTWARE before supplies are purchased or installed. Doing so ensures profitable installation, eliminates rework, and ensures easier system commissioning.
Manual Layout Procedure
1. Choose the location of the indoor units on the building drawing. 2. Choose the location of all Y-branch and branch distribution units (if a Multi F MAX system) and note them on the building drawing. Verify
that all fittings are positioned per the guideline limitations in "LG Engineered Multi F MAX Y-Branch Kit" 3. Plan the route for interconnecting piping. Draw a one-line depiction of the pipe route chosen on the building drawing. 4. Calculate the actual length of each pipe segment and note it on the building drawing. 5. Using the data obtained while selecting the system components, list the corrected cooling capacity next to each indoor unit on the drawing. 6. Starting at the indoor unit located farthest from the outdoor unit, sum the corrected cooling capacity of all indoor units served by the pipe
segment for each branch and runout pipe (indoor units and branch distribution units [Multi F MAX systems only]). Record these values next to each segment. 7. Verify the size of the liquid and vapor lines. 8. If a Multi F MAX system, refer to the branch distribution unit information and the Y-branch kit information to verify the part number of each Y-branch and branch distribution unit based on the connected downstream nominal capacity served. 9. Calculate the equivalent pipe length in feet of each pipe segment. If a Multi F MAX system, Y-branch equivalent lengths must be totaled with the upstream segment only. Use equivalent pipe length data when it is provided with field-purchased fittings. If not available, use the data provided to estimate the equivalent length of field-provided pipe and fittings for each segment. Equivalent lengths must be totaled with the upstream segment only. 10. Verify the equivalent pipe length complies with product limitations. If the limitations are exceeded, either reroute the pipe or change the location of the indoor unit, Y-branch fittings and branch distribution units (if Multi F MAX systems), so the design conforms with all limitations. 11.If pipe length is adjusted as described in Step 10 above, verify again if the length of the design complies with the product limitations. 12. Use LATS HVAC software to verify the manually sized pipe design is acceptable. When entering the length of pipe segments in LATS HVAC software, enter the equivalent pipe length. Account for the additional pressure drop created by elbows, valves, and other fittings present in each segment by adding their respective equivalent pipe length to the actual pipe length.

204 | DESIGN & PRACTICES

Refrigerant Piping Design and Best Practices

MULTI F

INSTALLATION & LAYOUT BEST PRACTICES

MULTI F MAX

Condensate Drain Piping

Condensate Drain Piping
Indoor Units All indoor units generate water during cooling operation, therefore, how to properly handle this condensation must be considered. Some indoor units include factory-installed drain pumps; others apply the gravity drain method.

Table 122:Indoor Unit Drain Piping Specifications.

Indoor Unit

Drain Type

Drain Pipe Diameter (OD / ID, in.)

Art Cool Wall-Mounted Art Cool Gallery
Standard Wall-Mounted Low Wall Console
Ceiling-Concealed Ducted (Low Static and High Static)
Four-Way Ceiling Cassette
Vertical-Horizontal Air Handling Unit

Gravity
Gravity Gravity Gravity 27-1/2 in. Lift Drain Pump, Factory Installed 27-1/2 in. (9,12MBh) or 31-1/2 in (18MBh) Lift Drain Pump, Factory Installed Gravity

13/16 / 5/8 13/16 / 5/8 13/16 / 5/8 13/16 / 5/8 Ø1-1/4 / Ø1
Ø1-1/4 / Ø1
Ø3/4 / --

Drain Amount (gal. / min. at 0.033 ft. height)
-- -- -- -- 0.105
0.105
--

Figure 252:Diagram of an Indoor Unit with a Gravity Drain.
Metal clamp Flexible drain hose Insulation

Drain pan

Insulation

Figure 253:Diagram of an Indoor Unit with a Drain Pump.
11-13/16 in.

Max. 27-1/2 in. (Ducted and 9/12MBh Cassette) Max. 31-1/2 in. (18MBh Cassette)

PVC elbow

PVC 1/50~1/100 slope

Drain pump

PVC Flexible hose

DESIGN & PRACTICES | 205

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
"General Information" on page 207 "Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable
Details" on page 210 "Remote Controller Connections" on page 220 "Indoor Unit Group Control" on page 221

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
General Information

Wiring Connections

· All power (line voltage) wiring and communication cable installation must be performed by trained service providers working in accordance with all local, state, and National Electrical Code (NEC) / UL / ETL federal regulations related to electrical equipment and wiring, and following the manufacturer product diagrams, requirements, and instructions in this manual. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death.
· Be sure that main power to the unit is completely off before proceeding. Follow all safety and warning information outlined at the beginning of this manual. Failure to do so will cause electric shock and bodily injury.
· Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously (circuit breaker must be resistant to electromagnetic currents). Be sure that the circuit breaker or some other emergency power cutoff device is in place before any power wiring is done to the system. Failure to do so will cause bodily injury or death.
· Never touch any power lines or live cables before all power is cutoff to the system. To do so will cause bodily injury or death.
· Power wiring and communication cable sizes must comply with all applicable federal, state, and local codes. Undersized wiring will lead to unacceptable voltage at the unit and will cause a fire, which will cause bodily injury or death.
· Properly ground the outdoor unit, indoor units, and branch distribution units. Ground wiring must always be installed by a trained technician. Ground wiring is required to prevent accidental electrical shock during current leakage, which will cause bodily injury or death.
· Verify that the branch switch and circuit breaker are set to OFF before installing the wiring system. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death.
· Install appropriately sized breakers / fuses / overcurrent protection switches and wiring in accordance with local, state, and NEC regulations related to electrical equipment and wiring, and following the instructions in this manual. Generated overcurrent will include some amount of direct current. Using an oversized breaker or fuse will result in electric shock, physical injury or death.
· Do not connect ground wire to refrigerant, gas, sewage, or water piping; to lightning rods; to telephone ground wiring; or to the building plumbing system. Failure to properly provide a NEC-approved earth ground can result in electric shock, fire, physical injury or death.

· Consider ambient conditions (temperature, direct sunlight, inclement weather, etc.) when selecting, installing, and connecting the power wiring.
· Properly ground the outdoor unit, indoor units, and branch distribution units. Ground wiring must always be installed by a trained technician. Improperly grounded wire can cause communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage.
· Install appropriately sized breakers / fuses / overcurrent protection switches and wiring in accordance with local, state, and NEC regulations related to electrical equipment and wiring, and following the instructions in this manual. Generated overcurrent will include some amount of direct current. Using an oversized breaker or fuse will result in equipment malfunction and property damage.
· Do not connect ground wire to refrigerant, gas, or water piping; to lightning rods; to telephone ground wiring; or to the building plumbing system. Failure to properly provide a NEC-approved earth ground can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Do not operate the air conditioning system until the refrigerant piping installation is complete. Operating the system before refrigerant piping is finalized will damage the compressor.

Power Supply / Power Wiring Specifications

· Multi F systems operate at 1Ø, 208-230V, 60Hz, and power is wired to the outdoor unit only. The outdoor unit will supply power to the indoor units and the branch distribution units (Multi F MAX systems only) through the communication / connection (power) cable.
· Power supply to the outdoor unit must be selected based on NEC and local codes. Maxi-

Figure 254: Multi F / Multi F MAX Outdoor Unit

Power Wiring.

7/16" ± 1/8"

mum allowable voltage fluctuation ±10% or nameplate rated value. · Power wiring to the outdoor unit(s) must be solid or stranded, and must comply with all
local and national electrical codes. · Properly ground the outdoor unit and indoor unit per NEC and local codes.

Power Wiring, Ground to Outdoor Unit GN/YL

· Ground wire must be longer than the common power / communication wires. · Connect the wiring firmly so the wires cannot be easily pulled out.

13/16"

· Refer to the inside of the chassis cover or control cover for circuit and terminal block diagrams.

· Always match color codes of each wire and follow wiring diagram.

· Do not install power wiring to the outdoor unit and the communication / connection (power) cable to the indoor unit in the same conduit.

Use separate conduits.

Always have a trained service provider properly ground the outdoor unit. If the outdoor unit is not properly grounded, there is a risk of electric shock, physical injury, or death.

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 207

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
General Information

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Communication / Connection (Power) Cable Specifications

Multi F Systems:

· Communication / connection (power) cable from the outdoor unit to the indoor unit for lengths up to 130 feet must use a minimum of 14 AWG, four (4) conductor, stranded, shielded or unshielded (if shielded, it must be grounded to the chassis of the outdoor unit only), and must comply with applicable local and national codes.
· When the communication / connection (power) wires between the indoor unit and outdoor unit is GREATER THAN 130 feet, use: · A two (2) conductor wire for power (for each indoor unit).
· A two (2) conductor wire for communication / ground (for each indoor unit).
· Separate the power AT LEAST two (2) inches away from the communication / ground wire (for each indoor unit).
· All wiring is still minimum 14 gauge, stranded, shielded, or unshielded as cited above (for each indoor unit).

Figure 255:Typical Multi F / Multi F MAX with

LGRED Outdoor and Indoor / Branch Distribution

Unit Wiring and Communications Cable For Wiring Lengths Up to 130 Feet.

D7ia/16g" ±ra1/8m"

Power Wiring, Ground,

Communication Cable

From Outdoor Unit

To Indoor Unit or from the

Outdoor Unit to the Branch Distribution Unit

GN/YL

GN/YL = (Ground, Yellow)

13/16"

Multi F MAX Systems:
· All communication / connection (power) cable from the outdoor unit to the branch distribution unit(s) must be a minimum of 14 AWG, four (4) conductor, stranded, shielded or unshielded (if shielded, it must be grounded to the chassis of the outdoor unit only), and must comply with applicable local and national codes.
· Communication / connection (power) cable from the branch distribution unit(s) to the indoor units for lengths up to 130 feet must use a minimum of 14 AWG, four (4) conductor, stranded, shielded or unshielded (if shielded, it must be grounded to the chassis of the outdoor unit only), and must comply with applicable local and national codes.
· When the communication / connection (power) wires between the branch distribution unit and indoor unit is GREATER THAN 130 feet, use: · A two (2) conductor wire for power (for each indoor unit).
· A two (2) conductor wire for communication / ground (for each indoor unit).
· Separate the power AT LEAST two (2) inches away from the communication / ground wire (for each indoor unit).
· All wiring is still minimum 14 gauge, stranded, shielded, or unshielded as cited above (for each indoor unit).

Figure 256:Multi F with LGRED Outdoor Unit to

Indoor Unit, and Multi F MAX with LGRED Branch

Distribution Unit to Indoor Unit Wiring Diagram for

Wiring

Lengths

GREATER

THAN

130

Feet.
7/16"

1/8"

Two-Conductor

1(L1)

Power Cable

2(L2)

Separate At Least Two (2) Inches

13/16"
7/16" ± 1/8"

Two-Conductor

Communication / Ground Cable
GN/YL = (Ground, Yellow)

GN/YL
13/16"

· Insulation material as required by local code.

· Rated for continuous exposure of temperatures up to 140°F.

· Firmly attach the cable; provide slack but secure in a way to prevent external forces from being imparted on the terminal block.

· Wiring must be completed without splices.

· Use a conduit for the communications / connection (power) cable from the outdoor unit to the indoor units and branch distribution unit(s). Electrical interference my cause product malfunction.
· Never ground the shield of the communications cable to the indoor unit frame or other grounded entities of the building. Ground the communications cable shield only at the outdoor unit. Improperly grounding this cable can cause communications errors.
· The communications / connection (power) cable from the outdoor unit to the indoor units / branch distribution unit(s) must be separated and isolated from power wiring to the outdoor unit, computers, radio and television broadcasting facilities, as well as medical imaging equipment. Electrical interference my cause product malfunction.

208 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
General Information

Figure 257:Typical Multi F System General Power / Communications System Schematic When Wiring is Less Than 130 Feet.
Indoor Units
Power Supply Circuit Breaker

Figure 258:Typical Multi F MAX System General Power / Communications System Schematic When Wiring is Less Than 130 Feet.
Indoor Unit

Branch Distribution Unit

Power Supply

Circuit Breaker

Branch Distribution Unit

Ground Wiring

Outdoor Unit

Ground Wiring

Outdoor Unit

Figure 259:Schematic of a Multi F System When the Wiring is GREATER THAN 130 Feet.

Power Flow: L N Communication Flow: Comm N

At Least Two (2) Inches 3 (Communications)

1(L1) (Power, L) 2(L2) (Neutral, N)
G (Ground)

Power Supply

At Least Two (2) Inches

Diagram is an example of communication and power cables when the wiring is GREATER THAN 130 feet. Terminals may be labeled differently depending on the model. Outdoor and Indoor Unit appearances may vary depending on the model.

3 (Communications)
GREATER THAN 130 feet: Must Separate Communications and Ground (G) Cable from the Power (1[L1]) and Neutral (2[L2]) Cable at Least Two (2) Inches for Each Indoor Unit

Figure 260:Schematic of a Multi F MAX with LGRED System When the Wiring is GREATER THAN 130 Feet.

Wiring Connections

Power Flow: L N Communication Flow: Comm N

1(L1) (Power, L) 2(L2) (Neutral, N)
G (Ground)

Power Supply

At Least Two (2) Inches
3 (Communications)
At Least Two (2) Inches
3 (Communications) GREATER THAN 130 feet: Must Separate Communications and Ground (G) Cable from the Power (1[L1]) and Neutral (2[L2]) Cable at Least Two (2) Inches for Each Indoor Unit.

· Secure the separate wires in the control box panel using zip ties. · Secure wiring with accessory clamps so that it does not touch piping. · Use a conduit for the cable. · Outside the unit, make sure the communications cable / power wiring are separately shielded, otherwise, the outdoor unit operation will be affected by electrical noise and will malfunction or fail. · For details on the Multi F with LG RED and Multi F MAX with LG RED units, refer to the engineering manuals on www.lghvac.com.

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 209

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 261: Multi F LMU18CHV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable.
L1 L2 Power Supply
Main Switch

Outdoor Unit

L1 L2 Circuit Breaker
Fuse
Three-wire Power Wiring (Including Ground)

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block

L1 L2 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(A) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(B)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATION CABLE

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit A

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit B

· All field-supplied wiring, components, and materials must follow national, state, and local codes and requirements. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death.
· Use only stranded, shielded or unshielded copper communications / power wiring from the outdoor unit to the indoor units. If shielded, wiring must be grounded to the chassis at the outdoor unit only. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death. · Ground wiring is required to prevent accidental electrical shock during current leakage, communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage. Do not connect the ground line to the pipes. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death. · Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death.
· Wiring cable size must comply with applicable national, state, and local codes. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death.

· For Multi F with LGRED, refer to Multi F & Multi F MAX with LGRED ODU engineering manual. · Ground wiring is required to prevent communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage. Failure to provide proper ground wiring can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· All field-supplied wiring, components, and materials must follow national, state, and local codes and requirements. Failure to install proper electrical components can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Use only stranded, shielded or unshielded copper communications / power wiring from the outdoor unit to the indoor units. If shielded, wiring must be grounded to the chassis at the outdoor unit only. Failure to install proper wiring can result in property damage and equipment malfunction. · Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously. Failure to install proper electric components can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Wiring cable size must comply with applicable national, state, and local codes. Improper wiring can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.

210 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

Figure 262:Multi F LMU24CHV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable.
L1 L2 Power Supply
Main Switch

Outdoor Unit

L1 Circuit Breaker

Fuse

Three-wire Power Wiring (Including Ground)

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block

L1 L2 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(A) 3(B) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(C)

Wiring Connections

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit A

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit B

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit C

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
· All field-supplied wiring, components, and materials must follow national, state, and local codes and requirements. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death. · Use only stranded, shielded or unshielded copper communications / power wiring from the outdoor unit to the indoor units. If shielded, wiring must be grounded to the chassis at the outdoor unit only. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death. · Ground wiring is required to prevent accidental electrical shock during current leakage, communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage. Do not connect the ground line to the pipes. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death. · Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death. · Wiring cable size must comply with applicable national, state, and local codes. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death.

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 211

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 263:Multi F LMU30CHV and LMU36CHV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable.
L1 L2 Power Supply
Main Switch

L1 L2 Circuit Breaker
Fuse
Three-wire Power Wiring (Including Ground)

G
Outdoor Unit
Outdoor Unit Terminal Block G
L1 L2 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(A) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(B) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(C) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(D)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit A

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit B

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit C

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit D

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATIONS CABLE

212 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

Figure 264:Multi F MAX LMU480HV and LMU540HV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable.
LN Power Supply

Main Switch

Outdoor unit

L Circuit Breaker

Three-wire Power Wiring

Fuse

(Including Ground)

L1 L2

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block
1( L1 ) 2 (L2 ) 3 (A ) 1( L1 ) 2 (L2 ) 3 (B)

Wiring Connections

Branch Distribution Unit (A)
1(L1) 2(L2) S
1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S

1(L1) 2(L2) S

Branch Distribution Unit (B)
* Same Wiring as Branch Distribution Unit (A)

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

POWER WIRING
COMMUNICATIONS CABLE
· All field-supplied wiring, components, and materials must follow national, state, and local codes and requirements. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death. · Use only stranded, shielded or unshielded copper communications / power wiring from the outdoor unit to the indoor units. If shielded, wiring must be grounded to the chassis at the outdoor unit only. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death. · Ground wiring is required to prevent accidental electrical shock during current leakage, communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage. Do not connect the ground line to the pipes. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death. · Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously. Electric shock can cause physical injury or death. · Wiring cable size must comply with applicable national, state, and local codes. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death.

· For Multi F MAX with LGRED, refer to Multi F & Multi F MAX with LGRED ODU engineering manual. · Ground wiring is required to prevent communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage. Failure to provide proper ground wiring can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· All field-supplied wiring, components, and materials must follow national, state, and local codes and requirements. Failure to install proper electrical components can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Use only stranded, shielded or unshielded copper communications / power wiring from the outdoor unit to the indoor units. If shielded, wiring must be grounded to the chassis at the outdoor unit only. Failure to install proper wiring can result in property damage and equipment malfunction. · Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously. Failure to install proper electric components can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Wiring cable size must comply with applicable national, state, and local codes. Improper wiring can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 213

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

Figure 265:Multi F MAX LMU600HV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable.
LN Power Supply
Main Switch

Outdoor unit

L Circuit Breaker

Three-wire Power Wiring

Fuse

(Including Ground)

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block

L1 L2

1( L1 ) 2 (L2 ) 3 (A ) 3 (B)

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

Branch Distribution Unit (A)
1(L1) 2(L2) S
1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S

1(L1) 2(L2) S

Branch Distribution Unit (B)

* Same Wiring as Branch Distribution Unit (A)

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATIONS CABLE

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

214 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

Figure 266:Multi F with LGRED System General Power / Communications System Schematic.

Indoor Units

Power Supply Circuit Breaker

Wiring Connections

Ground Wiring Outdoor Unit
Figure 267:Multi F MAX with LGRED System General Power / Communications System Schematic.

Indoor Unit

Branch Distribution Unit

Power Supply

Circuit Breaker

Branch Distribution Unit

Ground Wiring

Outdoor Unit

· Secure the separate wires in the control box panel using zip ties.
· Secure wiring with accessory clamps so that it does not touch the piping.
· Use a conduit for the communications cable / power wiring from the outdoor unit to the indoor / branch distribution units. · Make sure the communications cable / power wiring from the outdoor units to the indoor / branch distribution units, and the power wiring to the outdoor unit are separate, otherwise, the outdoor unit operation will be affected by electrical noise and will malfunction or fail.

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 215

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 268:Multi F with LGRED LMU180HHV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable Connections. L1 L2 Power Supply
Main Switch

G
L1 L2 Circuit Breaker
Fuse Three-wire Power Wiring (Including Ground)

Outdoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block

G
L1 L2

1(L1) 2(L2) 3(A) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(B)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATION CABLE

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit A

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit B

· All field-supplied wiring, components, sizes, and materials must comply with all applicable national, state, and local codes and requirements. Improper wiring will result in fire, electric shock, physical injury or death.
· Ground wiring is required to prevent accidental electrical shock during current leakage, communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage. Do not connect the ground line to the pipes. There is a risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, physical injury or death.
· Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously. There is a risk of fire, electric shock, explosion, physical injury or death.

· All field-supplied wiring, components, sizes, and materials must comply with all applicable national, state, and local codes and requirements. Failure to install proper electrical components can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Ground wiring is required to prevent communication problems from electrical noise, and motor current leakage. Failure to provide proper ground wiring can result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Install a main shutoff switch or circuit breaker that interrupts all power sources simultaneously. Failure to install proper electric components will result in property damage and equipment malfunction.
· Maintain polarity throughout the communication network. The system will malfunction if not properly wired.

216 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

Figure 269:Multi F with LGRED LMU240HHV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable Connections. L1 L2 Power Supply
Main Switch

L1 Circuit Breaker

Fuse

Three-wire Power Wiring (Including Ground)

Outdoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block

G
L1 L2

1(L1) 2(L2) 3(A) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(B)

1(L1) 2(L2) 3(C)

Wiring Connections

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATION CABLE

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit A

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit B

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit C

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 217

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Figure 270:Multi F with LGRED LMU300HHV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable Connections.
L1 L2 Power Supply Main Switch

G
L1 L2 Circuit Breaker
Fuse Three-wire Power Wiring (Including Ground)

Outdoor Unit

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block

G L1 L2

1(L1) 2(L2) 3(A) 1(L1) 2(L2) 3(B)

1(L1) 2(L2) 3(C)

1(L1) 2(L2) 3(D)

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATION CABLE

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit A

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit B

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit C

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

Unit D

218 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Power Wiring (208-230V) and Communications Cable Details

Figure 271:Multi F MAX with LGRED LMU360HHV and LMU420HHV System Power Wiring and Communications Cable Connections.

LN Power Supply

Main Switch

Outdoor Unit

L Circuit Breaker

Three-wire Power Wiring

Fuse

(Including Ground)

Outdoor Unit Terminal Block

L1 L2

1(L1) 2(L2) 3(A) 3(B)

Wiring Connections

Branch Distribution Unit (A)
1(L1) 2(L2) S
1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S 1(L1) 2(L2) S

1(L1) 2(L2) S

Branch Distribution Unit (B)
* Same Wiring as Branch Distribution Unit (A)

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

POWER WIRING COMMUNICATIONS CABLE

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

1(L1) 2(L2)

Indoor Unit Terminal Block

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 219

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Remote Controller Connections

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

From Indoor Units to Remote Controllers
· Communication cable from indoor unit to remote controller(s) is to be field provided or LG provided 22 AWG, 3-conductor, twisted, stranded, unshielded. Wiring must comply with all applicable local and national codes.
· If using the LG Controller / Extension cable and the length needs to be further extended, the LG Extension Kit (sold separately) must be used. A maximum of four (4) kits (up to 165 feet) can be used.
· Remote controllers have hardwired connections: SIG - 12V - GND (Comm.) terminals. · Indoor unit controller connections depend on type of indoor unit being installed. Some indoor units use terminal block connections; other
indoor units use Molex connections. See diagrams below for the two options. Refer to the wiring diagram schematic found in the indoor unit itself, or to the indoor unit wiring diagrams in the Engineering Manuals for more information.
· NEVER splice, cut, or extend LG provided cable with field provided cable. Always include enough cable to cover distance between the indoor unit and the remote controller.
· Set the indoor unit operating parameters using DIP switches, or by setting up the remote controller. Refer to the indoor unit installation manuals for more details.

Figure 272:One Example of Indoor Unit to Zone Controller Connection.

Signal 12VDC Common

456

YL RD BK

Figure 273:Another Example of Indoor Unit to Zone Controller Connection.

Indoor Unit

CN-REMO

BACnet+ BACnetBACnet Common Not used Not used Not used

13 14 15

Typical Indoor Unit

Cable connected to Zone Controller is the factory default connection.

BK RD YL
Front

YL RDBK
Back

220 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Indoor Unit Group Control

Wiring Connections

Between Multiple Indoor Units Operating as a Group (Group Control)
If any indoor units were specified to operate in unison:
· Before running the field provided or LG provided cable, decide which indoor unit will be the "Master." The other indoor units in that group will be designated as "Slave(s)." The zone controller will be connected to the "Master."
· Set the pertinent DIP switch at each indoor unit to identify the Master and Slave(s). On wall mounted indoor unit models, set the assignment using the handheld remote controller.
· Use a daisy chain configuration and connect all of the group's indoor units together starting at the "Master" unit.
· NEVER splice, cut, or extend LG provided cable with field provided cable. Always include enough cable to cover distance between all components.

Figure 274:Example of Indoor Unit Group to Zone Controller Connections (Sig-12V-GND [Comm.]
Terminal).

Master Indoor Unit
Signal 12VDC Comm.

Indoor Unit
Signal 12VDC Comm.

4 56
Signal 12VDC Comm.

For indoor units with hardwired connections SIG - 12V - GND (Comm.) terminals:
· From the controller to the master indoor unit, use field provided or LG provided 22 AWG, 3-conductor, twisted, stranded, unshielded. All wiring must comply with all applicable local / national codes.
· From the master indoor unit to the slave indoor unit(s), daisy chain using field provided or LG provided 22 AWG, 3-conductor, twisted, stranded, unshielded. All wiring must comply with all applicable local / national codes.
· Do not attach wire to 12VDC terminal to the slave indoor units. All wiring must comply with all applicable local and national codes.
· NEVER splice, cut, or extend LG provided cable with field provided cable. Always include enough cable to cover distance between all components.

Figure 275:Example of Indoor Unit Group to Zone Controller Connections (CN-REMO).

On All Indoor Unit Styles On All Indoor Unit Styles On All Indoor Unit Styles

CN-REMO

LG Supplied

LG Supplied Group Control Kit (PZCWRCG3)

For indoor units with CN-REMO connections:

Use one (or multiple) Group Control Kit(s) (sold separately) containing extension and

Y-splitter cables. Use one (1) group control cable kit for each indoor unit in the group

except for the last indoor unit. NEVER splice, cut, or extend cable length with field

provided cable.

Table 123:Accessories for Some Group Control Applications.

· Cable connected to zone controller is the factory default connection. · Indoor unit connections depend on indoor unit type.
General Specifications · Wired remote controllers can be connected to all indoor unit types.

Accessory

Model Number

Wired Remote Group Control

Cable Assembly For connecting multiple

PZCWRCG3

indoor units to a control group

Image

· Wireless controllers can be used in conjunction with wired remote controllers. · A dry contact unit can be connected with a central controller simultaneously.
- The master indoor unit is recognized by the dry contact unit and the central controller.
- Group Control only available for indoor units manufactured after February 2009.
- The central controller can control indoor units after setting the address of the master indoor unit only.

Wired Remote/Wired Remote

Extension Cable -

For extending the distance between indoor units or

PZCWRC1

remote controllers in a control

group

- Slave indoor unit cannot be individually controlled by central controller.

- Slave indoor unit will operate like master indoor unit.

· If an error occurs with the indoor unit, the error will be displayed on the wired remote controller.

· The following functions are available with group control:

· Selection of operation options (operation/mode/set temperature)

· Control of air flow rate (High/Medium/Low)

WIRING CONNECTIONS | 221

Multi F and Multi F MAX Indoor Unit Engineering Manual

ACRONYMS

MULTI F MULTI F MAX

Table 124: Table of Acronyms.

ABS

Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene

Air Conditioner

ACP

Advanced Control Platform

ARI

Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute

ASHRAE

American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning

AWG

American Wire Gauge

BDU

Branch Distribution (Unit)

Btu/h

British Thermal Units per hour

CAV

Constant Air Volume

CCR

Corrected Capacity Ratio

CDOA

Coupled Dedicated Outdoor Air

CFM

Cubic Feet per Minute

Combination Ratio

Dry Bulb

dB(A)

Decibels with "A" frequency weighting

DDOAS

Decoupled Dedicated Outdoor Air

DFS

Duct-Free Split

Digital Input

Digital Output

ECM

Electronically Commutated Motor

EEV

Electronic Expansion Valve

ELF

Equivalent Length in Feet

EPDM

Ethylene Propylene Diene M-Class Rubber

ESP

External Static Pressure

ETL

Electronic Testing Laboratories

HACR

Heating, Air Conditioning, and Refrigeration

H/M/L

High / Medium / Low

IAQ IDU IUCF KTL
LATS
LGAP MAT MBh MCA MFS NEC OAT ODU OUCF PDI PI PTAC PVE RAT RCL SC TC VAV VRF VRP

Indoor Air Quality Indoor Unit
Indoor Unit Correction Factor Korea Testing Laboratories
LG Air Conditioning Technical Solution
LG Air Conditioner Protocol Mixed Air Temperature
Thousands BTUs per hour Maximum Circuit Ampacity
Maximum Fuse Size National Electrical Code Outdoor Air Temperature
Outdoor Unit Outdoor Unit Correction Factor
Power Distribution Indicator Power Input
Packaged Terminal Air Conditioner Polyvinyl Ether
Return Air Temperature Refrigerant Concentration Limit
Sensible Capacity Total Capacity
Variable Air Volume Variable Refrigerant Flow Ventilation Rate Procedure

222 | WIRING CONNECTIONS

20001747

ISO 9001: 2008

LG ELECTRONICS INC.

LG Electronics, U.S.A., Inc. Air Conditioning Technologies 4300 North Point Parkway Alpharetta, Georgia 30022 www.lghvac.com

EM_MultiF_IDU_02_21 Supersedes: EM_MultiF_IDU_04_20
EM_MultiF_IDU_09_19 EM_MultiF_IDU_08_19 EM_MultiF_IDU_11_18 EM_MultiF_IDU_10_17 EM_MultiF_IDU_11_16 EM_MultiF_IDU_7_16 EM_MultiF_IDU_7_15
EM-MultiFIDU-01-15 EM-MultiFIDU-06-14

References

Adobe PDF Library 15.0 Adobe InDesign 16.1 (Windows)